Circus Historical Society
Circuses - Brief Bits
C D E
A - B C - E F - H I - L M - N O - R S - T U - Z
-
Information on these circuses was taken from the New York Clipper, Billboard, and newspapers. Some of the shows may not be circuses. Note that not only do the Clipper, Billboard and newspapers have typographical errors, the transcription will also have typos. All information should be checked with additional sources.
California Frank's - 1911, 1919 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1914
1911: Clown Loretta will again be seen with the California Frank Show, which will make his fourth season with that organization. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
1918: Report has it that California Frank has quit the show business probably for good, having purchased a several hundred acre farm in Colorado. Billboard, August 24, 1918, p. 27.
1918: California Frank Hapley has quit the road for the present. He has a 400 acre stock and grain ranch at Redman, Col. The entire show, stock, equipment, etc., are there and will stay until the opportunity presents itself to take the road again. Billboard, September 28, 1918, p. 72.
1918: California Frank Wild West is to hit the trail again as soon as conditions will permit, but will winter hereafter on California Frank's Diamond D Ranch, near Ridgeway, Colorado. A letter from C. L. Hafley (California Frank), from Ridgeway, Colorado: "We made a great move when we purchased our ranch of 400 acres on the Western slope of Colorado. . . . Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 54.
1919: The California Frank Combination have left their ranch at Ridgway, Col., for several weeks of fairs and celebrations. They played the Cattlemen's Celebration at Gunnison, Col., July 17, 18 and 19. Little Joe's new mule, Rags, is a scream. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 44.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
California Racing Association & Hippodrome - 1878
Charles A. Jones, who has been the leader of the band with "Old" John Robinson's Circus for a year past, informs us that he has been engaged to lead the band with the California Racing Association and American Hippodrome, under the management of C. Reticker(?), which is to start from Grand Rapids, Mich., about May 20. New York Clipper, May 11, 1878, p. 55. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cameron's - 1875 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1875
Victoria, the female trapeze performer in Cameron's circus, fell 22 feet at Biddeford, Me., on the 28th, breaking a leg and other injuries. Lowell Daily Courier (Lowell, MA), May 29, 1875, p. 1.
The Oriental Circus and Menagerie will this season be under the management of J. Cameron, with Fred Keeler as general advance agent. Barney Carroll and family, with their ring stock, Mlle. Victoria, trapeze performer, and Jerry Blossom have already been engaged. New York Clipper, February 20, 1875, p. 375. Goes under Cameron's
John C. Myers and Col. McIntire have the sideshow and candy stand with J. Cameron's Oriental Circus and Menagerie the coming season. New York Clipper, February 27, 1875, p. 383.
Dan Sutton of Boston, Mass., has secured the concert privileges with the Oriental Circus and Menagerie, which is organizing at Middletown, Ct. New York Clipper, March 6, 1875, p. 391.
Cameron's Great Oriental Circus and Egyptian Caravan. Proprietors, J. Cameron & Co.; manager J. Cameron; assistant manager, Henry Parker; general agent, _. A. Keller; press agent, R. Fitzgerald; treasurer, J. Bacon; leader of band, Oscar P. Perry; equestrian director, W. Carroll; master of horses, C. E. Cameron. Clowns, Jerry Blossom, Al Miaco. Riders, W. B. Carroll, Chas. Lowery, Willie Carroll, Dolly Varden Carroll, Annie Carroll, . . . Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, Fred Sylvester, Wm. Carroll, Alfred Miaco . . . Menagerie supt., Mons. Duchanese. First exhibition given at New Medford, Ct., May 1. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.
Cameron's circus and menagerie made a very attractive street parade this forenoon, witnessed by thousands. The riding of the lion tamer in a cage of lions was an unusual spectacle in the procession. The performances are today only on the North Common. Lowell Daily Courier (Lowell, MA), May 17, 1875, n.p.n.
Victoria, trapeze performer, while performing with Cameron's Oriental Circus at Biddeford, Me., fell and broke her leg, and met with other injuries. New York Clipper, June 5, 1875, p. 79.
Cameron's Oriental Circus has been seized in Halifax, N. S., by creditors from St. John, N. B. The stock, fixtures, cages, etc., have been advertised for sale three different times; but the sale has been stopped or postponed, in consequence of persons in charge of the show stating that they had funds coming to them from New York. Myers & McIntire, the proprietors of the sideshow with the Oriental Circus, which is in the hands of the Sheriff in Halifax, N. S., have gone to Prince Edward Island, to show there, and then they will exhibit in some of the towns in the northern part of New Brunswick. New York Clipper, July 31, 1875, p. 143.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cameron & Tubb's North American - 1877
The following people are engaged for the North American Circus the coming season: E. W. Perry, Minnie Perry, W. W. Nichols, Arline Brothers, Luproill Family, Hercules Libby, Kate Partington, and Ada Isaacs, female jester. Sam S. French's cornet band will furnish the music. New York Clipper, March 31, 1877, p. 7.
Aaron McIntyre has secured the privilege with Cameron & Tubb's North American Circus, and he advertises for a little woman and a Punch and Judy and sleight of hand performer, also for curiosities. New York Clipper, April 14, 1877, p. 23.
The American and French Circus, under the management of James V. Cameron and the proprietorship of A. A. Tubbs, gave two performances at Passaic, N.J., May 23, under difficulties. The Sheriff of Passaic County received an order to attach the property immediately on that date, unless a claim of Sears & Co. of New York, amounting to $300, was paid. Upon the representation that the money would be paid, the performances were permitted to continue, but at the conclusion of the evening's entertainment, no money being forthcoming, the Sheriff took possession of the property and held it until the 25th, when matters were settled Some person or persons cut the main guy-ropes while the canvas was being taken down, and a number of persons who were watching the proceedings narrowly escaped from the falling poles. Paterson correspondence, dated May 2d. New York Clipper, June 2, 1877, p. 79.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Campa Bros. - 1951 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1951
In 1951 Ben Davenport made a deal with the Campa family to put out a three-ring truck show along the lines of a Mexican circus. The Campas were an equilibristic troupe. The show moved on approximately fifteen trucks. The big top was 90ft. with four 40's; sideshow a 50ft. with four 20's. The show had the elephant "Big Tom." Singh had the lion act and shared top billing with emma Campa Valdez. Tommy Scott had the after-show and Ted Milligan was sideshow manager. Bandwagon, November-December, Vol. 14, No. 6, 1970, p. 26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Campbell's - 1878
Wanted, living curiosities to travel with a circus and menagerie, formerly the John O'Brien's Six Shows. Starts from Richmond, Va., about April 1, and travels by railroad. Address Batcheller & Doris, Alegheny House, Philadelphia, Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 9, 1878, p. 395.
Campbell's Circus and Menagerie, now organizing in Richmond, Va., will take the road by rail about April 1. Chas. H. Castle is general agent, and Fred Bailey railroad contractor. New York Clipper, March 23, 1878, p. 415.
Nat Davis and James Robinson of O'Brien's Circus left Philadelphia April _ to join their show in Richmond, Va. New York Clipper, April 13, 1878, p. 23.
Campbell's New York and Philadelphia Zoological and Equestrian Institute commenced their traveling season in Richmond, Va., April 15, and exhibited the entire week to fair audiences only. Our correspondent says: "The show will travel by rail, a large number of cars for which were made in this city the past Winter. The company: the Lee Family - Miss Rosa, bareback rider, jugglery and gymnast; Master R. Lee, pad rider and gymnast; Linda Jeal, bareback hurdle rider, slack wire, juggler and rolling globe; Alta Hallett(?), flying rings; F. Robbins, bareback rider; Victorelli and Cardello, horizontal bar and gymnasts; Leopold and Gaston, l'eschelle and gymnast; J. M. Ward, clown and juggler; Jerry Hopper, clown and high stilt performer; W. O. Dale Stevens, Maltese cross and magic-barrel; Harry Cooley and his performing elephant Empress. The menagerie contains some thirty odd cages of animals, also elephants, camels, dromedaries and ponies. They have three band chariots. The whole is under the management of John O'Brien. In the concert party are Bachelder & Doris, proprietors: Harrington and Johnson, Dutch artists and comedians; the Turners - Dick and Sadie - Stevens and Jeal, and Sam Martin. All the privileges are run by O'Brien. The show is billed in Washington, D.C., April 24, 25, 26, 27. New York Clipper, April 27, 1878, p. 39.
Campbell's Menagerie and Circus exhibited in Washington, D.C., April 24, 25, 26, 27, to large business. Our correspondent says: "John Foster is the general manager. The exhibit of animals is fair. The ring performance is the feature of the show. Harry Mack is the ringmaster. Jerry Hopper and James Ward are the clowns. Alta Hallett on the flying rings, Victorelli and Cardello on the horizontal bar, Leopold and Gaston on the high trapeze. Linda Jeal in a juggling act and a dashing hurdle act. Frank Robbins as pad rider, and Wm. O'Dale Stevens in bareback juggling feats are also in the company. Little Rosa Lee's bareback riding is daring and graceful. She also does a juggling act, besides taking her place among the vaulters and ground tumblers, performing all the varied feats they do. She is almost a complete circus in herself. New York Clipper, May 4, 1878, p. 47.
Campbell's Circus and Menagerie lost money in Baltimore, Md., states our correspondent, adding: "During the whole week of their stay there was not a time when over five hundred people attended the show. The bad impression created by their street parade was the main cause of this. The show closed 4 for Frederick City, and then by quick stages to Cincinnati. They will abandon their Southern circuit, and jump for the West." New York Clipper, May 11, 1878, p. 55.
Campbell's New York and Philadelphia Zoological and Equestrian Institute succeeded in drawing fine audiences in St. Louis, Mo., during the week commencing Aug. 19. Our correspondent says that John J. Foster, the business manager of the show, desires it to be known that the establishment is owned by Col. J. F. Campbell of Philadelphia, and not by J. J. O'Brien. Route: DuQuoin, Ill., Aug. 27, Anna 28, Carbondale 29, Centraliea 30, Vandalia 31. New York Clipper, August 31, 1878, p. 183.
Linda Jeal, hurdle rider, and W. O. Dale Stevens, globe juggler, etc., quit Campbell's Circus and Menagerie in St. Louis, Aug. 23(?). A correspondent says: "They were compelled to resort to law in order to obtain posession of their own horse, and properties in the dressing room, which they succeeded in getting in due time, but not without some trouble and at a heavy cost. They joined Anderson & Co.'s show immediately." The Globe Democrat of St. Louis, Mon., in an item referring to the above matter says: "Wm. O'Dale Stevens, the famous juggler and acrobat, lately performing at Campbell's Circus, sued out a writ of replevin yesterday in the Circuit against John O'Brien, proprietor and ___ of said circus, to recover possession of the following property, etc." We have been requested on more than one occasion by persons attached to this circus to deny that John O'Brien had anything to do with it, and the statement was made to us that the show was owned by Col. J. F. Campbell of Philadelphia. New York Clipper, September 7, 1878, p. 191.
The Campbell Circus and Menagerie has worked very quietly, and made very little talk. The show started from Richmond, Va., early in the Spring. The menagerie was first class, but the performance fell short of what was expected. Several parties have been named as the proprietors, but a well-known Philadelphia showman is supposed to control it. It did fairly, and may close even. New York Clipper, October 19, 1878, p. 244.
• Also see Batcheller & Doris.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Campbell Bros.' - 1900, 1912, 1936 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1896-1912, 1920-22, 1923, 1930
• Information on the 1897 Campbell Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 4, pp. 41-42.
• Information on the 1898 Campbell Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 4, pp. 38-39.
1900: Opened at Fairbury, Nebraska, April 26. "It is a neat two-ring show, and it promises to have its best season yet this year." Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.
1900: Was touring Colorado and Utah in May. Billboard, June 9, 1900, p. 5.
• An article on the 1908 Campbell Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1981, Vol. 25, No. 6, pp. 30-35.
1912: Campbell Bros. Great Consolidated Shows was forced to close in Fairbury, Neb., August 1912, when mortage for $26,000 was not met. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
1936: Article on the 1936 Campbell Bros.' advertising car is online in Bandwagon, Christmas 1954 (scroll down).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
H. W. Campbell's Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1919-1921
H. W. Campbell is the authority for the statement that his shows next season will be a circus and wild animal exhibition. It is well known that he has long cherished a desire to turn his carnival into a circus, and for several years has been buying property that could easily be converted to circus usefulness. It was intended to make the change in 1915, but the war upset his plans. Billboard, April 26, 1919, p. 43.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
W. P. Campbell's - 1918, 1919
1918:
The Tom Heath Family has joined the Campbell Circus, and is now at Drummond, Ok., the winter quarters of the show. Tom will have the management of the sideshow. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 29.
Winter quarters, 1918. Campbell's Circus. W. P. Campbell, proprietor; Drummond, Okla. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.
Drummond, Ok., April 18. S. V. Campbell will be general and contracting agent of the Campbell Circus, assisted by two billposters, and there will be a box brigade in the way of an automobile, which will follow up and bill the country thoroughly. Tom Heath will have charge of the sideshow and has a musical act, and illusion, sleight-of-hand, mind reading, club swinging, and Princess Bessie, the midget. Harry Busenbark has the candy stands and novelty concessions. Frank Mutton will have charge of the Cabaret Show, with twelve girls and an orchestra. The big show will be presided over by Chas. Barnett, assisted by Doc Filley. The line-up: the Crane Family of four people; the Rhoades Family of three, gymnasts, acrobats and wire artists; Charles Dryden, three high school hoses and troupe of Shetland ponies, a troupe of trained dogs and riding monkeys, the white posing horses, a troupe of seven ladies in living statuary acts. A number of clowns, and as a special feature, Minnie Fisher's slide for life by her teeth, besides a human butterfly act. Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 30.
Route, Campbell Show: Panama, Ok., Spiro 16; Gans 17; Marble City 18; Stillwell 20. Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 55.
Campbell's Circus gave two performances to packed tents at Kiowa, Ok., June 1. Billboard, June 22, 1918, p. 27.
2-Car Show for sale. On account of patriotic duties and other reasons, we have closed our two-car circus and will sell, trade or lease any part, or as a whole. 70 ft. diner and sleeper combined, fully equipped with range, cooking utensils and bedding, and one 64 ft. baggage car. A troupe of six Shetland ponies, well broke; one bucking mule, two white posing and high school horses; a sorrel thoroughbred high school performer, a riding monk, a piano, a 4-octave Una-Fon, band uniforms, statuary , wigs, costumes and tights and a revolving table. Address W. P. Campbell, Meno, Oklahoma. [Advertisement] Billboard, October 26, 1918, p. 27.
1919:
The Woody Family Band has signed for the summer with the W. P. Campbell Circus. Fred Melvis will have charge and act as leader. Master Billie Woody is playing baritone. Poleta Woody alto and Robert Woody tuba. Ira Shamres, formerly bass drummer and comedian with this organization, has been confined at the tuberculosis hospital in Webb City, Mo. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 31.
The Woody Troupe and Family Band will not be with the Campbell Shows as formerly stated, but instead have decided to join Boone's Mexican Ranch Show for the season. Billboard, May 17, 1919, p. 37.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
M. Campbell - 1890
Roster of Dr. M. Campbell's Great American Circus: Dr. M. Campbell, proprietor and manager . . . Frank Hill, advance agent . . . Gillman Brothers; Orton Brothers; Lavelle(?) Brothers . . . Prof. Geo. Dunbar; La Vant Family . . . Harry Williams; Hattie Dunbar . . . J. D. Perkins. This show opened May 22(?) and will travel through Michigan, Ohio and Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Canada Frank's - 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1904-09
Canada Frank's Show: F. M. Myers, proprietor; Bert Myers, manager; Joe Dokes, general agent; Wm. McQuillen, R. R. contractor; Tom Henry, local contractor; John Allen, special agent; B. M. Melvin, manager side show. Roster advance car No. 1: Ernest Holingreen, Lew Emmett, Jas. Jackson, Will Quigley and Joe Anderson, billposters. Jacob Dolliver, lithographer; George Anderson and Lew Orton, cooks. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cancie Bros. - 1907 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-07
1907: John White's trained animals have been engaged as a special feature with the Cancie Brothers Union Shows for the season of 1907. The Great Motion, the "man who laughs at strangulation," will be introduced as an exclusive outside free attraction, his Hangman's Slide for Life being considered one of tbe most realistic exploits of human daring ever attempted. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Card Bros. Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1935-36
• An article on the Card Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 17-21.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cannon's - 1891
On the road, circuses: Cannon's Big, Fayetteville NC Nov 2-7, Augusta, Ga. 9-14. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 589.
On the road, circuses: Cannon's Big, Augusta Ga. Nov 11, 12, Birmingham, Ala. 14-16, Columbus Ga. ___. New York Clipper, November 14, 1891, p. 605.
On the road, circuses: Cannon's Big, Columbus, Ga. Nov 1?, . . . Raleigh N.C. __. New York Clipper, November 21, 1891, p. 621.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cardello & Vidella's - 1890
Wanted, for Cardello & Vidella's Circus, leapers and tumblers, a lady to do rings or single trapeze act; also a good triple brother act, and people in all branches of circus business. Address Cardello & Vidella, Palace Theatre, Kansas City, Mo. Season opens June 1. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 158. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Carey Bros. - 1912 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913
Carey Bros.' Big Shows now booking attractions for season 1912. F. D. Corey, mgr.; E. D. Corey, gen. agt. Address G. M. Corey, Benton Harbor, Mich. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 2, 1912, p. 47.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Carl Bros. Circus
• An article on the 1925 Carl Bros. Circus, owner Edward P. Carl, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 6, pp. 38-41.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Carlisle's; Carlisle & Morris - 1891
Wanted, for the Carlisle Shows, a strong outside attraction; also an original feature in concert. Address Wm. Carlisle, 1,201 Patterson Avenue, Baltimore, Md. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 325.
1891: Carlisle & Morris' Circus, in its eighth season, opens at Baltimore, Md. Aug. __. . . . New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Carlisle's Wild West - 1909, 1918-19, 1920 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1921
1909:
Carlisle's Historical Wild West and Open Air Amusement Co.: R. C. Carlisle, proprietor and manager; L. Clay, secretary; L. A. Bartlett, treasurer; H. R. Carlisle, general agent; Jack Dingwall, press agent; Wichita Jack, equestrian director and chief of cowboys; Fred Scott, supt. of stock; Joe Caset, supt. of canvas; J. O'Neil, supt. of privileges; F. Fish, manager commissary dept. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
1918:
Winter quarters. Carlisle's Wild West Show, R. C. Carlisle, proprietor; Troy, Ala. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
Winter quarters, 1918. Carlisle's Wild West Show. R. C. Carlisle, manager; So. Cairo, N.Y. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.
1919:
With Carlisle's Wild West this season: James Craig; James Pidcock, break rider, and Belle Lynch, high school rider, both fourth season with the Carlisle outfit; Jack Larkins, trick rider. Billboard, May 10, 1919, p. 40.
1920:
Carlisle's Frontier Wild West Show: L. Carlisle, proprietor, treasurer and secretary; R. C. Carlisle, manager, railroad contractor, press agent; Harry Jentzer, general agent; Jim Henderson, manager side show; Wichita Jack, equestrian director; Jim Pidcock, general supt.; E. Jennings, supt. privileges; Carl Spencer, musical director; L. Clay, supt. reserved seat tickets; Claude Phillips, supt. canvas; Tommy Keenan, trainmaster; James Craig, boss hostler; Charles Emerson, supt. lights; Adam Schrimp, supt. props.; Fred Scott, announcer. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Carlos' Dog & Pony Show - 1919 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1919
Carlos' Dog & Pony Show has sailed on the S. S. LaPlace for South America. Mr. Carlos is taking two animal acts, and has an engagement for one year to tour Central and South America. His first stop will be Buenos Aires. Billboard, April 19, 1919, p. 80.
Carlos Dog and Pony Show recently finished a sixteen weeks' engagement at the Casino Theater, Buenos Aires. The act is engaged for another sixteen weeks to play the Japanese Park. Billboard, December 6, 1919, p. 56.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Carlos Society circus - 1938
Captain Charles Carlos, who brings his famous Carlos Society circus to the Niagara County fair for performances all next week, is not only one of the world's outstanding animal trainers but an internationally known performer and creator of circus devices and paraphernalia. Born in Sweden of parents who themselves followed the pursuit of the tanbark, sawdust and spangles, young Charles came in contact with animals, clowns and acrobats at a very tender age. Following numerous successes in Europe, he came to the United States more than 45 years ago and a few years later perfected the Society circus, consisting of ponies, dogs, leaping greyhounds, comedy mules and the like by which his name was to become indelible. From 1884 to 1891 his attractions appeared with European circuses. For eight years he was the featured attraction with a Mexican circus, for one year with a South American show and for a period of more than ten years with American circuses. For three straight years, 1904 to 1906, he appeared with Barnum and Bailey circus. In Sweden he was an acrobat, contortionist and clown, and in-between times did pantomime, leaps over elephants, didos on the flying trapeze, tight-rope walking, juggling, equilisbristics, rapid-fire tumbling, head balancing and, in fact, everything in the circus. One of the laugh-provoking bits he created in an early act in vaudeville was with dogs and ponies — and a goat, probably one of the most difficult animals to train. Union-Sun and Journal (Lockport, NY), August 4, 1938, p. 3.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Great Carmo Circus - early 1930s (England)
See article on this show, online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1959.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Carr & Boyle - 1893 (possibly Cary & Boyle) Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1895
Herr Von Litz has sold his interest in his one ring shows to Joseph Boyle. It will be known as Cary & Boyle's Big Twenty-five Cent Show. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.
On the road, circuses: Carr & Boyle's . . . Sligo, PA 21 . . . Parker's Landing 23, Monerra 24, East Brady 25. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
J. M. Carrington's - 1874-75
1874:
Carrington & Co.'s Southern Aggregation and Olympic Pavilion Show will be put on the road about July 1, 1874, for an extended tour, by wagons. Wanted, a second hand outfit for seats, also centre poles for 110ft. round top canvas; also a band wagon, bill wagon and other wagons for a band of musicians, both brass and string. Performers in all branches of the profession. An advance agent. Sideshow and other privileges to let. C. Hamilton Davis, manager; J. M. Carrington & Co., proprietors. Party with cash can obtain an interest.
J. M. Carrington & Co.'s Great Southern Aggregation and Olympic Pavilion Show. Wanted immediately, lady ascensionist to do outside ascention on a slack wire or rope slide, also two female song and dance artists, and two Dutch comedians for concert. This show will be put on the road in a few weeks for an extended tour through Virginia, Maryland and North Carolina. C. Hamilton Davis, manager, Revere House, New York, June 6 to 10. New York Clipper, June 6, 1874, p. 79.
J. M. Carnetton's [sic] Great Southern Aggregation showed at Blacke and White's, Va., July 14, Laurenceville 15. The company, which travels by wagons, includes Emil Goroux, juggler and barrel performer; Lew Temple, clown; John Rivers and his trained dogs; Mr. and Mrs. Bushnell; the Varona Brothers and the Morris Brothers. New York Clipper, July 25, 1874, p. 134.
J. M. Carrington's Great Southern Aggregation and Olympic Pavilion Show, now touring Southern Virginia. Wanted immediately, contortionist, song-and-dance lady, two bar performers, also to leap and tumble, and a clown. Four months' engagment given. Also wanted, party with performing dogs. Also some party owning a balloon. C. Hamilton Daivs, Manager. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, July 25, 1874, p. 136.
George Fields has joined the Great Southern Museum and Menagerie as general advertising agent. New York Clipper, May 30, 1874, p. 71.
The Great Southern Circus and Menagerie exhibited at Richmond, Va., May 25, 26. Our correspondent under date of May 30, remarks: " . . . Miss Jennie Turnour, trapeze, juggler and slack wire peformer, the Sebastian Family, Liza, Josephine and Romeo, were excellent. Jack Lawton, Gus Shaw and W. Burdeau, Happy Jack were the clowns. Scott and Ryan, gymnasts, and B. Saunders, contortionist, also gave satisfaction. J. D. Sweet, proprietor of the privileges attached to the Great Southern, and Mde. Sebastian, equestrienne of the same, were married at Ford's Hotel, May 25. . . . The Sebastian Family will hereafter be professionally known as the Sweet Family." New York Clipper, June 6, 1874, p. 79.
J. M. Carrington's Great Southern Circus performed at Culpepper, C. H., Va., Aug. 15. Billy Manson recently joined the show as an advance agent. New York Clipper, August 22, 1874, p. 167.
J. M. Carrington's Southern Show. The Kincade Family, Mlle. Josephine De Vanler [Vanier?], and Fred and Mlle. Costello recently joined the company. New York Clipper, October 24, 1874, p. 239.
Carrington's Great Southern Aggregation is billed at Danville, Va., Nov. 3, 4, 5. New York Clipper, November 7, 1874, p. 255.
1875:
Col. J. M. Carrington's Great Southern Pavilion Show closed their season at Halifax Courthouse, Va. (winter quarters), after a successful tour of 29(?) weeks, having traveled by wagons nearly 3,500 miles, making a circuit through Virginia, Maryland, West Virginia, North and South Carolina, with John C. Rivers of New Orleans treasurer. This show will be put on the road again on or about April _. A portion of the company consists of Kingcade Family, Mons. Goroux, the Livingston Brothers, Geo. Richards, O'Brien and Farron, William Andrews and others. Circus riders, tumblers, acrobats, specialties, etc., are wanted, and the candy, sideshow, box and other privileges and pavilion concerts are to rent. New York Clipper, January 30, 1875, p. 351.
Col. J. M. Carrington's Great Southern Circus will start on the road from Halifax, C. H., Va., about April 15. Among the performers already engaged are J. B. Sanders, Millie and Fred Costello, Stephens and Cardell, John C. Rivers, Thomas Martin, John Fallon and William Hoyt. J. C. Rivers and Harry Hensley have the candy stand, J. L. Breese the concert, and Brown & Gleason the other privileges. George Clark will be general agent, G. W. Parker, programmer, J. L. Breese, treasurer, and Thomas Defee(?), ringmaster. New York Clipper, March 20, 1875, p. 407.
Carrington's Great Southern Circus. Proprietor and manager, J. M. Carrington; assistant manager, J. Rivers; general agent, Geo. Clark. Clowns, Rivers and Hoyt. Riders, Rivers and Costello. Two tents used. . . . Winter quarters, Halifax C. H., Va. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dr. Carver's Wild West - 1885
Willimantic, Conn., July 6, 1885. Dr. Carver, whose Wild West Show was attached on Friday by agents of Buffalo Bill on charges of libel, is still here at midnight, being unable to get bonds. The Wild West is billed to appear at Woonsocket, R.I., today. Bandwagon, August, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 5, p. 9.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cary & Co. - 1894
Notes from Cary & Co.'s Show. Everything begins to look like opening day around the winter quarters fo the show. Prof. Rich is working the ring stock every day, and has ten as fine horses as can be seen in any show. W. D.(?) Loper(?) and his ten mouth piece band will be a feature of the show. General agent McCarthy has just returned from a business trip to ___ and other Eastern cities, where he has made some excellent railroad contracts. Manager Cary is now in Chicago, and will visit several important points in the Northwest with a view of taking the show into that section. Some important sensational features have been engaged for the circus, a list of which will appear later. The show opens at Paterson, N.J., April 21(?). New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 37.
Wanted, for Cary & Co.'s New All Feature Show, Museum, Trained Animal Exhibition and Congress of Novelties, a few circus acts, ten first class billposters. . . . Cary & Co., Scranton, Pa. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 45.
Edward S. Johnson, contortionist, has recovered from his illness and has signed with Cary & Co.'s Show. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.
Roster and notes of the O. S. Cary Show. We opened at Scranton, Pa., May 2(?), to big business. The show carries a 100ft. round top and two middle pieces and dressing top. There is a 40(?)ft. ring and a 50(?)ft. elevated stage. O. S. Cary & Co., proprietors; S. Goldsmith, treasurer; O. S. Cary manager; J. McCarthy, advance manager. Performers: Livingstone Family; the Morellos(?), the Raynores(?), ?. S. Johnson; William Roberts; Bo? Morello; Saturo's(?) Japanese Troupe, five in number; Prof. Geo. D.(?) Rich(?) and his nine Arabian stallions and eight of the smallest performing ponies in the world; Prof. H. Johnson and his canine paradox. Concert people: Billy Raymore . . . William Morello, Harry Aslton, Edna Cary, Ida Morello and Victor Livingstone. Side show: C. Culbertson, proprietor; A. L. Salvall(?), manager, with the following people: Sig. Cassinova . . . Mack Evans, Ki Ki, Joe Loeb(?), ___ Culbertson and the Canadian giant and his wrestling bear. . . . John Daily, boss hostler; and Joe Peal in charge of cook tent. Show travels by rail, using seven brand new cars. The opening was a grand success. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 149.
On the road, circuses: O. S. Cary's, Albany, N.Y. May 17, 18. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Carson & Barnes - 1957-1963, 1965-68 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1957-1963, 1965-
Article on the 1963 Carson & Barnes Circus is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1963 (scroll down or use find).
Brief Information on this show, 1957-1963, 1965-68, is online in "High Grass and Miller Magic," in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).
• An article on the 1954-56 Tex Carson show and the 1957-1962 Carson & Barnes show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 4, pp. 4-20.
• An article on the 1963-69 Carson & Barnes show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 5, pp. 16-33.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Kit Carson Buffalo Ranch Wild West - 1912 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-14
See the article on the 1912 show, online in Bandwagon, February 1944
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Tex Carson Wild Animal Circus - 1954-56 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1951-56
Information on this show is online in "High Grass and Miller Magic," in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).
• An article on the 1954-56 Tex Carson show and the 1957-1962 Carson & Barnes show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 4, pp. 4-20.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Casselman's - 1915, 1918 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1915
1915:
Casselman's Circus opened the season of 1915 at Bristol, Ind., April 22, and in spite of bad weather and the European war has been doing as good as can be expected. Everything on the show has been overhauled and repainted, and the outfit is one of the finest wagon shows of its kind and size on the road. It consists of fourteen wagons, thirty head of stock and two autos. A $1,500 electric light plant was added this year. Thirty-five people are carried. C. S. Casselman, owner and manager; Mrs. Susie Casselman, secretary and treasurer; Frank Reade, superintendent of privileges; Bob Goodale, boss canvasman with seven assistants; Mina Wilison(?), boss hostler with three assistnats; G. B. Fluhrer, stage manager; Maurice Dalton, orchestra leader; Lawrence Lawson, boss property man; Johnny Jones, in advance with two assistants; Mrs. Alice Wilson, superintendent of cookhouse. Paul Enzel, contortionist; Reade and Wright, sketch artists; Edward Phillips, dancing comedian; Frank Valters, flying perch and rings; Fluhrer and Fluhrer, singing and novelty artists; Fritz Peterson, Mazie Biglow, Miss Wildman, Frank Osborne, Hosea Dinnsett and Miss Pearl Hinton, piano player, performers. Billboard, June 26, 1915, p. 34.
The Casselman Circus, playing their twenty-first week at Bristol, Ind., survive, even against the rain, and claim some figures on the right side. The outfit, consisting of fourteen wagons, thirty head of stock and two autos, has the following roster: C. S. Casselman, owner and manager; Susie Casselman, secy. and treas.; Johnny Jones, advance; Mrs. Alice Wilson, cookhouse: Mina Wilson, stock; Lawrence Lawson, props. Performers: Reade and Wright, Paul Wencel, Edward Phillips, Frank Valters, Fritz Peterson, Mazie B. Poser, Fluhrer and Fluhrer, Hosea Dinsitt, Frank Osborne, Aubra Wilson and Pearl Hinton. Billboard, September 11, 1915, p. 58.
1918:
Wanted, for C. S. Casselman's Circus and Vaudeville Show. Blackface S. & D. comedian, also male piano player. Other versatile people with one night stand wagon show experience. Address Ed Henderson, manager, Casselman's Shows, Twelve Mile, May 25, Bunker Hill 27, Greentown 28, all in Indiana. Permanent address, Vandalia, Michigan. [Advertisemen] Billboard, May 25, 1918, p. 2.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Castello & Graves - 1905 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905
"The Castello & Graves circus had a pretty hard time of it yesterday but in spite of rain two performances were given in the tent at the corner of Washington and Cottage streets. And the performances were very much enjoyed. Some of the acts are of a very high order of merit and the old-fashioned, one ring affair, where everything on the bill could be seen, pleased everybody. The circus men got under day early this morning and made a parade through the city. The display was a credible one and meant a good house at this afternoon's performance and a crowded tent this evening." Auburn (NY) Bulletin, May 27, 1905. Information should be checked with additional sources
"Castello & Graves Circus, which has been on the flat since Monday says the Utica Observer has traveled in hard luck ever since it started in May. Bad weater kept the people from the tents and the money from the treasury, and there has been some little delay in paying the help. Yesterday, the circus people filed six bills of the sale in the County Clerk's office, covering practically all of their effects. To-day, 'Dan' Darleigh, who is known in Utica through his appearance at the theatres in different companies and who has been the clown with the circus, secured a writ of attachment and levied on two horses to secure a bill for something like $40 for services for himself and his wife. It is probable that the matter will be settled and the circus will proceed after a few days. The legal work has not been permitted to interfere with the presentation of the shows. 'Dan' will not be with the show when it goes out." Oswego Daily Times (Oswego, NY), June 24, 1905. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dan Castello's - 1868-69, 1876, 1890 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1861, 1864-70, 1876, 1888, 1890
• Information on the 1866 Dan Castello's Great Show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 44-45.
1868-69: Dan Castello was in Kansas in September, 1868. The show featured riders and Dan Castello clowed with his trick horse. Willis Cobb presented his educated dogs, goats and monkeys. The show returned to Kansas in May, 1869, with Dan Castello still clowning, the Lowanda family of equestrians, and others. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 13-14, 16-17.
1870: Dan Castello and William C. Coup were partners in the 1870 Dan Castello's Great Circus & Egyptian Caravan. The show traveled by boat to cities on the Great Lakes. It played inland dates before boarding the ship Benton, Racine, Union Grove and Burlingon, Wisconsin. Other inland cities were also visited during the season. The article with details on this show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1971, Vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 18-20.
1876: Dan Castello's Great Centennial Museum, Menagerie, Double Gigantic Circus played Kansas in June, 1876. The show advertised two sets of riders, two sets of athletes, two sets of gymnasts and two sets of acrobats in its circus troupe. Bandwagon, September-October, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 5, p. 32.
1877: The outfit of Dan Castello's Centennial Show, including canvas, cages, wagons, pad, bareback and trick horses, harness, wardrobe, flags, etc., can be purchased of E. B. Palmer, Delavan, Wisconsin. New York Clipper, March 3, 1877, p. 391.
1890:
The original and only Dan Castello New United Monster Shows, Circus, Museum, Menagerie, Hippodrome and Great World's Exposition. Season of 1890. Wanted, circus people in every line, including bar, aerial and ground acts, riders, jesters and performing animals, side show curios, etc. Also good boss canvasman. . . . Address . . . James E. Noble, proprietor, Chicago, Illinois. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 45.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dan Castello's Great Overland Circus
• An article on the 1870 John Wilson and Leihy & Lake's Dan Castello show is in "The Other Dan Castello Circus," Bandwagon, January-February, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 1, pp. 25-26.
Castello, Williamson & Oatman - 1891 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891
For sale. Twelve military drill horses, one ___ grey horse . . . one beautiful white trick horse, sone beautiful small trick mule that performs many tricks and a small pony . . . For sale at a bargain. Going out of the business. Address F. J. Oatman, New Albany, Ind. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 735.
1892: Uncle Dan Castello is spending the winter at Paducah, Ky., and is considering several offers for next season. One of which he looks favorably is to clown with the Costello-McMahon Show. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 779.
1893: Notice. T. J. Oatman, of 247 1/2 S. DesPlaines Street, Chicago, Ill. can be engaged for winter season, with his trick horses, ponies and dogs, with circus, museum or opera house attraction. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 339.
1905: Passenger and Crew Lists of Vessels Arriving at New York, New York. S.S. Seguranca from Colon, Feb. 9, 1905, arriving at New York, Feb. 16, 1905. T. J. Oatman, age 50, circus manager; Mrs. T. J. Oatman, age 38, wife.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cather & Shallcross - 1889 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1899
Cather & Shallcross' New Colossal Shows, Museum, Trained Animal Exhibition and Great Wild West will exhibit at Port Chester, June 10, price 25 cents. Empress the largest performing elephant; Robert Delisle, rifle wizard; Little Deer, Sioux chief; troop of performing stallions; Lottie Burbank, hight wire. Street parade - men, women and children, horses, elephants and camels, triumphal chariots. [Advertisement] Port Chester Journal (Port Chester, NY), June 6, 1889, p. 5.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cauble's Shows - 1915
1915: Wanted for the Cauble Shows No. 1 and No. 2, Season 1915. People in all lines of the circus and wild west business. Have to let, side show and all outside privileges. Want pony trainer who can break and work in ring dogs, ponies and elephant. Want to buy air calliope, animals, light cages, harness. Address A. M. Cauble, Romance, Arkansas. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 6, 1915, p. 23.
Albert Cauble was also proprietor of Monroe's Mighty Shows Combined with Buffalo Tom's Wild West, and Monroe Bros.
Article on A. M. Cauble's shows of the early 1900s, and Albert Cauble's career, is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1962 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
R. M. Chambers' - 1911 may be Haight & Chambers'
On the night of June 10, before the opening of R. M. Chambers' One-Ring Circus in Kensington, Philadelphia, Pa., a cyclone swept over the town and stripped the big top almost to ribbons. Mr. Chambers comes from Washington, D.C., and is the first to exhibit Princess Wee Wee, the smallest woman in the world. Billboard, July 1, 1911, p. 26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Chapin & Co.'s - 1874
Chapin's Coloseum and Circus Comique is to commence a tour at Dubuque, Ia., May 20(?), and will travel by wagons. John M. Hickey will be the general agent, and B. Chapin, proprietor and manager. New York Clipper, April 4, 1874, p. 7.
B. Chapin & Co.'s Colosseum and Circus Comique. Proprietor, B. Chapin & Co.; manager, B. Chapin; general agent, John M. Hickey; assistant agent, Lee Strauss; press agent, James Fitzgerald; programme agent, Benjamin Kahn; chief billposter, Wm. Christin; leader of band, Wm. F. Allen, number of musicians, 16; master of canvas, James Morgan. Clowns, Chas. Steinau and Mark Johnson. Gymnasts, Dupont Brothers, the Parento Family, Sig. Francis Brotherton and son, Herminion and Master Whally. Specialists, Mlle. Josephine de Vannier, balancing, juggling act on bottles, and ascensionist; Sig. Francois Brotherton with troupe of trained birds; Parento Family, with troupe of trained Mexican dogs, five in number; Will C. Burton, Zouave drill and stage-manager. Number of tents used, one; men employed, 35. Proprietor of concert, B. Chapin. . . . New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.
The Parento Family go to Dubuque, May 16, to join B. Chapin & Co.'s Circus. Lew and Dott Parento do a double trapeze act. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.
Cooper & Chapin's Colossal Golden Show and Universal Equestrian Congress is the name by which Chapin's Show will in the future be known. Joe Tinkham and wife have joined the company, and George W. Hall's California Exposition and Animal Show has been added. John M. Hickey is the general agent; Orrin Hall, assistant; George L. Alexander, chief billposter; and R. A. Hunt programme agent. New York Clipper, July 4, 1874, p. 111.
Chapin's Circus, after traveling for some five weeks in Wisconsin and doing a bad business, returned to Warren, Ill., and reorganized. Charles Cooper bought a half interest in the show, which is now known as Cooper & Chapin's Circus and Menagerie. The company: Joe Tinkham, pad and hurdle rider; Sig. Francois Brotherton, wire walker, juggler, balancer, and tight rope ascensionist,and his troupe of trained dogs; Master Charles Brotherton, aerial ascensionist; the Palmer Brothers and the Parento Brothers, acrobats and gymnasts; Mlle. Carlotta, juggler; Dot Parento, gymnast; Mattie Spears, comic vocalist; and Andy Spears and Curt ___, clowns. New York Clipper, July 11, 1874, p. 119.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Chase & Son Circus Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1937-38
• An article on the 1937-38 Chase & Son Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 21-26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Chiarini's Circus - 1875-76, 1879
1875:
Chiarini's Royal Italian Circus commenced a season at Wilson's Amphitheatre, San Francisco, Cal., Dec. 21. The company comprises twenty-five peformers, thirty trained horses and ponies, performing guanaco and monkeys, and the Fusi-Ya-Ma Japanese troupe of gymnasts. New York Clipper, January 2, 1875, p. 319.
Chiarini's Circus and Menagerie sailed for South America from New York City, in the steamship Ontario, Sept. 29. The company included Wooda Cook and his wife, nee Millie Tournier, Harry and Emma Clark, Romello and wife, Elijah Lengle, Fred Sylvester, Edward Watson, Dan Leon, Ted Almonte, Charles Lowry, Frank Clifford, Sig. Faranta, J. Elisler and manager Chiarini and wife. Their stock and animals consisted of sixteen horses, five ponies, two zebras, one buffalo, and a giraffe. New York Clipper, October 2, 1875, p. 215.
1876:
A letter written by Mrs. Marie Romelli, dated Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, April 9, we are informed that the members of Chiarini's Circus company are suffering severely from yellow fever. "Mrs. McCaffie, equestrienne, died recently of that disease; Signor Farranta and Jerry Bell are not expected to live through the night, one of the grooms and Goldsmith, an usher, are dead. Dan Leon, Laura Clard and manager Chiarini are ills with the disease, and are not expected to live." Eugene Romelli, with Chiarini's Circus, died of yellow fever in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, March 28(?), after an illness of five days. New York Clipper, June 3, 1876, p. 79.
1879:
Guiseppe Chiarini, proprietor of the Royal Italian Circus, and his manager, Lorenzo Maya, have arrived in this city from San Francisco, Cal. They are making arrangements for a tour of California and Australia. They exhibit only for a short season in California, and will leave for Australia Aug. 1. New York Clipper, June 7, 1879, p. 87.
San Francisco, Cal. Chiarini will open his circus and menagerie about Aug. 4. Dan Castello and Nellie Reed are members of his present company. New York Clipper, August 2, 1879, p. 150.
San Francisco . . . Chiarini's Circus Company comprises the Lee Family, seven in number, Nellie Reed, Jeanette Watson, Dave Costello, August Siegrist, Louis Durand, Watson Family, Mlle. Violette, Victorelli and Cardello, George Dunbar, Mons. Bartelo(?), A. Lehman, Sara Fergus and T. Servallos. New York Clipper, August 16, 1879, p. 166.
Chiarini's Royal Italian Circus has been doing immense business in San Francisco, Cal., since Aug. 7. The new tent is admirably adapted to the purpose and the seating arrangements are excellent. Seats are arranged to permit each spectator an uninterrupted view of the arena. The inner circus, bordering on the ring, is divided off into a series of private boxes, consisting of six large and comfortable arm chairs that sell at five dollars each. The next circus, at a slight elevation above the private boxes, is furnished with wide and easy camp chairs at one dollar each; them comes the gallery with rows of seats. Programme: Overture, "Light Cavalry," Joseph E. Green; "The Queen's Musketeers," by four ladies and four gentlemen, led by Chiarini on one of his Prussian stallions; la perche equipoise, Dunbar and Bartolo; somersault act on horseback, Lavater Lee; the Chilian colt Garibaldi, introduced by Miss Nellie Reed; the African zebras, educated by Fred Sylvester; Indian jugglery on horseback by Miss Rose Lee; entree comique by clowns Lehman, Siegrist and Durand; pirouette act on a bareback horse by David Costello; a horse mounted a la haute ecole by the English Amazon Miss Nellie Reed; aerial act by Miss Fergus and Signor Ceballos(?); equestian act by Miss Jeannette Watson; acts by the two Prussian stallions, Prince and Duke, introduced by trainer Signor Chiarini; laughable equestrian lightning changes by Fred Watson; horizontal bar by Victorelli and Cardello; buck-jumping by horse Monte Cristo, mounted by Chiarini; leaping and somersaulting by the entire company; exhibition of the Royal and Bengal tigers by trainer Geo. Wilson. Signor Agrati, the business manager of the troupe, sails for Australia Sept. 1, and the company will follow per City of New York 29. New York Clipper, August 23, 1879, p. 175.
Chiarini's Circus. Several performers left this show when it was about to sail from San Francisco, Cal., recently, for Australia, owing to the fact that they had been promised first-class passages, as they allege, and after their ___ had been put aboard the steamship, many of the troupe discovered that accommodations had been secured for them in the steerage. Among those who remained behind were Cardello and Victorelli; ___, ticket-taker; John McCullough, ringmaster; and Castello, bareback rider. New York Clipper, December 27, 1879, p. 315.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Christy Hippodrome Shows - 1918, 1919 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913-1919
1918:
Galveston, Tex., Jan. 5. The Christy Hippodrome Shows are now in their old winter quarters at Fifty-ninth and D streets here, after a season of forty weeks, the route extending from the Gulf to Canada and back thru eleven States. The show covered 12,108 miles, opened with a funeral (burying a colored pony boy the morning the show opened), and experienced a lot of working men shortages and two blowdowns, but only made two changes in the roster all season. Four members of the show enlisted in the army and navy and six were drafted. The early part of the season was bad on account of so much rain, but the books show the past season to be the biggest on record for this circus.
G. W. Christy, manager of the Christy Hippodrome Shows, having received his classification card, which leads him to believe that he will soon be called to the colors, has sold his show to E. H. Jones. Mr. Jones will open the show about March 1, and will retain the title of Christy Shows. Billboard, February 16, 1918, p. 61.
Clarence Auskings is still general agent for Alex C. Jones' New Christy Hippodrome Shows, which will open at Galveston, Tex., March 1. Walter Yeager has charge of the advance with three men. J. A. Dobeck, comedy juggler, has been with the Christy Hippodrome Show, is visiting his home folks in Milwaukee, Wis. Billboard, March 2, 1918, p. 29.
Winter quarters, 1918. Christy Hippodrome Shows. Alex. Jones, manager; 59th & D sts., Glaveston, Tex. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.
Christy Hippodrome Shows. E. H. Jones, proprietor; Alex Jones, manager; Clarence Auskings, general agent; Jacob Friedman, manager sideshow. Show opened at Galveston, Tex., March 1. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.
G. W. Christy is re-opening the Original Christy Hippodrome Shows near Omaha, Neb., June 15. He plans to stay out until Christmas. Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 27.
R. A. Williams and Roy Norman joined the advance forces of the Christy Hippodrome Shows recently. Billboard, August 10, 1918, p. 25.
The first six weeks out the Christy Hippodrome Shows did little business, but the tide has turned and we are now packing them in. We played two towns in different States in one day recently. Played Beach, N.D. for a matinee August 22, loaded and moved to Glendlove, Mont., for a night show the same day. We encountered a hail storm the nigth before at Ollie, Mont., which blew everything away, causing a lot of work repairing and sewing in addition to setting up twice in one day. Palmer and Palmer joined at Sheridan with their big musical act for the concert. They also double in the band. Bessie Rhoades is "cleaning up" with the banner privilege. Prof. Goodhart fell off a loaded wagon fracturing his ankle. Baby Barlow had a birthday party the 26th. Mr. Rialde(?) just finished decorating the sides of our cars with "War Savings Stamps," "Buy Liberty Bonds," "Save Wheat, Meat, etc." The cars look like a government billboard. - Sid. Billboard, September 7, 1918, p. 24.
Christy Hippodrome Notes. R. A. Williams, billposter, closed at Las Vegas, N.M., and left for his home at Holdrege, Neb. Roy Norman also left for some point in Nebraska. Frank Cook late of the Sells-Floto Circus, joined the advance at Las Vegas. Frank McQuyer, late of the Gentry Show, is back home on the Christy show. Bobby Zenero, from the Great Eastern Hippodrome Shows, joined at Amarillo, Tex. Also Jake Friedman got the pit show from the same attraction. J. A. Todd, billposter, late of the E. H. Jones and Hugo Bros. Shows, joined the advance at Wichita Falls, Tex. Billboard, November 16, 1918, p. 26.
Silsbee, Tex., Dec. 20. The Christy Hippodrome Shows will bring its 1918 season to a close here December 30, and will again winter in Galveston. The advance forces have disbanded and some gone their respective ways. Clarence Auskins, general agent, left for his home in Mt. Vernon, Ohio, for the winter. J. A. Todd, billposter, left for Shreveport, La. and J. T. Blessington, billposter will winter in Houston, Texas. Billboard, December 28, 1918, p. 54.
Clarence Auskings recently closed the season with the Christy Hippodrome Shows in Texas, his sixth season with that attraction. The season of 1919 will find Auskings as general agent with the William Campbell's new two-car show, which opens from Evansville, Wis., early in February. Billboard, January 11, 1919, p. 29.
Also see Great Eastern Hippodrome.
1919:
2-Car Circus for sale cheap, or will sell anything separate. 62-ft. sleeper, 62-ft. baggage car, four truss rods, possum belly, new steel wheels, etc. Tangley calliope, mounted on miniature band wagon; 20x55-ft. khaki pit show top, $75.00, with white walls, no poles; 70-ft. Baker & Lockwood dramatic tip, with one 30 or 40-ft. middle, waterproof, no wall or side poles, has steel center poles, $300.00, stored in Chicago; lot pit show banners, 20x30 tent, $10.00; two sets band uniforms, parade banners, bass drum, ponies, goats. Am taking out larger show reason for selling. Christy Shows, Galveston, Texas. Billboard, January 11, 1919, p. 57.
Jake Friedman states that he closed with the Christy Hippodrome Shows December 31, as manager of the pit show and Oriental department and has opened a museum in Galveston, Texas. He has again been engaged for the Christy attraction for the 1919 season that opens about February 15. Billboard, January 18, 1919, p. 29.
Everything is buzzing around winter quarters of the Christy Hippodrome Shows at Galveston, Tex. Veo Powers is working on a new monkey act and a new goat act, as well as the old pony numbers and his White Models posing act, featuring Morning Glory, a snow white Arabian horse. Manager Christy has secured a Bactrian camel, a new sleeping car, nine monkeys, a number of Gentry Bros.' miniature cages and Col. J. C. O'Brien's 82 foot steel under-frame baggage car. Col. O'Brien had this car built several years ago at a cost of $10,000, and it is the only baggage car in show business equipped with a (real) sttel underframe. A number of the old people with again be with the show this spring. The Barlow Family is at The Seawall City. Bobby Zenaro is working on a new free act, rigging, wardrobe, etc. Charles Nelson is cooking up some new clown gags. Charley is training a giant Ibex goat, weighing about 250 pounds, to butt him in the gag. Everett James will direct the band this year, while his family will work in the big show program. Palmer and Palmer are playing a few vaudeville houses while the show is in winter quarters. Jack Levere will have charge of the sideshow. Jack Friedman will handle the big pit show and his Oriental palace. S. V. Campbell has been engaged as brigade manager and will have entire charge of the billing. C. R. Shelton will have all the privileges, stands, etc., and is at home in St. Louis. He will have three assistants with him. - Sid. Billboard, February 8, 1919, p. 28.
Doc Kline and wife are new additions to Jake Friedman's oriental department with the Christy Hippodrome Shows. Billboard, April 26, 1919, p. 37.
Want musicians, circus acts, clowns, sideshow man to make opening, and inside acts, comedy acts to strengthen big show. Trombone and cornet wire Everett James, bandmaster. Seat man and assistant boss canvasman, wire Joe Quinlan, supt. Christy Shows, Hardin, Montana. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 17, 1919, p. 85.
Jake Friedman has added a large baboon to his pit show with the Christy Circus. Alva Smith and Mable Hill, oriental dancers, joined at Grand Forks, N.D. Ethel Delmar is still with it. Billboard, August 9, 1919, p. 45.
Heber Shows, George Christy, owner and manager, is a two-car show, carries fourteen performers, and eight piece band under the direction of Everett James, air calliope, and a collection of animals. George Christy owned the Christy Hippodrome Shows and sacrificed it on account of the draft and the war, even to the name. Next year he will have a six car show. The Heber Show is headed for Colorado, will make some stands in Nebraska and Wyoming, and then South for the fall, closing on the gulf the first of next year. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 44.
G. W. Christy, manager of the Christy Railroad Shows, purchased the Cardonia elephant act from the John Robinson Circus. He also bought other animals, draft horses, zebras, etc. to make up a carload, which will be expressed from the Hagenbeck-Wallace winter quarters at West Baden, Ind., to Galveston, Tex., the Christy Show quarters. They will be added to the Christy menagerie, which is to be enlarged for next season. The Christy Circus is still on the road, but will close January 1, as ususal, re-opening March 1 at Galveston. Billboard, December 27, 1919, p. 89.
More on the 1919 Christy Hippodrome show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.
More information on the 1919 show, online in Bandwagon, April 1945.
• Articles on the career of George W. Christy and his shows are in:
Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out Billboard, Clipper, and/or do a Search
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Christy Bros. - 1920, 1925, 1930 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1920-1930
1920: Christy Bros.' Greater United Shows: G. W. Christy, proprietor and manager; L. C. Christy, treasurer, Harry Bowman, general agent; Ed Shaw, local contractor; Walter McCorkill, special agent; Denny Helm, supt. side show canvas; Harry Novack, supt. pit show No. 1 canvas; John Sousa, supt. pit show No. 2 canvas; Sam Bennett, equestrian director; Joe Quinlan, general supt.; C. ?. Shelton, supt. privileges; Everett James, musical director; H. Monroe, supt. reserved seat tickets; Chas. McNey, supt. canvas; E. Richardson, supt. commissary dept.; Harry Miles, supt. lights; Chas. Snyder, supt. props.; Wm. Harris, supt. ring stock; Tex Ray, supt. stock; Harry Clark, supt. elephants; Chas. Nelson, boss carpenter; Lynn Tyler, supt. animals; Jake Friedman, manager pit show No. 1; James Fry, manager pit show No. 2; Robt. Boyd, checker-up. Show opened at Galveston, Tex., March 1. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
1925: In 1925 George W. Christy expanced his show to 20 cars. Winter quarters in 1924 were at the old Gates Handle Factory in Beaumont, Texas, where Tom Tucker constrictred eleven new cage wagons. Bandwagon, July-August, Vol. 14, No. 4, 1970, p. 12.
• An article on the 1928 Christy Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 4-12.
1930: An article on the 1930 show, the final year, is online in Bandwagon, January 1952.
Diagram of and information on the Christy Bros. winter quarters at South Houston, Texas, is in Bandwagon, August, 1943, Vol 2, No. 5, p. 4.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
James Christy Circus - 1959-1960 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1959-1960
Information in this show is online in "High Grass and Miller Magic," in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Circus & Menagerie Exhibition United - 1839
Joseph S. M. Hobby. (Manager.) respectfully announces to the Ladies and Gentlemen of Gettysburg and its vicinity, that the above celebrated establishment will visit Gettysburg, with their fine collection of Animals, and beautiful Stud of Horses, and Company of Equestrians, who stand unrivalled in their profession, on Thursday the 22d inst., for one day only. Hours of Exhibition from 1 to 5. P. M. Admittance 50 cts., Children, half price.
Carl Clark's - 1918-19, 1920 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-1926
1918:
Wanted quick for the Carl Clark Wagon Show. Singing and talking clown, one that can do two or more acts. Other performers write quick. Prof. Carl Clark, proprietor; T. R. McAvey, manager; Morris, N.Y., June 8; Gilbertsville, N.Y., June 9; Mt. Upton, N.Y., June 10. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 25.
1919:
Syracuse, N.Y., April 18. Winter quarters of the Carl Clark's Great Show at the New Driving Park, preparing for the opening of the twelfth annual tour, which will begin May 10. Gold and red will predominate. A 110 foot round top, with a 50 foot middle piece will be used. The following acts are in the big show: Clyde Horsington, principal and producing clown, with the assistance of Johnny Dale, Harry Eldridge, Carl Metz and Billy Worthington; Kenmore Sisters (three) and the Famous Judges, aerial acts; DeSanta's Troupe of wire walkers; Jackson Bros. and Hale, comedy bars; Carl Clark, performing dogs and ponies; Clyde Horsington, talking and singing mule; Viola Wiles and Mrs. Clyde Horsington, menage high school and fancy driving, and Famous Bedell Family of acrobats (six). Blackey Welch, boss canvasman with ten assistants; Jim Ryan, boss hostler; William Brown, in charge of ponies with six assistants; John Burch, in charge of dogs; Roscoe Sullivan, props; Evertt Henne, bandmaster with band of twelve pieces; William C. Couchman, candy stand and privileges; Thomas Earl Murray, general agent with four billposters. Billboard, April 26, 1919, p. 34.
The Carl H. Clark Show has been enjoying prosperity in New York and Pennsylvania since starting out May 10. At Waymart, Pa., a few of the band boys were invited to play at a resort hotel on Sunday. An automobile was engaged and on their way to the hotel, the auto skidded and turned turtle, throwing all occupants down a rocky embankment. Frank Kelly had his face and head badly cut. Frank P. Meister, of Norwood, Ohio, was badly bruised. Roy C. Chambers, of Boston, Mass., had his and and knee cut. Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 45.
Carl H. Clark's Trained Animal Circus in winter quarters at Chambersburg, Pa., will open about the middle of April and tour Pennsylvania, New York, Connecticut and Massachusetts. The past season was a successful one of twenty-three weeks, opening at Minoa, N.Y., May 10. Four States were covered, New York, Connecticut, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. Three new wagons will be added for its next tour, making it a twelve wagon outfit. Prof. Clark is training seven dogs and four ponies to add to his large number of trained animals. - Everett Henne. Billboard, November 22, 1919, p. 54.
More on the 1919 Carl Clark's show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.
1920:
Carl H. Clark's Trained Animal Circus: Carl H. Clark, proprietor and manager; Gus Freer, assistant manager; Ola Wiles, secretary and treasurer; Percy B. Karper, general agent; Roy Coak, local contractor; Oscar Williams, special agent; Percy Lewis, Jack Moran, press agents; Don Henne, equestrian director; August Kanerva, supt. reserved seat tickets; Charles Riley, supt. canvas; Earl Freer, boss hostler; Leon Hart, supt. commissary dept.; Robert Johnson, supt. lights; Eddie Winters, supt. props.; William Taylor, supt. ring stock; Harry Williams, supt. stock; John F. Dicky, supt. work crew; 14 wagons. Opens Chambersburg, Pa., April 17. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
Carl Clark's Shows containing more than half a hundred educated dogs and ponies will appear in Cooperstown, June 23d. Free street parade at 1:30 o'clock. Beautiful ponies, dogs, fine mules and perfect draft horses. Also the clown ponies, Daisy and Pansy, the clown dogs, Tony and Babe, and the clown mules, Woodrow and Teddy. Also a lot of human clowns. Satan, the pony with a human brain, will multiply, subtract, add, pick out any color at command and tell the exact time by the watch. Otsego Farmer & Republican (Cooperstown, NY), June 18, 1920, p. 4.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Eugenia Clark Show - 1923
Advertised for personnel and animals. Billboard, January 6, 1923, p. 74. Also see Billboard, August 11, 1923, p. 78. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
G. Clark's - 1892-93
1892: Buffalo, New York. Clark's Circus is playing the suburbs to fair business. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 360.1893: Prof. G. Clark's One Ring Circus will begin its season at Medina, N.Y., Aug. 1?. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.
1893: Prof. G. Clark's One Ring Circus opens Aug. 4(?), at Medina, N.Y. Prof G. Clark is proprietor and manager, and carries a canvas with 80(?)ft. round top, and a band of five pieces. The features of the show are Smith and Anderson, the aerial performers, and Prof. Sanderson's dog and monkey circus. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
M. L. Clark's Oriental Circus - 1894
Notes from M. L. Clark's Oriental Circus. - M. L. Clark's Oriental Circus is in Winter Quarters at Oberlin, La., getting everything ready for May. M. L. Clark, proprietor and manager, has just returned from Chicago with eight dapple gray horses, one band wagon, four cages, two chariots, and one ticket wagon. The show will travel by wagon, with eighty head of stock, fifteen wagons, and two covered hacks. It will have one hundred foot round top with forty foot middle, two horse tents, one dressing room, and thirty foot round top. Performers and musicians will stop at hotels. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 103. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
M. L. Clark's - 1906, 1910-11, 1918-19, 1930 M. L. Clark & Son's listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1883-1930, 1943, 1945-46
An article on the M. L. Clark shows, with biographical information on M. L. Clark & family, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1965
1906:
Notes from Col. M. L. Clark Combined Shows. - This show closed the longest and most successful season in its history in a blaze of glory, at Mobile. Ala., March 1. It has been a notable one in many respects. We opened March 7, a year ago, having lost but four stands, and did not have an accident of any description. We traveled 3,891 miles, and visited Louisiana, Mississippi, Arkansas, Missouri, Illinois, Iowa, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee, Florida and Alabama. On account of the immense crowds attending the Mardi Gras festivities we were compelled to prolong our engagement, and on Mardi Gras days gave three performances, and then were not able to accommodate them. Our elephants, camels and entire menagerie and parade were used by the Mardi Gras people in their parades, and the animals were decorated as they never were before. This is the first instance in the history of Mardi Gras that animals were used in the festivities. Hereafter, our animals will be a feature of King Felix's parades during Mardi Gras, and will add greatly in assisting Mobile to sustain her title of "The Mother of Mystics." At the termination of our engagement we transferred the show to Capt. Alba's homestead, and mechanics and painters were put to work repairing, painting and regilding everything which will be retained for next season. Six new baggage wagons, four cages, a pair of leopards and a puma were received last week. A car load of draught and ring stock was also received from Col. Clark's Texas ranch. Three more new cages are in course of construction in the Sullivan & Eagle shops, and will be ready for early delivery. We will have new big menagerie, side show, cook, dressing and horse tops, all of which will be equipped with the improved lights. We open the season in Mobile, 20, and as in the past, will sustain our reputation as the largest and finest equipped circus of its kind in the world. New York Clipper, March 17, 1906, p. 114.
1910:
Following is a list of performers with Clark & Sons Combined Shows: Robt. M. Pierece, equestrian director; Three DeForst Bros., casting and comedy acrobatic act; T. W. Bryan, mule hurdle rider and clown; Christ and Pearl LaComa, double trapeze and swinging ladder; Thos. Moss, juggler and wire walker; Chas. Johnson, bounding rope artist and hoop roller; Corine Johnson, single trapeze; ??? Rogan and Lee Clark, trick riders and ropers; Edna Clark, contortionist; Walter Garland, Obey St. Clergy and Bob Ronalso, clowns. "Circus Gossip," Billboard, November 19, 1910, p. 21.
1911:
Jas. Grayson, clown, and Willie Clark, head balancer, closed with the M. L. Clark & Son's Show, October 28. Mrs. M. L. Clark recently made a trip to Alexandria, La., where she placed her youngest daughter in school for the winter. Chas. Lile(?) now has charge of the sideshow. General agent Len Goheen was back on the show at Dardanelle, Ark., October 30, accompanied by his wife and daughter, who were returning to their home in Coffeyville, Kan., after a week's visit with him on the advance. A complete new layout of horse tents and a new middle piece for the big top were received at Ola, Ark. Howard Bonheur of Bonheur Bros. was a visitor at Dardanelle. Billboard, November 25, 1911, p. 27.
1918:
Billy Reid went with the M. L. Clark & Sons Show when it left Alexandria, La., following the holidays. Billboard, January 19, 1918, p. 29.
M. L. Clark & Son's Shows, since leaving Alexandria, La., the winter quarters, after a short layoff during the holidays, have had nice business. Only four performances were lost. The Alton Family left the show two weeks ago to play houses. Lewis Morris and wife have taken their place, doing two acts each, besides working their troupe of trained monkeys. Sid Kridello has a new act with his dog Prince in conjunction with his wire. Johnny Ryan is assisting in the clown numbers, also working in the concert. The roster: M. L. Clark, general manager; Lee Clark, secretary-treasurer; Red Lumpkin, tickets and front door; J. H. Blair, big show ticket wagon; Charles Long, privileges, with two assistants, P. Rogers and S. Robertson (Mr. Long has added two two-ton trucks to transport the stores form town to town); T. H. Hicks, superintendent of lights; Shorty Halliday, cookhouse, with two assistants; Mart Smith, superintendent of big top with five assistants; Denny Higgins, superintendent of seats with two assistants; Bill Gardner bulls and menagerie, with two assistants; H. Lewis Morris, equestrian director; Leslie, Ryan and Kridello, clowns; Shorty Glenn, ponies; Humpty, boss props; F. H. Tillman, band director, with a ten piece band. Billboard, February 23, 1918, p. 28.
Alexandria, La., March 15. The M. L. Clark & Son's Shows arrived in winter quarters here after a successful winter season. After a week or ten days' layoff, the organization will take the road for a summer trip. Mr. Clark has added six auto trucks and four passenger automobiles, the latter to transport some of the musicians and performers. He has also added three new cages for the animals purchased at the Cole Bros.' Circus sale, two camels, one lion, two bears and one hyena. This brings the menagerie up to ten cages. Lewis Morris and wife, Sid Kridello, wire walker, and Fred Leslie and Johnny Ryan, producing clowns, have been re-engaged. The Manteons Troupe of seven people have been signed to do five acts. Mrs. Pearl LaComa will do perch and swinging ladder. Archie Dunlap has been engaged to take charge of the elephants and menagerie. Mrs. Dunlap will handle the pit show and snakes. The management plans to have a fifteen piece band in addition to an air calliope. Mart Smith wil have the big top; Denny Higgins, seats; J. Hicks, lights; C. D. Long, privileges, with two assistants. - Leslie. Winter quarters, 1918, M. L. Clark & Son's Show. M. L. Clark & Sons, proprietors (out all winter); Alexandria, La. Billboard, March 23, 1918, pp. 64, 124.
M. L. Clark & Son's Shows. M. L. Clark & Son, proprietors; M. L. Clark, manager; Lee Clark, secretary-treasurer; H. Lewis Morris, equestrian director; Charles Long, supt. privileges; F. H. Tillman, music director; Mart Smith, supt. canvas; T. H. Hicks, supt. lights; "Humpty," supt. props; Bill Gardner, supt. elephants. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.
The M. L. Clark & Son's Shows inaugurated their summer tour at Tioga, La., March 30, after a three weeks' layoff in winter quarters at Alexandria, La. One of the offerings deserving special mention is Lew Morris' monkey act as a laugh producer. Willie Clark kicks a barrel and cross. Johnnie Ryan is producing clown and Mart Smith is superintendent. Program: No. 1, Tournament. No. 2, Clown song, Ryan. No. 3, Riding monk, Lee Derrick. No. 4, Wire equilibrist, Mr. Morris. No. 5, Double trapeze, Mr. and Mrs. Willie Clark. No. 6, Clowns, Ryan, Sidney and Echo. No. 7, Rolling globe, Morris and Morris. No. 8, Single trapeze, Willie Clark. No. 9, Clowns, pantomime ball. No. 10, Dog act, Kridello. No. 11, Contortion, Madame Floret. No. 12, Clowns' renunion. No. 13, Elephant act, worked by Archie and Madlle Clark. No. 14, Foot juggling, Willie Clark. No. 15, Pony drill, Prof. Derrick. No. 16, Morris Monkey Circus. No. 17, Swinging wire novelty, Sid Kridello. No. 18, January, Prof. Derrick and Ryan. Executive staff: Lee Clark, manager; Mrs. Lee Clark, treasurer; Red Lufkins, front door; Mart Smith, boss canvasman; Archie Dunlap, bulls; "Shorty" Harding, supt. props; Prof. Derrick, equestrian director; Frank Tillman, musical director; Mr. Liles, side show manager; Mrs. Liles, ducats; Red Lufkin, second openings. Mrs. Liles also does a blackface turn in the big show concert. Fred Leslie, funny fat clown, has gone back to his "old home" with J. Augustus Jones. Fred Warren, musician, left the day before the show opened for his "home" on the Sells-Floto Circus. Sid Kridello. Billboard, April 13, 1918, p. 28.
Route, M. L. Clark Circus, Summit, Miss., 26; Magnolia 27. Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 79.
The M. L. Clark & Son's Shows crossed the Mississippi River at Vidalia, La., April 17, and are now in Mississippi. Business has been good except Jena, La., which was a bloomer. Show has Ned and Mena, the two gigantic elephants. Billboard, May 4, 1918, p. 30.
The M. L. Clark & Son Shows have jumped back into Mississippi after playing the berry country of Louisiana. The Great Montecon Troupe, a family of six Mexican performers, joined recently, and are offering five big show acts. Another latecomer is Kokomo Andress (Kokomo Kid), who drives a flivver. Prof. Tillman and his band furnish the music. Luke Kilcoin, concession agent, has been called for military service. Johnny Ryan is producing clown. Mart Smith is still with it, also Archie Dunlap and the Missus. - Sid Kridello. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 28.
1919:
The M. L. Clark & Sons Show has been playing to phenomenal business in Tennessee, Georgia and Alabama. It is the intention of the management to keep the show in operation all winter. The show is headed for Florida. Floyd Trover contines as agent. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 58.
Note: M. L. Clark died in 1926, but his son Lee operated the show for three more seasons.
1930: An article on the sale of the M. L. Clark show in 1930 is online in Bandwagon, March 1955 (scroll down).
• An article on the 1930 M. L. Clark & Son's Combined Shows is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 19-24.
• An article on the 1945 M. L. Clark & Sons Circus, owner E. E. Coleman, is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 5, pp. 4-12.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clark Bros. - 1890-1896 (W. C. Clark, M. L. Clark)
1890: On the Road, Circuses: Clark Bros.' - Riverside, Ark., Sept. 24, Colono, 25, R??ser, 26, Cotton Plant 27, Brinkley, 29. New York Clipper, September 27, 1890.
1891: The Clark Brothers’ wagon show is in eastern Texas, and recently exhibited in Jasper. New York Dramatic News, January 13, 1891, p. 10.
1892: Notes from Clark Bros.' Circus. We are going to show all this Winter. Proprietor W. C. Clark lately jumped from the prairies of Texas, five hundred miles, to the Southern part of Louisiana. Had cold weather from Jan. 12 to 15. Today, 17, we are out on the road playing to crowded houses. We have fourteen people. Our canvas consists of a ??ft. top, 50ft. middle piece. Some of our prominent people are: George Jennier and family of four; Ed. C. Long and four trained dogs, Joe Richards, . . . Fanny Frader, Fannie Clark, with the trained elephant Empress, and a six cage menagerie. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 779.
1893: ?. ?. Davis, manager of Harris' Nickel Plate Circus, . . . passed through here en route to Carthage, Mo., to take possession of Clark Bros. Circus and a big elephant on a claim of $1,000. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 816.
1894: Notes from W. C. Clark's Wagon Show. - We have been out all Winter through Southern Arkansas and Texas. The pale faced man walks regular, and we have all saved money this Winter instead of spending it. We have twelve wagons and good stock, our tent is sixty by ninety, and Mr. Clark is going to put on his own sideshow when we reach Ardmore, I. T., April 19. Jess Brown and wife, with assistance, are giving the concerts. Tucker Bros. are painting five banners for the annex. We are getting out of Texas fast as we can, and will travel North during the Spring and Summer. This is an acrobatic show, with trained donkeys, ponies, horses, riding monkeys and trained dogs. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 102.
1895: Notes from W. C. Clark's Crescent Shows. After tour of Texas we are about to enter Indian Territory, then through Arkansaas into Missouri. . . . Our roster: The Clark Family, . . . Jennier Family, six in number; Jerry Walker, . . . Edward Conklin, . . . Owen Taylor, Prof. Stiehlhammer(?), Fritz Myers . . . New York Clipper, March 16, 1895, p. 21.
1896: Ellet(?) and Bryan, triple bar performers, are with W. C. Clark's Great United Shows. New York Clipper, January 11, 1896, p. 716.
Note: Also see M. L. Clark Wagon Show, Homer C. Walton, Bandwagon, Vol. 9, No. 2 (Mar-Apr), 1965, pp. 4-11.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clark Bros. - 1920 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1920
Clark Bros.' Shows: Clark Bros.' Am. Co., proprietors; C. R. Harding, manager; J. J. Holmes, assistant manager and manager side show; F. E. Bailord(?), treasurer; Ernestiene Holmes, secretary; Tom Walters, general agent; Roy Henderson, local contractor; C. C. Harding, press agent back with show; Chick Varnell, equestrian director; Frank W. Green, supt. privileges; Mack Waldon, musical director; Whitie West, supt. canvas; John Engesser, boss hostler; wagon show. Opens April 24. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clark & Walters - 1964-68 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1964-1972
Brief information in this show, is online in "High Grass and Miller Magic," in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clay Sisters' Wild West - 1918 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1916
Winter quarters. Clay Sisters' Wild West; South Cairo, N.Y. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clements & Russell - 1888 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888
Wheeling, W. Va., May 29. A fierce thunderstorm prevailed here. The tent of Clements & Russell's circus on Wheeling Island was almost demolished. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), May 29, 1888, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clements Shows - 1890-91, R. F. Clements Circus; Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1889-1894
1890: R. F. Clements' Circus will open its coming season at Pittsburgh, Pa., considerably enlarged. Manager Clements, although with Rice & Barton's Co. at present, is doing some work for his own show, and will have one of the most complete 25 cent circuses on the road next season. J. R. Emery is breaking two ponies for the ring. The show will travel in its own cars. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 791.
1891: Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Robt. Clements will start his circus from this city early in April. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 62.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cleveland Consolidated - 1891-92, 1894
1891: Wanted, for the Cleveland Consolidated Shows. Circus, museum, hippodrome and wild west performers in all branches. Band of eight pieces, hustling agent, troupe of dogs, performing ponies, circus cowboys with outfits. Must be able to do more than two turns. Permanent address M. C. Ewing, manager, Lyceum Theatre Building, Cleveland, Ohio. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 276.
1892: Wanted, for the third annual tour of the Cleveland Consolidated Shows, Circus, Museum, Roman Hippodrome, Great Wild West and Trained Animal Exposition. Show people in all departments. Musicians, acrobats, aerial artists, gymnasts, jugglers, riders, cowboys, Indians, clowns, sensational actors, balloon ascension and sideshow people. Also trained horses, dogs, ponies, goats and animals of all sorts. Also want a few more cars, stock and cages, and another pair light Roman chariots. Show opens in Cleveland, O., on June ??, 1892. Harrison J. Ewing, sole owner, 4 Lyceum Theatre Building, Cleveland, O. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 239.
1894: For sale, the Cleveland Consolidated Shows. The largest, best and most complete wagon show on earth. . . . Will sell all or an interest in same. If not sold show open [unreadable text] Harrison J. Ewing, proprietor . . . New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 31.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Great Clifford Circus - 1911
While Mlle. Clifford, the celebrated sword swallower, was in Pawtucket, she purchased the Conway's Circus property, and had it shipped to her winter quarters in Canton, O. She intends to put a one-ring circus show on the road about June 1. It will be known as the Greater Clifford Shows. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clifford & Gubbins - 1892 (may be Griffin?)
1892: Clifford & Gubbins' Pioneer Circus will play Chicago and the suburbs this summer. This is Thos. Clifford's first venture as a manager. He will be recalled as the "Old Sport" of Barnum's and the Forepaugh Shows. The circus will carry an 80(?)ft. round top with a 40(?)ft. middle piece, and give a one ring old time performance. Ten and twenty cents will be charged for admission. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 859.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clyde Bros. - 1946 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1943-1978, 1991-99
A brief article on the 1946 show is online in Bandwagon, April 1946 (pdf file, page down).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Coburn Bros.' - 1918-19 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914-1925
1918: For sale, Coburn Bros.' Wagon Show. Band wagon, ticket wagon, wardrobe wagon, baggage wagon, stake and chain wagon, cook house wagon, carved living wagoon, pole wagon, gilly wagon, two miniature cages, several light wagons, baggage harness and pony harness. Two big tops, 70x110, seats, lights and poles. Address Frank McClure, East Palestine, Ohio. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 9, 1918, p. 66.
1919: Chicago, Sept. 27. W. E. Coburn, manager of the Coburn Wagon Shows, was in Chicago purchasing additional wagons for the show. His show is now in Pennsylvania. Billboard, October 4, 1919, p. 44.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Coear's Mexican Circus - 1922
Joe M. Coear's Mexican Circus opened March 9 with thirty-five Mexican acts, a fourteen piece Mexican band and a troupe of trained dogs, according to W. M. Anderson. The show will tour Mexico, Arizona, Colorado and Old Mexico. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 83.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole's - 1877
Cole's Circus is on its way to Memphis, Tenn., and will Winter there. New York Clipper, January 27, 1877, p. 351. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole's Southern Circus
• An article on the 1881 Cole's Southern Circus, owners George S. Cole, Matt Leland and William O. Monroe, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 2005, Vol. 49, No. 3, p. 26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole's - 1892 (Culbertson Bros.)
1892: Wanted, for the Cole's Wagon Show. People in all branches of the circus business; also side show people, man to make balloon ascensions, magician and knock about ___ for concert; people doubling in brass. All privileges to let. Address ___, Jamestown, N.Y. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 126.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Famous Cole - 1961-62 show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1954-1965, 1988-
Article on the 1961 Famous Cole Circus is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1962 (scroll down or use find).
Article on the 1962 Famous Cole Circus is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1963 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
• The title Cole Bros. has been used by many show managers. First in the late "80's" it was founded by William Washington Cole, known as the "W. W. Cole Circus." Later Martin Downs, a Canadian showman, took over the title and named it "Cole Bros. Circus." When the winter quarters at Harbor Creek, Pennsylvania, the late J. Augustus Jones became the owner and it became a twenty-car railroad circus. This show was sold at auction at Shreveport, Louisiana, at the close of it season. Later Jess Atkins and Zack Terrell became owners of the title. Now in winter quarters in Peru, Indiana, idle and with indefinite plans for the future, owned by a Chicago syndicate. Not forgetting James M. Cole, out of Penn Yann, New York, who toured a small motorized show in recent years. Greater Show World, August, 1951, p. 10.
Cole Bros. - 1906, 1909 Martin Downs, proprietor; show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-09
1906: Notes from Cole Brothers' United Shows. - All arrangements have been made to open the season April 12, in Birmingham, Ala., and the members of the advance not already in service have been ordered to report in that city March 28. General Agent Ed. C. Knupp has been in harness several weeks, selecting and organizing his subordinates, digging up fresh territory and hurrying forward the orders in the hands of the printers. The prospecting agent has thus early covered many sections of the country, while Harry B. Potter, railroad contractor, and Walter T. Murphy, contracting agent, began work last month. Over fifty experienced men will make up the advance, under the efficient direction of Mr. Knupp, who has chosen the following aides: Harry E. Curtis, manager No. 1 car; Fred J. Bates(?), manager excursion car; C. A. Koster and G. C. Moyer, special agents; C. B. Bowers, route rider; E. N. Waters, checker up. There will be twenty-two first class men upon the initial car, the paper of which will be in care of Charles A. Martin. Robert Mathews will be in charge of the paper on the second car, which will carry twenty men. Only union bill posters and lithographers have been engaged. Eating upon the cars ahead of these shows Is now a thing of the past, and it will be hotel meals exclusively for the "boys." Messrs. Moyer and Koster, who are to captain the flying opposition squadron, have each been assigned some exceedingly good men, and while no billing battles will be courted. Cole Brothers pickets will not permit encroachment upon their rights or paper. There will be thirty-five different styles of wall and window work, all from original special designs. In fact, the advertising matter will create a surprise second only to that which Proprietor Martin J. Downs will offer as a free outside attraction back with the shows. The latter will surely excite the wonder of all managers and laymen of the show world, in that it is a sensational feature which almost any other large amusement enterprise would heavily bill and present only upon the inside of the canvas, instead of in the open air. Mlle. D'Zizzi, a young Parisian, who has been engaged for the act, has arrived in America. At the present time she is in Erie, Pa., explaining her act and in other ways aiding the artists in designing the paper to be used in advertising it. New York Clipper, March 17, 1906, p. 114.
1908: Route for 1908 Cole Bros. Circus, Martin Downs, owner, is in Bandwagon, December 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 6, pp. 10-11.
1909: An article on the 1909 Cole Bros. fire is online at Bandwagon, August 1952 (scroll down).
1910: "Corry, Jan. 14 - . . . the Cole Brothers' circus, which has been wintering in this city, will be sold on Jan. 28, at the fairgrounds, according to an ad in the current issue of the New York Clipper. James Downs, principal owner of the show, is said to want to retire . . ." Titusville (PA) Herald, January 15, 1910.
1910: Cole Bros. World Toured Shows (Martin Downs, proprietor), sold to Fiss, Doerr & Carroll New York horse dealers in January 1910, and a few weeks later was a auctioned off in lots. (Martin Downs died in Toronto, Canada, October 1909. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
Cole Bros. - 1912 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-13 (W. H. Coulter, proprietor)
Miss Addia Kain, formerly of Gollmar Bros. Shows, will be the wardrobe mistress of the Cole Bros. Shows this season and now is engaged at winter quarters at Lancaster, Mo., superintending the making of wardrobe for the coming season. Billboard, April 6, 1912, p. 27.
Cole Bros. - 1917-18 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1916-17 (E. H. Jones, J. Augustus Jones, proprietors)
1917:
See the article on the 1917 show, online in Bandwagon, August 1943 (scroll down).
1917 partial route in Bandwagon, October, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 6, p. 5.
1918:
For sale, Cole Bros.' World Toured Shows, at public sale, February 26, State Fair Grounds, Shreveport, La. Everything sold separate. Reason for disposing of show, I have run my own show successfully for twenty-five years. I wish to take a rest. My other interests need attention. I offer a twenty-car show to be sold in parts. Steel stock cars, five sleeping cars, one 76ft. advance car, steel wheels and steel platforms; three female elephants, one male, 8ft., 2 in. elephant; five performing male lions, three are riding lions, horse goes with act; complete menagerie, all kinds of animals, seven camels, one sea horse, fine pit attraction; seventy-five dapple gray draft horses, eighteen head of ring stock, thirty Shetland ponies, harness, trappings, wardrobe, tent, lights, tools, one calliope on wagon for ponies, one calliope on auto truck. Address J. Augustus Jones, care Youree Hotel, Shreveport, La. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 16, 1918, p. 2.
Shreveport, La., Feb. 16. These are busy times at the winter quarters of the Cole Bros.' Show here. John Henry Rice is busy painting the repaired wagons and several new ones are being built. Cheerful Gardner is working his animals, which have been increased by the addition of a big elephant, named Tex, eight feet six inches high. Cheerful takes advantage of the nice weather and parades his elephants around the race track at the fair grounds. Frank Jones, Josh Billings, Doc Hawley, Jim Walters, Owen Lewis and Bill Scott report each day at the clubhouse at the quarters. Billboard, February 23, 1918, p. 28.
For sale, 20-car show, Cole Bros.' World Toured Shows, at public sale, February 26th, State Fair Grounds, Shreveport, La. Everything to be sold in parts. 7 steel cars, 3 steel stock cars (these cars, length 60 feet), sleeping cars, 1 baggage car 60 ft. long, steel platforms and steel trucks, six wheels, equipped with boiler, office, 74ft. workingmen's sleeper, will sleep 120 people; 1 stateroom car, 80ft. long; 120ft. rount top with two 40ft. middle pieces and one 50ft. middle piece, 10ft. side wall, used 12 weeks; all kinds of smaller tents; 1 top, 100ft. round top with three 40ft. middle pieces, no side wall; seats, lights, tools, blocks and falls, poles, uniforms, wardrobe, bedding, 5 cross cages, 5 big dens, 1 ticket wagon, 12 baggage wagons, pole wagon, cook house wagon and cook house outfit; 5 parade band and tableau wagons, 1 calliope mounted on auto truck, one air calliope on light carved wagon pulled by ponies; 5 performing male lions in one group; 17 section steel arena, 2 male lions and 2 females, not educated; 5 young bears, ready to train; 2 hyenas, 1 deer, 1 gnu, 2 sacred cattle, 6 camels, 1 large male elephant, 8 ft. 3 inches; 3 performing female elephants; 76 draft horses; 20 head ring stock, one 8-pony drill, 20 other Shetland ponies, 38 sets work harness. J. Augustus Jones, Youree Hotel, Shreveport, La. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 23, 1918, p. 75.
With the exception of the steel cars and some cages and baggage wagons the Cole Bros.' Circus outfit was disposed of at public auction at Shreveport, La., February 26. One hundred and sixty horses and ponies were sold. Charles Sparks, manager of the Sparks Circus, paid $8,500 for three performing elephants, and also bought one carload of draft horses. Andrew Downie, manager of the Walter L. Main Fashion Plate Shows, bought on carload of draft horses and some animals. Ernest Haag, manager of the Mighty Haag Circus, twelve head of ring stock, four cages, harness and some animals, including a two year old lion(?) for $275, a hyena for $150, and ocelot for $12 and a badger for $7.50; Zack Miller, of the 101 Ranch, one carload of horses; Frank A. Robbins, one group of performing lions and props for $2,475, and some draft horses for the Parker Shows; M. L. Clark, some harness and a bunch of animals, including an untrained lion for $100 and a double humped-back camel for $300; Charles Martin, two sleeping cars and some tents and animals, including a camel for $350; Mrs. Dave Lachman, one sleeping car, one lion and one black bear, the latter for $45; W. H. (Bill) Rice, some horses, harness and wagons for the Wortham Shows; J. D. Newman and Ben Austin, some horses, ponies, harness, cages and animals for the Gentry Bros.' Shows; Frisco Shows, a sea cow for $450; Hippodrome Shows, a baby camel for $265; Horne's Wild Animal Shows, a sacred cow for $55, and "Tex," the elephant that went with Frank Adams' two-car outfit, which J. Augustus Jones bought last fall, the pachyderm bringing $1,500. Cheerful Gardner worked the elephants previous to the sale, eliciting much applause. Other circus and carnival men present were Con T. Kennedy, C. A. Wortham, Mr. Reed of Reed's Carnival Company, Henry Gehm, George Byrne Jr., Mr. Lowe and George Rollins. J. Augustus Jones said he will organize two or three two-car circuses for the coming season. Billboard, March 9, 1918, p. 62.
Cole Bros. Circus (J. Augustus Jones, owner) was sold at auction February 26, 1918 at Shreveport, La., with exception of steel cars and some cages, and baggage wagons. Chas. Sparks paid $8,500 for three performing elephants. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
Cole Bros. - 1918-19, 1920, 1926 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918-1924 (E. H. Jones, proprietor)
1918:
Want musicians for two-car circus. Boss canvasman and light man. Address The Cole Show Co., Shreveport, Louisiana. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 66.
Route, Cole Show: Doe Run, Mo. 15; Flat River 16; Elvins 17. Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 55.
Cole Bros.' Show, under the management of Howard Damon, is enjoying a prosperous season. Roster: Howard Damon, manager; Clara Wright, secretary & treasurer; John Keenan, supt. tickets; Jasper Fulton, supt. privileges; Jack LaVere, sideshow manager; Edw. and Inez Sthral, snake show; Arthur James, sideshow tickets; Osie Lucier, elephant trainer and animal man; Jack Moore, boss canvasman; Joe Creeper, boss props; Dave "Inky Dot," pony boy; "Scotie," boss seat man and train loader; "Red" Simpson, boss hostler; "Curley," supt. lights; John Alton, equestrian director. The program includes the Alton Family, acrobats, high wire, slack wire, swinging ladder and concert turns; John McNamara, rub on "come in" and clown; Dorothy McNamara, opening song and three concert turns; Fred Hatfield, pony drill; George and Mrs. Whittie, iron jaw, rings and bounding wire; Geo. Whittie Jr., concert song; Tex, the elephant; Thos. Moss, chair balancing and juggling; Delta Hatfield, contortion; Fred Leslie, principal clown; Gene Weldon and Dee Mist, clowns; Clazie and Patsy, comedy act; the Bowen Family band, in which Anna May Bowen, in euphonium solos, also William, Ralph and Lewis Bowen (7, 9 and 11 years), with bass drum, snare drum and cymbals; Ethel Delmar, Gene Stewart and Grace Marie, dancers in annex. Doc Hawley has charge of the car, with one assistant. Jim Winter is chef. Fred and Delta Hatfield are recent arrivals. Fred Williams is the pastry cook. - Fred Leslie. Billboard, July 27, 1918, p. 27.
The Cole Bros.' World Toured Shows will not be affected by the death of its owner, J. Augustus Jones. Howard Damon, who has been associated with Mr. Jones for the last five years in various capacities, has been given the management and complete charge of the show, which is now touring in Missouri and will continue through Kentucky and Tennessee as originally planned. The exective staff: Howard Damon, general manager; Mrs. John Wright, treasurer; Jasper Felton, ticket wagon; L. C. Gillett, general agent; J. Henry Rice, local contracting agent; Jack Moore, superintendent, and Jos. Billings in charge of advertising car No. 2. Billboard, September 21, 1918, p. 24.
Cole Brothers' ten-car circus, now stored at Shreveport, La., will be sold by Mrs. J. Augustus Jones, widow of the well known circus man. Epidemic conditions in the South forced the management to run into Shreveport. Billboard, October 26, 1918, p. 54.
1919:
Cole Bros. Shows are touring Canada and will stay in the Dominion about eight weeks, then back to the States for a long season South. Frank Leonard, oldtime elephant and horse trainer, joined the show last week, and has started to break in several new pony acts. Lon Morris has broken in two more mokeys and a dog for his monk act. This makes six monkeys in all. . . . Fred Leslie. Billboard, August 2, 1919, p. 45.
Johnnie Marinella, ring artist and contortionist, is now touring the province of Saskatchewan, Can., with the Cole Bros. Shows. Billboard, August 30, 1919, p. 41.
The Cole Bros. Shows have returned to the U.S.A. after a fifteen weeks' tour of Canada. Roster: E. H. Jones, sole owner and manager; F. L. Anders, legal adjuster; Frank Jones, general superintendent; Frank Goldie, manager sideshow; Al Anderson, manager pit show; "P. T. Barnum" Zerath, supt. animals; Slim Davis, supt. sideshow canvas with four assistants; Whitie Biggs, pit show top with one assistant; Whitie Crossett, trainmaster with five assistants; A. J. Anderson, John Barton, Red Fowler, ticket selelrs; C. V. Crawford, supt. privileges assisted by Mrs. Bertha Crawford and two others; Frank Leonard, equestrian director; Aerial Johnsons, William and Agie; the Whitties, aerial artists, iron jaw and bounding wire; Le Zerados, Frank and Tiny, aerial artists, late of Shipp & Feltus Circus; Johnny Marinello, rings and hand balancing; Babe Mullet and Sis Muca, comedy riding act; Ed Zerath, bull act; Frank Leonards, dog and pony act; Fred Leslie and Lee Smith, comedy bar act; Fred Leslie, producing clown; Lee Smith, Johnny Marinello, Arthur Crawfors, clowsn. Concert: Agnes Loraine, highland fling dances; Georgie Whittie Jr., songs; Amelia Whitte, mandolin soloist; Arthur Crawford, Irish comedian; Lee Smith, novelty balancing act; closing with Fred Leslie's musical comedy. Band: J. A. Norman, director; Thomas Bundy, Earl Price, Ed T. Crawford, George Grupp, A. Crawford, Ed Lake, G. Lowe, Gene Phillips, Lee Hall, Wm. Elsey, Marcus Brooks, musicians. Annex No. 2: Bessie Smith, Nellie Hall, Mae Morre, Lucile Kyle, dances. Denny Helms, boss canvasman assisted by Jack Moore and five others; Milton Grey, boss property man with three assistants; Albert Roseman, supt. cookhouse, assisted by Mrs. Roseman; Andrew Bates, car porter. - Fred Leslie. Billboard, October 4, 1919, pp. 44, 46.
The brigade of the Cole Bros. Shows closed its season at Delhi, La., Nov. 29, after a season of 39 weeks, covering nineteen States and three provinces of Canada. The brigade went farther north than any other show, to Big River, Sask. The brigade was under the management of L. B. Greenhaw, with the following assistants: Col. E. K. Hicklin, R. M. Sherman, E. Colton, A. C. Matts and Jack Stark. Greenhaw went to his home at Leslie, Ark., to take charge of his picture theater. General agent L. C. Gillette visited the brigade the day before it closed. All will be under the E. H. Jones banner next season. - R. M. Sherman. Billboard, December 13, 1919, p. 56.
More on the 1919 Cole Bros. show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
1920:
Cole Bros.' Show: E. H. Jones, proprietor, manager, treasurer and secretary; L. Gillette, general agents; L. B. Greeshaw(?), local contractor; F. A. Goldie, manager side show; J. Lewis, equestrian director; Frank Jones, supt. privileges; Chas. Smith, musical director; Frank Welsh, supt. reserved seat tickets; Jack Moore, supt. canvas; Bob Cook, trainmaster; Bob Barber, boss hostler; Fred Fay, supt. lights; Ed Zerith, supt. elephants. Opens at Shreveport, La., March 29. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
1926:
John Pluto closed deal in February 1926 with Elmer Jones for lease of title of Cole Bros. Shows and purchased from him sleeping cars and other equipment, including tents, animals, some pones and other goods. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
1928
Title of Cole Bros. World Toured Shows was leased for term of years to Floyd King, at Baltimore, Md., December 13, 1928. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
1929: Article on the 1929 Cole Bros. show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 5, pp. 4-20.
Cole Bros. - 1930 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1929-1930 (Floyd & Howard King, proprietors)
H. S. Ingraham and Bert Rutherford, latter part of August 1930, purchased Cole Bros. Circus from Thomas Hanks, who held mortage on it. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
An article on the 1930 show is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug-Sep 1954 (scroll down).
An article on the 1930 Cole Bros. Circus, Floyd King, owner, is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1979, Vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 4-18.
Cole Bros. - 1935-40 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1935-1940 (Jess Atkins, Zack Terrell, proprietors)
1935-38: Article on the Cole Bros. Circus, 1935-38, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1964 (scroll down or use find).
1935-40: Series of articles on the Cole Bros. Circus, 1935-40 are online in
1935: Show covered 23 States, making 156 stops, with two in Alabama, seven in Arkansas, nine in Georgia, five in Illinois, five in Indiana, six in Iowa, three in Kansas, three in Kent, 1 in Maryland, eleven in Michigan, five in Mississippi, two in Missouri, one in Nebraska, sixteen in New York, seventeen in North Carolina, fourteen in Ohio, five in Oklahoma, ten in Pennsylvania, five in South Carolina, onein Tennessee, two in Vermont, six in Virginia, seven in West Virginia, and thirteen in Canada. Bandwagon, August 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 4, p. 6.
1937: Parade line-up of the 1937 Cole Bros. is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1958 (scroll down).
1938: Program: 1. Spec "Sa Seville"; 2. Harddigg Trio, gymnasts; Hollis Troupe, acrobats; 3. Harriet Featty and her elephant, lion and tiger act; 4. Bessie Hollis, equestrienne; Rita Aurelia, equestrienne; 5. Aerial Ballet (8 girls); 6. Clowns; 7. Clyde Beatty Wild Animal act of lions & tigers; 8. Roland Hebeler's seals; Barnardi's seals; 9. Ken Maynard and his cowboys and cowgirls; 10. Elephant acts in all 3 rings featuring Wantda Wentz, Jean Allen and Betty Stevens; 11. Casca Brothers, rolling globes; Zoppe Family, unsupported ladders; Kinko, tumbling and contortion act; 12. Senor Jose Gonzales; 13. Clowns; 14. Paul Nelson's liberty horses, Jorgen Christiansen's 24 liberty horses, James Foster's liberty horses; 15. Ernie Wiswell's Funny Ford; 16. The Great Silvers, wire act; 17. Clowns; 18. The Aurelia Family, barebacke riders; 19. High school and gaited horses featuring Andera Galligher; 20. The Great Gretonas, high wire act; 21. Clowns; 22. The Peerless Illingtons, flying act, The Flying Harolds, flying act; 23. The Great Florenzo, somersaulting auto. Bannerline, August 15, 1957, p. 3.
1939-40: Brief information in SPEC, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Jan), 1940. Published by Circus Historical Society. Also see brief information on the Cole Bros. fire in 1940 in SPEC, Vol. 1, No. 2, 1940 and the 1940 show in SPEC, Vol. 1, No. 3, 1940.
• An article on the Cole Bros. winter quarters in Rochester, Indiana, 1935-1940, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 3, pp. 18-26.
Cole Bros. - 1941, 1943 Zack Terrell, proprietor (1941-1948)
Article on the 1941 Cole Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1976 (scroll down or use find).
• An article on the 1942 Cole Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1977, Vol. 21, No. 4, pp. 12-24.
1943:
Zack Terrell, owner and manager. The labor shortage and its effect on the 1943 Cole Bros. show; their 1943 route; and an article, with photographs, on the 1943 show in White Tops, April-May, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 5-6, pp. 2, 4, 7-8.
• Article on the 1943 show, with photographs, in White Tops, June-July-August, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, pp. 7-8. 1943 route is in White Tops, Sept-Oct-Nov, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 10, 11, 12, p. 14.
1944-48:
Article on the 1944 show, with photograph of Jean Allen, in White Tops, April-May, 1944, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6, pp. 5-6.
• An article on the 1944 Cole Bros. show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 4-18.
Cole Bros. - 1949 Jack Tavlin, owner (1949)
• An article on the 1949 Cole Bros. show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1980, Vol. 24, No. 3, pp. 4-18.
Cole Bros. - 1952 Arthur Wirtz, proprietor (1950-1953)
1952: An article on the 1952 show is online in Bandwagon, March 1952 (scroll down).
• An article on the 1951 Cole Bros. is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1981, Vol. 25, No. 6, pp. 4-13.
Do you have more information on the Cole Bros. shows? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole Bros.-Clyde Beatty - 1937
A wagon list for this show is in Bandwagon, February 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 4.
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
James M. Cole - 1946-47 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936, 1942-48, circa 1956
1946: Information on the 1946 show is online in Bandwagon, February 1946. (pdf file, page down).
1947: The James M. Cole Circus in 1947 had the Duttons riding act, including Nellie Dutton and two young performers, Ida Mae Kierley and Jimmy Stutz. Master James M. Cole II, age 7, performed the elephants in the center ring. Senorita Flordelian performed on the wire. Grace MacIntosh, the Townsends, Kird Adams' dogs and Joe and Annette Dobas also performed. Lew Barton was equestrian director and handled the liberty horses. Charles Cuthbert directed the band. White Tops, July-August, 1947, Vol. 20, Nos. 7-8, p. 14.
• An article on the James M. Cole Circus, the early years and 1946, is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 2, pp. 4-16.
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole-Bradford - 1916
Owned by Bradford Coleman. Bannerline, November 15, 1953, p. 2.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole & Rogers - 1910 Show title listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905-06, 1911, 1928-1931, 1934
Cole & Roger's Railroad Shows, Bessemer, Michigan, July 4, 1910. Has Pat Rooney, monkey making balloon ascension and parachute leap. Bessemer (MI) Herald and New Free Press, July 2, 1910.
Note: In 1934 Frank Snyder, owner Snyder Bros., titled his show Cole & Rogers. More information is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 23-26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole & Walters - 1951 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1950-53
An article on the 1951 show is online in Bandwagon, February 1952 (scroll down).
Article on the Cole & Walters show, 1950-53, is online in "High Grass and Miller Magic," in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
George S. Cole’s - 1882, 1893
1882: George S. Cole’s Southern Circus and Menagerie billed all towns on the Mississippi River and the Bayou Teche, commencing Jan. 24. A correspondent says: “On the announced dates W. H. Stowe’s Shows, also traveling by boats, put up their tents in the same towns, when the liveliest excitement was caused, both parties having outsiders, street ticket-peddlers, steamboat excursions, street parades, and every artifice was restored to to attract the crowd. This opposition continued until Feb. 1, at several places, the price of tickets being reduced to twenty-five cents. At Franklin a compromise was effected, both shows combining, retaining all their performers, joining street parades, and putting up the largest display of canvas ever seen in this country, and both shows transporting their respective shows on their own boats. The result justified the wisdom of the scheme, and both will continue this combination for the rest of the season. . . . W. H. Stowe assumes the equestrian management, George S. Cole and W. O. Monroe are the directors, and Matt Leland is in advance.” New York Clipper, February 18, 1882.
1893: Wanted, for the Great Cole Show, sideshow people in all branches, strong man or woman, long haired ladied, midgets, snake charmer with snakes, fire king and strong attraction for free show. Address G. H. Irving, Winderland, Wilkesbare, Pa. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 842.
Note: also see Cole & Lockwood.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
George W. Cole; Famous Cole - 1954-65
Information on this show is online in "High Grass and Miller Magic," in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole & Lockwood - 1894-95 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1894-95
1893:
A new circus company has recently been incorporated, which from the character of its promoters, ought to be an unqualified success. It will be known as the Cole & Lockwood Co., proprietors of the Cole & Lockwood All New United Shows. The proprietors are George S. Cole, a man of wide experience in the circus line, and A. L.(?) Lockwood Jr., who has also made a considerable study of this business. The shows will be entirely news, and Potsdam, N.Y. will be the headquarters. A. L.(?) Lockwood Jr. is president and treasurer, and Geo. S. Cole vice president and manager. As much of the necessary ___ as possible will be manufactured at Potsdam, and the company expect to give their initial performance of the season in Potsdam early in May. New York Clipper, December 30, 1893, p. 687.
1894:
The Royers, Archie and Rose, have signed for the next season with Cole & Lockwood's Kid Glove Show. Archie Royer will be principal clown. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 735.
The 1894 Cole & Lockwood was a one ring circus. It opened at Potsdam, N.Y., Geo. S. Cole and A. L. Lockwood, owners. Geo. S. Cole, manager; Frank Burns, agent; James Chattaway, band leader; Charles Gregory, equestrian director;; Bert Cole, treasurer; Charles Evans, boss hostler; James Caskey, boss canvasman; George Irving, sideshow owner and manager. On the show were Willie Lowande and wife, riders; Leavitt and Nevel, jugglers, leapers, and tumblers; Gregory Bros., and Fritz, bars, traps and leaps; Archie Royer and John Lancaster, clowns; Mrs. Royer, wire artist; Harry Blondell, strong man, and others. Season closed October 1st. Bandwagon, December, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 7, p. 2.
1895:
Geo. S. Cole, of Potsdam, has purchased the interest of A. L. Lockwood in the Cole & Lockwood circus, and will be sole proprietor of the show this season. Adirondack News (St. Regis Falls, NY), March 16, 1895, n.p.n.
1901: George S. Cole, of Potsdam, one of the oldest circus men in the country, has filed a petition in bankruptcy, his liabilities given at $12,866.57 with no assets. Mr. Cole is best known locally as one of the proprietors of Cole & Lockwood's one ring circus, which wiped out for Mr. Cole the savings of a life time in the circus business. The circus started from Potsdam several years ago and was a financial failure. One item in the schedule is a note for $50.00 payable to A. L. Lockwood and being balance due him from Cole. Another is for $500, payable to William A. May, a farmer of Cazenovia, Virginia, being the board over Sunday of men and horses. Ogdensburg News (Ogdensburg, NY), January 10, 1901, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole & O'Neil's Dominion - 1873 (Canada)
Cole & O'Neill's Dominion Circus commenced a tour of Canada at St. Catherines, July 19, Niagara 21, . . . William La Rue, ringmaster; J. Strebig, contracting agent . . . The company consists of Frank Pastor, Senorita Sebantine and Josephine, riders; the La Rue Family, acrobats and equestrians; the Livingstone Brothers, athletes and tumblers; John Rivers, clown; Signor Columbus, snake wonder; and Prof. Rivers' troupe of educated French poodles and monkeys. New York Clipper, August 2, 1873, p. 143.
Cole & O'Neil's Dominion Circus is to exhibit at London, Ont., Aug. 6, 7. New York Clipper, August 9, 1873, p. 151.
Cole & O'Neil's Dominion Circus performed at Petrolla, Canada, Aug. 16. Business is reported good. New York Clipper, August 23, 1873, p. 167.
Cole and O'Neil's Dominion Circus closed their season at St. Catherine's, Canada, Sept. 27, where they will Winter the stock, and the building of a ring house is contemplated. New York Clipper, October 11, 1873, p. 223.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cole's Dominion - 1874-75 (Canada)
1874:
Sideshow privileges to let with Cole's Dominion Circus for the season of 1874. Address Sam Cole, St. Catharines, Canada. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 7, 1874, p. 355.
Living curiosities wanted for sideshow with Cole's Great Dominion Circus. Travels in Canada. Also for sale, candy stand and dollar store. Address J. M. Snyder, Erie, Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 21, 1874, p. 407.
Cole's Dominion Circus was organized at St. Catherine's, Ont. Sole proprietor and manager Sam Cole; equestrian manager, E. W. Perry; treasurer, H. Cole; leader of orchestra and brass band, Charles Voight; general agent and director, A. F. Patterson; chief billposter, Eugene Switzer; master of circle, O. W. Dodge; director of procession, C. Sherwood; master of horse, Dr. Doan; master of canvas, Jack Callahan; assistant, George Summers . . . E. W. Perry, Charles Sherwood, James B. Stone, Masters Eddie Perry and ___, Minnie Perry, Mme. Sherwood, Mrs. Rhinehart . . . Leapers, vaulters and tumblers, Sam Rhinehart, Fred Herbert, John Maffitt, John Stevens, James B. Stowe, Will H. Stowe, Charles Sherwood . . . Clowns, Sam Rhinehart and W. H. Stowe . . . A feature of the procession will be the band chariot, containing a band of fifteen musicians, drawn by twenty horses driven by John Brown. J. M. Snyder is proprietor of all the privileges. He will have three wagons, one buggy and seven horses. Wagons painted red and white. Japanese Tommy runs the candy stand, and T. G. Strahan the dollar store. [much unreadable text] New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, p. 23.
Cole's Dominion Circus is billed at Hamilton, Ont., May 13, 14, London 24. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.
Cole's Dominion Circus closed the season at St. Thomas, Ont., Oct. 10(?), and several persons connected with the show inform us that "the performers, band and workmen were not paid their salaries." New York Clipper, October 31, 1874, p. 247.
1875:
Concert, sideshow and all other privileges for sale with Sam Cole's Dominion Circus for the season of 1875, to travel in Canada. St. Charles Hotel, New York, Feb. 22. Post office address, St. Thomas, Ont., Canada. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 20, 1875, p. 376.
The North American Circus and Balloon Show will start from St. Thomas, Ont., May 5. Sam Cole, manager; Oscar Willets, contracting agent; H. S. Cole, treasurer; E. S. Perry, equestrian manager; J. Gordon, boss billposter; Ben Holman, boss canvasman; Doct. Bodden, boss hostler; Prof. Perry, director of amusements; Geo. Dunbar, clown; Wash Antonio, trick clown; Horace Nichols, ringmaster; aeronaut, Prof. Paul De Haeon(?); Mme. Turnour, Mlle. Jennie Turnour, Miss Minnie Perry, E. W. Perry, W. W. Nichols, Wm. Johanus, Pete Barr, Donaldson, White, H. F. Nichols, Master Harry, Horace, and George. New York Clipper, April 24, 1875, p. 31.
Fred Couldock, advertising agent with Sam Cole's North American Circus and Balloon Show, started from St. Thomas, Ont., with the pictorial bills on April 24. New York Clipper, May 8, 1875, p. 47.
Antonio and ___ arrived in New York during the past week from Niagara Falls, where they suceeded from Sam Cole's Circus. They had been out five weeks, and they reported business very bad; no salaries paid, etc. New York Clipper, June 19, 1875, p. 95.
1876: For sale, circus outfit and animals. One 110 foot round top canvas, with poles, seats, etc., complete; horse tents; band chariots, baggage wagons, ticket wagons, sets harness, chandeliers. 2 pad horses, well broken; ponies, 1 lion, 1 lioness, 1 jaguar, camels, white deer, 1 llama, cages. Address Sam Cole, proprietor Hotel Vanderbilt, New York. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 15, 1876, p. 19.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
W. L. Cole's - 1890; Sieber & Cole, Sieber & Co. - 1891 W. L. Cole's listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1889-1890
• Brief information on the 1889 W. L. Cole's Great International show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 3, p. 36.
1890:
W. L. Cole's Circus opened its season, April __, at Topeka, Kas., and reports good business. The summer tour lies through the North and Northwest. The roster: S. Skett's band of eight pieces; Lee Bros.; Morning Bros.; Sam Grasburger; Jim Carrier; E. C. Murphy; Mrs. Frankie Ford; Jim Seiber; Godfrey and Plamondon; Al. Seiber boss canvasman; Ed. Freeman, chandelier man; Frank Wieman, boss property man; Cal Wagner, boss animal man; J. M. Barry, manager; and George Seiber, treasurer. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.
• Information on the 1890 Cole show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 46-50.
1891:
Lewis Barry, a contractor with W. L. Cole's Circus and Menagerie, and son of J. M. and Eliza Barry, old time circus people, died at his home, Topeka, Kas., Dec. 31, aged twenty-five years, of consumption. Mr. Barry left the Cole show at Lexington, Neb., July ? last, where he lingered until death relieved him of his sufferings. His remains were placed in a metallic casket and buried in his own dooryard. They will be placed in a vault next Spring. Mr. Barry was well liked in the profession. He was considered an excellent contractor, and leaves a widow, a father and mother, and four sisters. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 715.
• Information on the 1891 Sieber & Co.'s Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 32-35.
Note: for more information on W. L. Cole and George Sieber see: King, Orin C., The Circus World of Willie Sells, Topeka, KS: Shawnee County Historical Society, 1983.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
W. W. Cole's - 1873, 1875-76, 1883, 1886
1873: Brief article on W. W. Cole's New York & New Orleans Zoological & Equestrian Exposition of 1873 is online in Bandwagon, December 1961 (scroll down or use find).
1875: article on the 1875 show online in Note Sheet (Circus Historical Society), May 1945.
1876:
The wagons, horses, cages, &c., belonging to Cole's Menagerie and Circus arrive a little after five o'clock this morning by Grand Trunk . . . At the head of the procession was a gilted band chariot drawn by a team of horses and ten camels, in which were about twenty musicinas. The followed in succession knights and ladies on horseback, war chariots driven by ladies on horseback, a gilded chariot in shape like a dragon, a richly caprisoned young elephant, a cage containing two lions and a leopard, in which Conklin the tamer was composedly sitting, a number of cages containing animals, a glass cage of serpents, in which sat at Hindoo fondling the loathsome reptiles, another handsome gilded chariot, and a calliope or steam organ, on which was played a number of popular airs, ended the long line. Fastened on top of several of the cages were performing automatons, which went through a number of laughable antics. Guelph Mercury (Ontario, Canada), July 12, 1876.
1883:
Business staff: J. Evans; Frank Lemens; L. Cooke, advance manager; R. Campbell, contracting agent; H. Madigan, car #2; A. Richards; Geo. McGlasson; Chas. Swalls, railroad contractor; W. Boyd, car #1; Frank Pitsker, skirmishing brigade.
1886:
W. W. Cole's Circus. — Here is a roster of this organization, which opened in St. Louis, Mo., for week of May 3-8; W. W. Cole, sole proprietor and manager; E. D. Colvin, assistant-manager; Geo. H. McGlasson, treasurer; A. E. Richards, assistant-treasurer and press-agent; T. B. Mclntyre, equestrian-manager; John Worland, starter of races; Sawyer Dutton, time-keeper; George Conklin, superintendent of animals; Al. D. Good, leader of band; Frank Eckels, master of horses; John Kelly, master of canvasers; Dick Rodgers, master of properties; Lizzie Alcott, costumer; Dan Greene, manager of annex; A. Hathaway, lecturer; F. Lemen, manager of Hotel de Cole and concert; A. M. Van Zandt, router of parade and layer-out. Riders: James Leon, Wm. Dutton, Charles Lowry, Wm. O. Dale, Chas. Watson, Miss Kate Watson, Edith Richards, Emma Sinclair and Lizzie McIntire. Specialties: Livingston Bros, (three), the Silbons (four), John Worland, Ernest Cooke, Burt Richardson, Billy Milton, George Milton, T. B. Mclntyre, Harry Murtz, Dr. Carver and his Wild West Show complete. New York Clipper, May 8, 1886. Information should be checked with additional sources
Coleman's Show - 1887 (Charles Coleman Ten Cent Circus)
Opened in Lancaster on August 19-22; 125 ft. round top, 33 people, gave no ring performance. New York Clipper, August 27, 1887, p. 374. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
E. E. Coleman's Circus Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1929
• An article on Elbert E. Coleman's 1929 Coleman Motorized Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 1, pp. 21-29.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
G. W. Collins - 1876
G. W. Collins' Museum, Menagerie and Parlor Entertainment, traveling in Kansas, is reported doing well. The proprietors are H. Buckley, E. Buckley, and G. W. Collins. The company includes Mons. and Mlle. Austin, trapeze; Miles Dryon, Lowande, Zowloski, the Misses E. Johnston, Caroline Ray, and Emily Claxton, Messrs. Frank Joy, H. C. Colwell, Signors Alberti, Alberdeen, Master Doire . . . New York Clipper, October 28, 1876, p. 247.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
W. L. Collins - 1877, 1893-94
1877:
Performers wanted for W. L. Collins' Oriental Combination Circus for the tenting season of 1877. Persons to do the following acts: bottle pyramids, dancing barrel, contortion, horizontal bar, trapeze, juggling, tumbling, leaping, tight rope, cannon-ball, posturing, etc., can hear of something to their interest by addressing until June 10. Would like to hear from the Royal Japanese Troupe. W. L. Collins, Owensboro, Ky. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 19, 1877, p. 64.
The Oriental Circus is to exhibit in Enterprise, Ind., July 9, Newburg 10, Evansville 11, Henderson, Ky., 12, thence up the Kentucky River. General manager, William Collins; assistnat L. O'Brien; equestrian director, A. L. Field; treasurer, Harry King; musican director, Prof. Craig. Clowns, A. Field and Billy Dupue. Riders: George and Millie Dupue, Senorita Serano and H. A. Day; trapeze, the Rosavella Brothers; running globe, Amelia Wambold; posturing, the Field Brothers. Miscellaneous performers, Signor Patapsco(?), Mr. Nagle, A. Duvaul, George Carl, Tony Marks, S. Showles and L. Kincade. They have 10 ring horses and 4 baggage. W. Phillips is master of canvas with six assistants. One 110 ft. round to tent and they travel on their own steamboat. An outside ascension is given daily by Little Lula. Jas. Donaldson and J. S. Clarke are the agents. The show was organized in Owensboro, Ky. New York Clipper, July 14, 1877, p. 126.
The Oriental Show closed at Brownstown, Ind., Aug. 7, for two weeks, Mr. Collins retiring from the management on account of ill health. Hamilton Howard has bought the entire show, and is refitting it, preparatory to an extensive southern tour. The first show will be given at Brownstown, Ind., Aug. 22, thence to Courtland 23, Hope 24, and through southern Ohio, Virginia, Kentucky, etc. New York Clipper, August 18, 1877, p. 165.
1879: see L. W. Craig's
1893:
W. L. Collins' One Ring Circus and Railroad Show want riders with stock. Musicians and other specialties. . . . Ora Collins. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 210.
1894: Wanted, for W. E. Collins' One Ring Circus, male and female performers, musicians and concert people, balloon man, experienced agent, trained animals, twenty billposters, chandelier and canvas men. Address Oliver Brown, ___ Fourth Street, Owensboro, Ky. All others address Ora Collins, Owensboro, Ky. We open May 28. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 143.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Colorado Bill's - 1917-19 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1917
1917: Managed by F. Richards, the 1917 Colorado Bill Show played in Texas, Oklahoma and Kansas. An overland show, moving on 25 wagons and two trucks. They had 60 head of baggage stock and several Shetland ponies. The big top was a 60 ft. round end with four 30 ft. middle sections. Bandwagon, September-October, 1962, p. 19.
1918:
Wanted quick. Cook, boss canvasman, four girls for cabaret show, single and double aerial acts, advance man. Write Colorado Bill's Show, Josquin, Texas. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 16, 1918, p. 2.
Route, Colorado Bill Shows: Ladds, Ark., 7; Tarry 8; Moscow 9; Grady 10. Billboard, August 10, 1918, p. 44.
Lepanto, Ark., Oct.31. Colorado Bill's Show has been laying over here for the past three weeks because of the epidemic. All the paraphernalia is being overhauled and repaired for the winter tour. With favorable conditions the show will open here November 4. The show will leave here with fourteen wagons, three cages, and 4 touring cars. F. Richards will handle the advance, Elax Ingram still has the cookhouse and Savoi La Starr, the big-footed clown, wil remain with the show until December 1 or later. Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 32.
1919:
Colorado Bill's Shows are closed for a few weeks at La Grange, Ga., to make repairs in all departments. When the show reopens it will consist of fifteen wagons, four cages and three new trucks, and will carry fifty head of draft stock, fifteen head of ring stock, and a new spread of canvas. Billboard, April 19, 1919, p. 34.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Colorado Grant's - 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1901-1916
Colorado Grant's Show: Colorado Grant, proprietor; R. G. Storier, manager; S. C. Stanfield, general agent; Nat Robinson, R. R. contractor; John Lewis, local contractor; Henry Cox, special & excursion agent; S. C. Stanfield, press agent; R. G. Stoner, manager side show; Colorado Grant, treasurer; Geo. Lewis, manager commissary dept.; Henry Grant, equestrian director; C. Garnett, supt. of canvas; Pete Ayres, supt. of transportation; Lewis Dodson, supt. of animals; Dock Ranchard, supt. of privileges; Joe Whitney, supt. of stock; Jim Hicks, supt. of props. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Comstock's - 1894
Mt. Auburn. Ned Comstock's circus showed here Saturday evening. There was the usual number of "suckers." - July 24. Weekly Herald-Despatch, (Decatur, IL), July 28, 1894. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Conner's Indoor - 1912
Park B. Prentiss, the hustling circus band master, did not lose much time after the close of the Conner's Indoor Circus, having immediately put his band on the train for Cleveland, O., where he joined the Robinson and Spellman Hippodrome shows, which opened in that city December 9. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Conklin & Gilchrist - 1891
1891: Peter Conklin and Geo. Gilchrist have entered into a new enterprise. They have organized a show for the winter season and will travel on their golden gondolas, towed by the steamer Ramble. They will tour the Mississippi River and its tributaries. The show will be known as the great Historical War Museum and Optoramma(?). The Optoramma consists of a series of oil paintings, in all embracing over 2,000 sq. ft. of canvas of the late war from Fort Sumter to Appomattox Court House. In the museum are a fine collection of war relics, Pearl Gillchrist (mind reading and second sight), Prof. Anderson (wizard), Prof. C. Silverman and his wooden headed family, Mons. Gazzalo (human flame), Melle Adre's school of educated rattle snakes, Robinson's troupe of glassblowers, Maj. F. Mason's fife and drum corps, Lieutenants Chas. De?nan and J. Lowis in their lightning drill and gun spinning act. They are lieutenants of the famous Busch Zouaves. Peter Conklin and Geo. Gillchrist, sole owners and managers; Peter Conklin Jr., treasurer; L. A. Young, advance agent; W. Lowis, lithograph and programme agent; Capt. A. J. Northcraft, E. F. Sodd, pilot; Tome Reese, engineer; Billy Woods, first mate; C. Weber, steward, and R. Tiche, cook, with two assistants. They will leave St. Louis the latter part of this month. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.
1892: Pete Conklin's Golden Gondola Show has been playing Memphis for three weeks. G. W. Gilchrist is no longer connected with the show. The War Museum proved a great attraction in the South. Prof. Danforth, with his Palace of Illusions, has joined the show. Business is good. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 763.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Conroy Bros. Circus - 1932, 1935 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1928-1939
A one ring show, Sonny Burdett and Leroy Easter, owners, operated through 1939. Band: Rube Egan, leader, snare drum; Les Orton, trumpet; Vernon Leidke, clarinet; Ted La Velda, bass drum. Rube Egan (Elmer Egan) also worked a basket horse. Vernon Leidke (Aerial Orton) was killed at Dallas, Texas from a fall when testing new rigging. Les Orton, lived in Des Moines, Iowas, was from the old Orton Bros. Circus, son of Miles Orton. Sonny Burdett and his wife, Dot, were on King Bros. Circus several years. Circus Report, Vol. 1, No. 44, 1972, p. 3.
1932: Conroy Bros, circus will be in Alden, Monday, August 8, at the ball park under the auspices of the American Legion and business men. Many of the acts found under the big top are from the circus and with the novel features added, make up a well balanced program that will be something new for 1932. Put on in the old time one ring circus style with its pony acts, dogs, monkeys and goats and those comical clowns with their mule, aerial and wire artists combined with novelties. An entertaining and educational part of the Conroy Bros. show is the miniature cages and baby animals
housed under a separate spread of canvas. Alden Times (Alden, IA), August 4, 1932, p. 1.
1935: Conroy Bros, circus and show will exhibit in Lake Park next Friday, July 12 for one day only, at the city park. This circus comes well recommended for youug and old, and will give two performances, at 2 o'clock in the afternoon and at 8 o'clock in the evening. They carry a large number of interesting acts — trained ponies, goats, dogs, contortionists, acrobats, clowns, jugglers, etc., and is a show well worth seeing. Regular admissions are 35 and 30 cents for adults and children respectively, with a special offer in merchants tickets. This circus is shown under the auspices of the Lake Park Baseball
club that will be given a specified percentage
of the receipts. Lake Park News (Lake Park, IA), July 4, 1935, p. 1.
Note: Dot Burdet who is listed in the Conroy Bros article, is 92 years young and lives in Plymouth, Illinois. Just talked to her this past Sunday, Jan 27, 2012. She does some talks on Circus life to various school children. I also trouped with her and Sonny in the late 1940’s while traveling with the Jay Gould Circus. I am one of the Albrecht’s or Albrights, and my father was in the business for over 60 years, with his dogs and ponies.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Conroy's Great American - 1893
Conroy's Great American Circus. Wanted, for the tenting season 1893. Male and female performers in all branches, acrobats, aerialists, singing and speaking clowns, specialists, musicians, troupe of performing horses, dogs, etc.; also agent, one thoroughly acquainted with the eastern states; boss canvas man, chandelier and property men. Musicians address Dan O'Brien, 17 Dannell Avenue, Pawtucket, R.I. Others address E. J. Conroy, 87(?) Adams Avenue, Central falls, R.I. Would like to hear from Frank Wyckoff and Gus Lemk(?). New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 747. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cook's English and American - 1875-76
1875:
Cook's English and American Circus, a new company, under the management of John Stowe, has been organized, and will travel by wagons through Michigan, Indiana, Ohio, and so on South, where they intend to remain all Winter. Harry Cadona, Wm. Miles, and the Orrin Family are members of the company. They give their first show at St. Joseph, Mich., July 21. New York Clipper, July 24, 1875, p. 135.
Cook's English Circus, a remnant of the late Sadler's Circus, is showing in the small towns of Western Michigan. Matt Longwell is the proprietor, and West(?) Stowe the agent. [may be John Stowe] New York Clipper, August 14, 1875, p. 157.
Cook's English and American Circus, under the sole proprietorship and management of Will H. Stowe, is to show in Louisville, Ky., Oct. 18. New York Clipper, October 23, 1875, p. 239.
Cook's English and American Circus is reported doing good business on the Mississippi River. They were at Natchez Nov. 11, Bayou ___, La., 12, Waterloo 13. A correspondent says that in consequence of the large cotton crop, business is very good everywhere through the South this year with circuses. Twenty young ladies are advertised for. New York Clipper, November 20, 1875, p. 271.
1876:
Cook's English Circus will close its present season about March 23, and then reorganize for the season of 1876, giving the first show at Cairo, Ill., April 10(?). The company at present traveling with this show includes Nick Norton, Harry Cadona, Senorita Cadona, Happy Jack Lawton, Geo. Orrin, Miss Kate Orrin, Chas. Orrin, Wm. Orrin, Eddie Orrin, Wm. G. Miles, Miaco Sisters, James Stowe, John Robinson, Wm. Westegard, Sam Dicky, Joe Mairs(?), Wm. Howard; Will H. Stowe, proprietor; Prof. Cooke and performing dogs and monkeys; Frank Stowe, leader of band; John Fulton, sideshow privilege. For the season of 1876 Cook's Circus will use Frank Stowe's patent reserved opera-chairs. A den of performing animals and a small elephant are wanted. Will H. Stowe, proprietor of Cook's Circus, has just purchased fo the Big Sandy Packet Company of Cincinnati, O., a steamer, a large river boat with accomodations for 10,000 people. New York Clipper, January 8, 1876, p. 327.
Cooke's Great English and American Circus performed in Floyd, La., Jan. 8, Delhi 10, Crooket's Point, 11, Warsaw 12, Osborne's 13, Denmark 14. New York Clipper, January 22, 1876, p. 343.
Cook's Great English and American Circus. Will H. Stowe, proprietor and manager, Helena, Arkansas. New York Clipper, March 11, 1876, p. 395.
Cook's English Circus closes the present tenting season March 20. The proprietor, Will H. Stowe, advertises for advance, contracting and press agents for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 18, 1876, p. 407.
Cook's English and American Circus showed in Batesville, Ark., March 13, Newport 14, Augusta 15, West Point 16 . . . New York Clipper, March 25, 1876, p. 415.
Cook's Circus exhibited in Mt. Vernon, Ill., April 14, Henderson, Ky., 15. New York Clipper, April 22, 1876, p. 31.
Dan Rice's New Show and Cook's English Circus have consolidated, and will be exhibited under one tent. The concern will be known as Dan Rice's New Show and Great Moral Circus. Dan Rice will positively appear as clown.
Will exhibit in St. Paul, Minn., about July 10. Address Dan Rice and Will H. Stowe, proprietors and managers. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, June 24, 1876, p. 104.
The property formerly belonging to the show called Dan Rice's New Show will be sold at sheriff's sale, at Ashland, Ky., Oct. 3. New York Clipper, September 9, 1876, p. 191.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cook's - 1893
On the road, circuses: Cook's Ashland TN May 31, Allen's Creek June 1, Napier 2, Lawrenceberg 3, Pulaski 5, Elton 6, Petersburg 8, Booneville 9, Lynchburg 10. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cook & Baker - 1895 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1895
A correspondent informs us that the Cook & Baker Show that started out of Benton, Ky., two weeks ago, went to pieces at Golden Pond, Ky., on June 3. New York Clipper, June 15, 1895, p. 228.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cook & Barrett - 1905-07 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905-07
1906:
The Schiller Brothers are getting things to look tip top around the winter quarters of the Cook & Barrett Show. Mr. Schiller is enlarging his show, it is said, having purchased considerable property of the Wm. P. Hall Show. Col. Weaver purchased a sixty-foot Pullman for the privilege department.
Roster of Cook & Barrett Combined Railroad Shows: R. F. Schiller, general manager; John Schiller, general agent; R. H. Porter, car manager; Jas. Randolph, superintendent of billposters; H. Smith, superintendent of sideshow; C. C. Gibson, master of transportation; F. Harlan, superintendent of stock; R. Jones, superintendent of menagerie; Geo. Jennier, equestrian director; Will Clemens, superintendent of cook house; E. J. Gildersleeve, superintendent of privileges; H. Sifley, adjuster, and Nellie Revell, press representative. Thing are moving around the winter quarters in Kansas City, Mo. The Schiller brothers recently purchased eighteen head of horses, a number of ponies, a lion and an elephant, called Jumbo. The elephant has been trained for the ring. Sixteen cars will carry the show, says the correspondent. Billboard, March 24, 1906, p. 20.
The Cook & Barrett circus and menagerie that showed in Oelwein yesterday afternoon and evening is having all sorts of trouble. Schiller Bros. are the reputed proprietors, and it seems they have not been getting a generous share of the velvet this season. Wm. P. Hall, from Missouri, claims to have a chattel mortgage on the show for something like $16,000, secured by notes of $220, one to be paid each week, in default of which he was to take possession without legal process. This he claims to have done at New Hampton Monday. The Schiller Bros. deny, and the battle is on. Yesterday the Schiller Bros. had Hall and two others arrested for monkeying with the ticket wagon, and the case came before Judge Elliott. The prosecuting witnesses did not appear. The affairs of the show are in a bad legal muddle, and the aggregation did not leave the city this morning, although they will attempt to do so this afternoon, with Schiller Bros. in charge. It is said that Hall and his friends will endeavor to stop the move by injunction. A number of the performers have quit, tis said, in consequence of not seeing nay long green for two weeks. Oelwein Register (Oelwein, IA), May 16, 1906, p. 2.
Oelwein, May 17. The Cook & Barrett circus, after a short season of tribulations, due principally to financial embarassment, which had been here for two days, was able to get away a 4 o'clock yesterday aftern, leaving for Hannibal, Mo., the winter quarters, where the aggregation will take a new start after the legal entanglements are straightened out. An injunction was gotten out by Hall, but is proved to have been issued against the wrong parties and was dissolved. Semi Weekly Waterloo Courier (Waterloo, IA), May 18, 1906, p. 1.
Des Moines, Ia., June 8. The Great Cooke & Barrett Circus stranded at Allison, Ia., May 17. The show had been playing to poor business for three or four weeks in Northern Iowa. Many of the performers and workingmen had not received wages and decided to leave. William P. Hall, the horseman, is a stockholder, and no doubt Hall assist the organization, which was shipped directly to Mr. Hall's home at Lancaster, Mo. The Cooke & Barrett show was the remains of what was known as the Famous W. H. Harris Nickel Plate Show and consisted of sixteen cars. Variety, June 9, 1906, p. 9.
Col. Billy Hall has made a bonafide cash sale of the Cook & Barrett Show, which was managed by the Schiller Brothers, and which was recently mortgaged. Col. Weaver and Mr. Cannon, of New Orleans, La., and Doc Gun, of Quincy, Ill., were the purchasers. The show will leave Lancaster, Mo., July 21. Billboard, July 14, 1906, p. 24.
Robert & Richard Schiller, owners 1905-06; R. F. Schiller, John Schiller, Dick Schiller, owners, 1905-06; Schiller Bros., owners, 1906; W. P. Hall, owner, 1906; Weaver, Cannon & Gun, owner, 1906; W. P. Hall, owner, 1907. Bandwagon, Nov-Dec, 1966, p. 6; Jan-Feb, 1962, p. 7.
Schiller brothers leased Harris Nickel Plate equipment from W. P. Hall and took it out in 1905-06 as Cook & Barrett. Bannerline, April 15, 1954, p. 7.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cook & Cole - 1927 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1927
Fairmont, Minn., June 7. Fairmont citizens, stirred by the wails of hungry animals and workmen, have responded to the stranded circus troupe here to the extent of approximately $1,200 at two benefit performances. The chief beneficiaries of the show are the wild animals and getting the "broke" performers and workmen back to their homes, about 100 workmen are attached to the show. When the Crook & Cole circus went "broke" here last week, most of the performers whose pay checks had not been forthcoming, since the show started out on its ill-fated trek from Omaha, wired to friends or relatives for funds. The majority of the workmen had no such financial relief to fall back on. L. F. Crook, manager of the show, and one of its owners, said that most of the equipment would be stored at Fairmont until the tangled affairs of the enterprise can be unraveled. Binghampton Press (Binghampton, NY), June 7, 1927, p. 2.
• An article on the 1927 Cook & Cole 3-Ring Circus, Leo E. Crook, R. M. Harvey and Arthur Hoffman, owners, is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 4-16.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cook & Whitby - 1892-94 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1892-94
1892:
Wanted, first class musicians, to fill up my concert band traveling for the past seven years with the Great Wallace Circus, and re-engaged for the coming season. 2 bassoons, 1 more slide trombone, 1 sololette, 1 double B-flat bass, 2 more clarionets. Wm. F. Goetze, bandmaster, Wallace Circus, Lawrenceburg, Ind. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 806.
• Information on the 1892 Cook & Whitby show (Ben Wallace, owner) is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 1, pp. 50-54.
1893:
. . . Cook & Whitby Show. Good business is reported through Kansas. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
• Information on the 1893 Cook & Whitby show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 6, pp. 64-70.
1894: On the road, circuses: Cook & Whitby's, Dubuque IA May 1? . New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cook Bros. - 1918-19, 1920 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1921
1918:
Winter quarters. Cook Bros.' Shows, D. Clinton Cook, manager; 25 Fair st., Trenton, N.J. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
1919:
Newark, N.J., Jan. 4. Cook Bros. Shows will again take the road for the season of 1919 as a wagon show. Billboard, January 11, 1919, p. 54.
Trenton, N.J., Jan. 11. Cook Bros. Overland Circus and Wild West will take the road early in April. The show will have two auto trucks in advance, with a line of special paper. George Barton, of Wild West fame, will be the arena director. The winter quarters are now open in Trenton. The attraction will equal a ten-car outfit and will put out a parade that will include six cages, band and tableau wagons, calliope and miniature features. Billboard, January 18, 1919, p. 60.
Trenton, N.J., Feb. 15. The winter quarters of Cook Bros. Circus and Wild West Show in this city is a scene of much activity. A large force of men are at work repairing and painting wagons and getting things in shape. The advance cars are ready to take the road, stacked full of paper. Eight baggage wagons are ready, loaded with paraphernalia. The animal cages are receiving their last coat of paint. Brent Blair and three cowboys are at the winter barn, breaking in the car load of British Government horses just purchased by the management, for Wild West work. Frank Rooney will have charge of all the baggage horses and get the outfit over the road. Parker Anderson is getting his pony act into shape, 20 in number. May Barton and Harriet Blair are exercising the high school horses daily. I. Silverberg has rented the candy privileges and was over recently getting his auto into shape. George Barton is hustling in all departments, while Messrs. Cook Bros. keep an eye on all operations. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 30.
Cook Bros. Overland Circus and Wild West Shows - Call. All people engaged for coming season report to Trenton, N.J., April 21, 1919. Performer, George Barton. Drivers, Frank Rooney. Canvasmen, Doc Christman. Side canvasman, William Witt. Cookhouse, Dave Chadwick. Wanted, comedy acts for big show, real cowboys and cowgirls that ride. The largest Wild West show out this season. Want sideshow people all departments, dancers, talkers, freaks, snake enchantress, Punch. Cook Bros. Overland Circus & Wild West Shows, Trenton, New Jersey. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 12, 1919, p. 13.
Sam Freed joined the Cook Bros. Circus a few weeks ago at Johnsville, N.Y. Many oldtimers are with the show. George and May Barton are there, and George is equestrian director. Mabel Kenjockety and mother are also with it. Billboard, August 30, 1919.
Cook Bros. World's Greatest Shows have just left the State of New York and are now in Jersey enroute South. "Governor" Cook plans to keep the aggregation out all winter. Sam Freed has returned from New York with a twelve piece colored band. A. S. Conlon has the sideshow annex, with Whitey Jones as assistant and inside man. Capt. Jack, tattooed man, has come on, and he and Princess Zalla, of oriental fame, are in the annex. Mr. Conlon has been with the Ringling show for years. Al McLeod, wife and son, arrived August 28 and are appearing in the Wild West, making twelve people in that department. May Barton is working the ponies and doing fine. Steve L. Loyd and wife, late of the Greater Sheesley Shows, have joined with their four Arabian horses doing a liberty act. George Barton is equestrian director. Dash Barton is treasurer. Mabel Kenjockety does her menage act. The Edwards offer an aerial sensation. Clown alley is larger, four more joeys joining at Goshen, N.Y. Maurice Fisher, pitchman, has the candy stands with three butchers. Other features with the show are Miller and Root(?), rifle shots; Frank Smith, trick and fancy roper, formerly of the Barnum Show, who mades a six horse catch, and G. R. Guyman and his band. Frank Rooney is boss hostler. This is Roland Hebler's first season with a circus. "Governor" Cook just ordered a $500 una-fon. - Sam. Billboard, September 6, 1919, p. 86.
More on Cook Bros. show, 1919, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.
1920:
Cook Bros.' World's Greatest Shows: D. Clinton Cook, manager; Jess Bullock, treasurer; Vic J. Foster, general agent; A. S. Conlon, manager side show; Art Eldridge, equestrian director and supt. elephants; Morris Fischer, supt. privileges; Harry Heilman, musical director; Wm. Witt, supt. canvas; Frank Lloyd, boss hostler; Dell Adams, supt. commissary dept.; Bill Wallace, supt. ring stock; Pat Cuff(?), supt. animals; R. M. Jones; legal adjuster; 37 cars. Opens at Trenton, N.J., April 15. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out Billboard, Clipper, and/or do a Search
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dan Cook's - 1891
Wanted, for Dan Cook's Circus, musicians and performers, people that can double and do two or more good turns. Address Dan Cook, Brown's Valley, Minn. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 324. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cooke's Royal Circus - 1860 Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses for 1860
• An article on the 1860 Cooke's Royal Circus with Grizzly Adams' Bear Menagerie is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 1, pp. 32-37.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Coop & Lent's - 1918-19 Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses for 1909, 1916-1918
1918:
Winter quarters. Coop & Lent Shows, E. P. & I. S. Horne, proprietors; Independence, Mo.; office Keith & Perry Bldg., Kansas City, Mo. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
Kenneth R. Waite, clown, writes from Kansas City, Mo., that he got forty-nine per cent from the Coop & Lent Circus for salary due. "All people holding claims can get their money by writing for it," he continues. Billboard, January 19, 1918, p. 29.
The Coop & Lent Shows are being held intact at Independence, Mo., by E. P. and L. S. Horne, the owners. All equipment has been repaired and put in shape for the road. Up to the present time it has not been decided by the owners whether to put the show out before the 1919 season or not. The ring stock on the Horne farm at Independence is being worked daily, including all ponies (drill teams). The menagerie animals are in exceptional condition. Many new ones have been received, including several clouded leopards. A new lion act has been completed by Senior Landes [Landez?], the Brazilian trainer, and a new boxing kangaroo broken by Prof. Daugherty. Billboard, March 9, 1918, p. 41.
Chicago, April 1. A hitch arose today is holding up the plans of the newly organized American Circus Corporation, which has capital stock of $100,000, fully paid in, to put out the Coop & Lent Circus on motor trucks. It is understood the corporation, which was formed by R. M. Harvey, president of the National Outdoor Showmen's Association, for years connected with the Barnum & Bailey and Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, and J. S. Horne and father, of the Horne Zoological Arena Company, of Kansas City, has placed orders for specially constructed trucks and bodies, and it is the inability of the manufacturers of guarantee delivery of the bodies which is temporarily holding up the plans. If the manufacturer can deliver the bodies Mr. Harvey and his associates will go ahead with their plans, which call for a three-ring circus, the equivalent of a twenty-five car railroad show. The intention is to open the show about May 5 at a point near Chicago, and to play a route which includes a number of good circus towns which this season not be available to railroad shows. Mr. Harvey is to be general manager, with H. S. Rowe as business manager. The order placed for trucks includes sleepers, dining car, horse and elephant cars, as well as special size trucks to handle the baggage and equipment. Late last fall there were reports that Harvey and the Hornes would put out the Coop & Lent Circus for 1918, but when the railroad situation became dubious the idea had been abandonded. The Coop & Lent Circus was put out in 1916 by Cedar Rapids, Ia. parties, and closed at Oak Park, Ill. During the 1917 season the show closed early in July at Connellsville, Pa., and was purchased by the Horne's at a receiver's sale. Billboard, April 6, 1918, p. 3.
The Coop & Lent Circus will take the road this year, opening early in May near Chicago. Horne's Zoological Arena Company of Kansas City, Mo., is supplying the trained and menagerie animals and the best of the old Coop & Lent paraphernalia which they bought last season. Both I. S. Horne and father are enthused as to the prospects of the circus as now conceived. H. S. Rowe has been signed as business manager. Ed C. Warner has been booked as general agent and director of the arena. R. M. Harvey is already planning for the 1919 season. The office of the show will be at the Tribune Building, Chicago. Billboard, April 13, 1918, p. 28.
Coop & Lent Circus. Ten flat cars loaded with circus equipment left the Zoological Gardens of the Horne Arena Company, Kansas City, last Thursday for Peru, Ind. where the twenty-two bodies are to be transferred to the chassis of the trucks. The oldtime sideshow will be supplanted by two pit shows. Bernie Wallace, of Peru, Ind., will be treasurer of the circus. Prof. C. Z. Bronson, of Kalamazoo, Mich., will be musical director. Present indications are that the show will open on the date originally planned. The circus program is practically filled. Billboard, May 4, 1918, p. 61.
Chicago, May 5. Work on the Coop & Lent Motorized Circus is practically completed. Everything will be ready for the opening at Kensington, May 25. Ted Metz's pit show will be with the Coop & Lent Circus. Billboard, May 11, 1918, pp. 45, 68.
Frank M. Swan has signed as twenty-four hour man with Coop & Lent's Circus for the summer season. W. E. Haines has been appointed contracting agent for the Coop & Lent Circus to replace George Robinson, who was called by the Government to take charge of the Government fireworks displays. Other additions to the staff are: Bert R. Hall, in charge of the advertising cars; Ed R. Stanley, general press agent, and Ben Walsh and Fred Swan, twenty-four hour men. Billboard, May 18, 1918, pp. 27, 63.
Route, Coop & Lent Circus: Kensington, Ill., 25; Gary, Ind., 26-27; Valparaiso 28. Billboard, May 25, 1918, p. 87.
Bert Chipman, who has been managing the Oliver Opera House at Lincoln, Neb., resigned to accept an offer from the Coop & Lent Circus. Billboard, June 1, 1918, p. 27.
Ray Thompson, equestrian director with Coop & Lent's Circus, was notifited by the Government that he was needed, and has left for Camp Sheldon, Miss., where he will work for an officer's commission. Mr. Thompson will offer his knowledge of horses and riding in training officers for the cavalry. He leaves his wife and two-year old baby with the show, and John Miller will take care of his horses and will assume charge of the arena. Leon Foster, female impersonator, who recently joined the Coop & Lent Circus with the Kafka and Stanley iron jaw act, is in Chicago, suffering from a fractured rib. He will rejoin the act as soon as recovered. Billboard, June 8, 1918, pp. 26, 65.
South Bend, Ind., June 8. The Coop & Lent Motorized Circus had serious difficulties the first week of its tour. It opened in Kensington, Ill., May 25, and with the assistance of interurban lines reached Gary, Ind., for its next stand the 27th. The move to Valparaiso, 28th, was made with hired trucks. The lot here was in bad condition, and a day was lost getting to Laporte, where it showed the 30th, the date billed for South Bend. In South Bend on Memorial Day, the city refused to issue a permit to parade, stating it would interfere with memorial church services. It made the 25-mile run from Laporte to South Bend over the Lincoln Highway, but arrived too late to make a parade on the 31st. Lack of sufficient help delayed getting the tents up, and although hundreds of small boys were pressed into service, no afternoon show was given. The night performance drew well. No seats were installed along one entire side of the four-pole big top. Some of the trucks and trailers were badly over-loaded, and others had to make a second trip to Laporte to bring all the stuff. The interurban was used again in getting to Goshen, most of the heavy seat planks and stringers being conveyed by trolley. A bad stretch of road between South Bend and Elkhart caused further delays, and Goshen was not reached in time for an afternoon shows. It was billed for Warsaw June 1, but this date was canceled in order to make Wabash, its next date and the home of the service truck it is using. Here it expects to secure more equipment and avoid futher overload. Ray Thompson, equestrian director, left the show at Valapraiso to enlist in military service. - W. W. Dunkle. Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 26.
The Coop & Lent Show is moving along with twenty-seven auto trucks, with trailers, each sleeping twenty people. These are fitted up the same as Pullman sleepers. Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 28.
Robert Eastman closed with the World at Home Shows and is joining the Coop & Lent Circus. He stopped over in Cincinnati to visit his wife and baby before joining the circus. Mrs. Eastman was formerly Irene Kober, who is now residing with her mother in the Queen City and will not travel this season. They were formerly members of the Three Kobers. Billboard, June 22, 1918, p. 27.
Coop & Lent's Motorized Circus. R. M. Harvey, general manager; Frank M. Swan, 24-hour man; Ed C. Warner, general agent; J. W. Petterson, general superintendent; Bert Chipman, legal adjuster, press agent, announcer in big show. Frank Miller, equestrian and trainer, permanent address Wright City, Mo. The Renos, aerial artists; Marguerite and Hanley, gymnasts; Tun Chin Troupe, Chinese novelty act, S. S. Yee, manager; Fred Manske, contortionist; Will Delavoye, principal clown; Batsford and Chappelle, skatorial artists; Harry La Reno, combination aerial novelty contortion; The Delroys, society jugglers. Wassan's troupe of Arabs, tumbling acrobats and pyramid builders, owner and manager, H. B. Liazeed. Rhoday Royal's horse and elephant acts presented by Don Darragh, Fred Collier, John Hickey, Ola Donavan and Irene Montgomery, principal rider. The Australian Waites, Billy and Marion, stock whip crackers, use over 75 whips, in size from 12 to 78 feet, cutting the ash from a cigarette, opening a bottle of pop, hitting the trigger of a revolver and discharging it are among the feats. C. Z. Bronson and his All American Band and the Bronsonian groupings of living statues. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 22, 1918, pp. 64, 65.
Dr. Bushnell closed with the Coop & Lent Show at Lawrenceburg, Ky., to go back home on the Tom Allen Shows. Billboard, June 29, 1918, p. 27.
Route, Coop & Lent: Lexington, Ky., 26; Georgetown 27; Cynthiana 28; Falmouth 29. Billboard, June 29, 1918, p. 79.
The first completely motorized circus in the world has had a terrible test the last two weeks in Ohio. It seems that the Coop & Lent Circus was overloading its trucks, that these heavy loads with the dead weight of huge trailers behind them was too much for the truck engines, and consequently the show has not been moving with any regularity the last few days. Not much truck trouble was encountered early in the season, even in the mountains of Kentucky and the hills of Southern Ohio, the caravan wended its way with punctuality over its route and did a nice business. However the last two weeks the strain on the overloaded trucks began to tell and at Zanesville, O., it was necessary to lay the show off five days while the trucks were being repaired, the decision made after the show was only able to give five performances the preceding week. After leaving Zanesville, the show encountered unusually severe roads and again on account of the overloading, several of the trucks went to the bad, forcing the show to get into town behind its paper and too late to give a matinee. From R. M. Harvey, manager of the show . . . "The present is an opportune time to lay off the show to re-frame and re-organize it, since several of our acts were scheduled to go over to fairs and we wished to investigate some special territory. Last Friday morning, at Dover, O., our people were informed that the show was closed, and were invited to remain with the new organization. On account of delinquent salaries not being paid immediately, some of the working people and some of the performers almost caused a riot when the Service Company attempted to move their trucks from the lot for rebuilding. It is very probable that the re-organized motor show will be known as "The Wallace Show," and that it will tour Eastern Tennessee, Eastern Kentucky, West Virginia and the Carolinas and remain out until the first of the year. Not a trailer will be kept with the show, the trucks having nothing but their own load, the people being slept in hotels, but fed on the lots. It will continue as a two-ring circus and play territory mentioned exclusively, since it is probably that the railroad shows will not be able to tour that section. Billboard, August 17, 1918, pp. 3, 58.
R. M. Harvey, general manager of the Coop & Lent Motorized Circus, announced that the plan to reorganize the show and continue the tour, which had terminated two weeks ago at Canal Dover, O., had been reconsidered and the project abandoned and the show paraphernalia would be shipped back to winter quarters. Following the suspension of operations, Messrs. Harvey and Horne, principal stockholders in the American Circus Corporation, the owne, immediately busied themselves in the effort to get things going, but it was found that the cost of financing the venture would be too great. A further difficulty was the securing of proper working forces, many former employees having left the show during the layoff. The Coop & Lent Circus was the first completely motorized circus of any considerable size to take the road, being the equivalent of a twenty-car show. This was the third circus to use the Coop & Lent title, all three shows closing in mid-season. Mr. Harvey met with success the past season with the Lowery Greater Mistrels, and will shortly take out a similar organization, using the title Harvey's Greater Minstrels, carrying thirty people, opening about September 18 at Perry, Ia. Billboard, August 24, 1918, pp. 3, 61.
In the August 17 issue the story about the Coop & Lent Show stated that this aggregation was the first show to travel by motor. This is an error. What should have been said was that the Coop & Lent outfit was the first large circus to move entirely by motor. As far as the Billboard has been able to learn, J. C. O'Brien's Famous Georgia Minstrels was the first show of any description to successfully travel by motor trucks and trailers. Billboard, August 31, 1918, p. 27.
Ed C. Warner some time ago resigned his position as general agent with the Coop & Lent Circus to act as traffic manager for the World at Home Shows. Billboard, August 31, 1918, p. 27.
Bert Chipman, who was with the Coop & Lent Circus early in the season, as press agent, legal adjuster, etc., is now head of the press and publicity department of the Acme Amusement Co., of Lincoln, Neb., which controls four theaters in that city. Billboard, September 21, 1918, p. 23.
Also see Horne's Wild Animal and the Coop & Lent Shows, 1918.
1919:
Coop & Lent's Enormous Motorized Shows. Wanted for seasson 1919, people in all branches of the circus business. Performers doing two or more acts, aerial acts, gymnasts, comedy bar acts, dog, pony and monkey acts, bucking mule, producing clowns, riders with their own stock. Bosses and workingmen in all departments, stewards, cooks and waiters. General agent, billposters, programmers and bannermen. Those understanding Ford cars given preference. Side show people, freaks, curiosities, musical acts, oriental dancers and musicians, colored band and leader. For sale, privileges, candy stands, whips, balloons. Address Art Eldridge, general manager, Montreal, Canada. [Advertisment] Billboard, April 12, 1919, p. 31.
Al Root, of the Coop & Lent Circus, who has been in New York contracting talent, left last week for the show with several acts. The management was undecided at that time as to whether the show would start at once to play the New England States, or make a few stands on Long Island. Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 45.
It is reported that the Coop & Lent Show has hit the rocks in Vermont, and that the animals, equipment, etc., will be sold at public auction on the St. Johnsbury (Vt.) State Fair Grounds, August 22, to satisfy creditors. When the show reached St. Johnsbury, it is said that an attachment for $2,000 was placed on the show's finances and all equipment by Attorney Searles, representing Carrie A. bennet of Conway, N.H., who asserts she was injured internally while attending the show at Conway by the collapsing of seats. The Deputy Sheriff served the papers on the proprietors, and they signed an agreement to turn over all the assets of their shows and not to go outside of the State of Vermont. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 44.
More on the 1919 Coop & Lent show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.
Bradbury's comprehensive article on the Coop & Lent Circus is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1959.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cooper Bros. Circus - 1909, 1914, 1918 Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses for 1909, 1916-1917, 1920-1927, 1930, 1936-1937, 1945, 1949
1909:
Cooper Bros.' Circus, which has been wintering in Forest Park, Gulfport, Miss., gave their initial performance in Gulfport, May 20, to good business. Billboard, June 5, 1909, p. 24.
1914:
A 1914 partial route for the Circle D Ranch Wild West and Cooper Bros. Famous Shows Combined is Online.
Call, advance people, Circle D Ranch and Cooper Bros.' Shows. Report at St. James Hotel, St. Louis, Mo., April 14. Harry W. Lake, car manager; William Lynch, boss billposter, E. L. Brannan, general agent. Billboard, April 11, 1914, p. 69.
Billy and Milly Lindemann and the Three Nelsons (Peter, Louise and Theo.) will be found with the Circle D. Ranch Wild West, combined with Cooper Bros.' Famous Shows. The Lindemanns will do their slack wire bicycle and unicycle riding act, while the Nelsons will do their triple Roman ring act. Billboard, April 25, 1914, p. 31.
General Valeo, Mexican General of the Army, with a detachment of Mexican soldiers. First time in America. Will appear daily with the Great Cooper Bros.' United Shows and the Circle D Ranch Wild West that is to exhibit at Hawarden on June 6th. See them in the big free street parade.
Wanted, for Circle D Ranch W. W. and Cooper Bros.' Shows. Musicians to strengthen big show band, clarinet, bass drum, slide and alto. Cowboys that are stock riders and good ropers. Few good circus acts, clowns and rubes. Boss canvasman for sideshow, two six-horse drivers and workingmen. W. A. Dickey, manager, Dewitt, Iowa, 26; Belle Plaine, Iowa, 27; Tama, Iowa, 30th. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 30, 1914, p. 59.
Reports have been received from various persons
that the Circle D Ranch closed July 8 at Niobrara, Neb., and that the stock is being shipped to Omaha, Neb., to be sold. The wagons and rolling stock will be left at Niobrara, as they belong to John Robinson. The cars are said to belong to the Venice Transportation Co. Billboard, July 18, 1914, p. 28.
1917: For 1917 season read Bette Leonard's article Online. CHS founder and later President Leonard was with the show that year.
1918:
Winter quarters. Cooper Bros.' Shows, E. H. Jones, manager; Fair Grounds, Shreveport, La. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
Wanted for Cooper Bros.' Two-Car Show to open in Shreveport March 23. Two trombones, baritone, bass, clarinet, two cornets. Can use one tema all-round performers. Want light man. Can use colored musicians for sideshow band. E. H. Jones, manager, Yource Hotel, Shreveport, La. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 66.
• Articles on the 1936 Cooper Bros. Circus, owner Elmer Jones, are in
1951: Elmer H. Jones, brother of the late J. Augustus Jones, and co-owner of the Jones Bros. and Cooper Bros. shows, still lives in Warren, Pennsylvania, his home town. Greater Show World, August, 1951, p. 10.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cooper & Carroll - 1891
Wanted, for Cooper & Carroll's New United Southern Shows. Riders, jugglers, brother act, Indians, cowboys, in fact people in all branches of the circus business. First class band six or eight mouthpieces and musicians, must thoroughly understand circus music. A feature of the show is our band music. Also want trick dogs, ponies, goats and mules. All privileges for sale. Long season South. Would like to hear from agent, boss canvasman and chandelier man. Address Cooper & Carroll, Medon(?), Madison County, Tennessee. Performers, address Al.(?) Duray, equestrian director. New York Clipper, September 12, 1891 [probably], p. 463.
1892: Prof. Albert Hall, late of Cooper & Carroll's Circus, is spending the remainer of the winter season at Jackson, Tenn., where he is precticing a new slack wire act. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 809.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cooper & Co. - 1898, 1900-01 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1874, 1896-1900
1898:
Notes from Cooper & Co.'s Circus. Col. Hennessey, our manager, and general agent B. L. Brannan [or E. L. Brannon], were in Cincinnati, O., last week, attending the sale of the Hummell Show, where they bought five head of horses, the elephant, den of lions, four in number, and the horses and stuff reached the show at Dalton, Ga. The parade has been improved and business big. The show will stay out until Feb. __, and probably ship to Chattanooga, paint and repair, as quarters have been offered. Two new cars are building. Next season we will be a six car show and an advance car. New York Clipper, October 29, 1898, p. 594.
1900:
The show cleaned up $1,500 on the Key West engagement, and made money in the southern towns of Florida. Commending at Jacksonville, however, business fell off and has been bad ever since. Pensacola was simply vile. Even ten-cent cotton can not make the South good country in the spring. J. R. W. Hennessey, proprietor. A Jim Sturgis sold his sixty-foot sleeping car to J. R. W. Hennessey, April 16. The latter will place it in his train, remodeling the one he is at present using, and sending it ahead for an advance car. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.
Tuesday, June 5, the Cooper & Co.'s United Railroad Shows paid a visit to Shenandoah, and agreeably surprised us with the excellency of its old-time one-ring circus. Manager Hennessey opened the season at Key West, Fla., Feb. 5 . . . The roster of the show is: Cooper & Co., proprietors; J. R. W. Hennessey, manager; W. O.(?) Stultz, treasurer; F. E. Davis, advance manager; T. J. Oatman, equestrian director; Frank E. Piper, excursion agent; C. A. Clarke, press agent; Frank Fox, contracting agent; W. K. Bushnell, ????; Geo. Hall, boss canvasman; Jimmie Connors, candy stand. The following performers are with the show: the three De Bolans(?), Joe Cousins; Mille Lulu; Wm. Sowin and wife; Lee Edmunds; Frisen(?), Storey and wife; Fukin'as troupe of Japs, five in number; Billy and Charlie Boyd; Bobby Gifford; Theo. Barretta; Little Jennie Cronan, two-pony rider; Prof. Furness' Silver Cornet Band of fourteen pieces. The show is routed directly for the coast. . . . C. L. Hoover, Shenandoah, Va. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.
The roster of the advance of the Cooper & Co. Shows is as follows: C. A. Clarke, general contracting agent; M. C. Cookston, manager advance car No. 1; Jerry duggan, boss bill poster; Harry McHugh, lithographer; Will Morris; programmer; Wm. Smith, Chas. Sewell, Duncan Brown, Lute Summers, Frank Miller, Max Levy, Harry Taylor, billposters. Billboard, August 18, 1900, p. 5.
1901:
Cooper & Co.'s Shows are touring the Tecke country of Louisiana. The show is on a fine boat, the "Joseph A. Brant," and she carries a large barge in tow to carry the horses and baggage wagons. The people all have large state rooms and the cuisine on the boat is excellent. Up to Jan. 31 they had not had a drop of rain for twelve days. The advance travels on a small steamer called the "Little Flora." Mr. Ed Brennan is the agent. Billboard, February 9, 1901, p. 8.
The Cooper & Co. Shows have closed on account of private trouble between Mr. Oatman and his wife. It is said they have separated. The show will paint up and repair and open in about four or six weeks. E. L. Brannon, formerly of Cooper & Co.'s Shows, is now ahead of the Bostock-Ferari Carnival and Midway Company, as special agent. Billboard Billboard, June 22, 1901, p. 5.
Memphis, Tenn., June 19, 1901. The Cooper & Co. Show was organized expressly for the Southern States, where it has enjoyed a splendid reputation for the past six years. It has wintered in Memphis for two seasons.
Billboard Billboard, June 29, 1901, p. 5
Cooper & Co.'s Shows and New York Hippolympiad, with Millie Christine as a special feature, opened their fall and winter season at Memphis, Tenn., Sept. 4. This show plays the southern states exclusively. Billboard, October 19, 1901, p. 4.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cooper & Jackson's Circus - 1883-84 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1881-86
1883: Playing Texas and Mexico. Alf Dorian, contortionist, with show. New York Clipper, February 10, 1883, p. 5; March 3, 1883, p. 814; June 23, 1883, p. 227.
• Information on the 1883 Cooper, Jackson & Co.'s show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 6, pp. 72-74.
1884: J. C. Sutherland, advance. Quinnett Family with show. Closed at Batesville, Mississippi on November 15 with some attachments at Memphis. Receiver appointed at Memphis, Tennessee to sell the show. New York Clipper, March 29, 1884, p. 23; August 9, 1884, p. 325; November 29, 1884, p. 581; December 6, 1884, n.p.n.; December 13, 1884, p. 613.
• Information on the 1884 Cooper, Jackson & Co.'s New York & New England Menagerie, Museum, Circus, Caravan, Hippodrome and Bicycle Riding Association and Double Ring Shows is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 26-29.
Charles F. Cooper death, partner since 1881 with Linas A. Jackson in Cooper, Jackson & Co. Wm. J. Jackson, formerly of this show, died in St. Louis on October 21, 1886, age 33. Lewis B. Lent won a suit against the estate of L. A. Jackson for routing services on the Cooper & Jackson Show in 1882. Mrs. Jessie Cooper, widow of Harry Cooper of the show is keeping a boarding house in Memphis. New York Clipper, January 10, 1885, p. 677; February 28, 1885, p. 788; July 4, 1885, p. 250; October 30, 1886, p. 516; November 6, 1886, p. 532.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cooper & Rodden - 1892
Wanted, for F. W. Cooper & J. H. Rodden Combined Shows, organizing for Southern tour, people in all branches of circus business. Must do two or more acts; concert and sideshow, lady with her own snakes, sideshow talker, experienced advance agent, billposters, lithographers, etc. Programmers, boss canvas man, boss hostler, boss chandelier man, two, four and six horse drivers. Show runs until 24(?)th Dec. Also a . . . push pole top, and 10 or 12 paintings, two 36(?) horse tents, with trough, complete. N.B. Lee Howard, Dan Manning, Andy Showers, Le?o Dubar, please write. Address ___ Sixth Avenue, Des Moines, Ia. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 321.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cooper & Scott's - 1874
The Round House, Morristown, Minn., in which Cooper & Scott's Menagerie has winter quarters, took fire on Nov. 2, buring the roof and damaging the cages and trappings. Loss about $1,000. New York Clipper, November 14, 1874, p. 263.
Cooper & Scott's Circus and Menagerie wants performers for the season of 1875. All letters directed to Cooper & Scott, managers of Circus and Menagerie and Balloon Show, Morristown, Rice Co., Minn. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, November 14, 1874, p. 264.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cortina's Wild West - 1885 Senor Cortina's Spanish Mexican & Wild West Shows; show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885
1885: J. R. W. Hennessey, general manager. Played a two day stand at Ft. Scott, Kansas, ca. May. Went bankrupt at Galesburg, Illinois on Jun 4. New York Clipper, March 21, 1885, p. 15; May 16, 1885, p. 139; June 13, 1885, p. 200.
• Information on the 1885 Cortina's Spanish-Mexican Wild West Show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 5, p. 41.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Costello's Show - 1889 Harry Costello's Circus; Costello & Co.'s Inter-Ocean Circus; Costello's Circus; Dan Costello Jr.'s Circus
Archie Headley leaves Grand Rapids, Michigan to join the show. Milwaukee - opened near Racine on May 2 at People's Theatre. Milwaukee - Harry Costello's Circus closed at Hilbert, May 16, poor business. Milwaukee - did not close, continuing with fair success, twenty people on the roster. Wm. St. Arno closed with the show on October 14. New York Clipper, May 4, 1889, p. 124; May 11, 1889, p. 137; May 25, 1889, p. 176; June 1, 1889, p. 188; June 15, 1880, p. 225; October 26, 1889, p. 557. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Costello & Erwin's Circus - 1889
Closed the season on September 2 at Syracuse, Illinois. Nearly all the personnel were retained for Costello & Erwin's Minstrels, opening one week later. New York Clipper, October 5, 1889, p. 505. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
J. W. Couch's - 1873, 1882 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1883
1873: Andy McKay is general agent for J. W. Couch & Co.'s Globe Circus, Museum and Menagerie. New York Clipper, September 13, 1873, p. 192.
1877:
Condee & Couch's Circus, Menagerie and Greatest Museum on Earth, wagon show organizing at Chicago for season of 1878, want to hear from professionals, curiosities, companies who will do our printing cheapest, and everything in the business, second hand or new. Privileges for sale Condee & Couch, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, September 22, 1877, p. 203.
J. W. Couch & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie, organizing for 1878. Want to trade lands for show property. Address or call at our Free Museum and Lunch Saloon, South Clark street, Chicago, Ill. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, November 24, 1877, p. 275.
1882: J. W. Couch’s Show includes Fred Faranta, Miss Maria, Chas. Bliss, Mons. Joseph, W. B. York, Romellis, Lem Quillin, Frank M. Angelo, J. A. Branen, Prof. Graham, Sicott and Andrews, Stebleton, Leisle and Julia St. Leton, Jennie De Bar and Leon Whttony’s Masqueraders. James. W. Couch is general manager; Geo. Wilson, assistant manager; C. Peck Russell, manager of publications; Harry Emmings, leader of band; Yankee Quillin, manager of amusement; R. H. Wood, general agent; P. Bliss, manager of concert; J. Willis, manage of museum; E. W. Ladd, treasurer; J. B. Sanders, equestrian director. New York Clipper, April 29, 1882. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Coulter & Clark - 1907 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1907-08
Coulter and Clark are organizing at Albany, Mo., a dog and pony show. Mr. Clark is the well-known trainer, and Mr. Coulter manages the opera house in Albany and has considerable other business interests there. They have engaged Wm. F. Newland as band master. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.
Brief information on the Coulter & Clark show, Wade H. Coulter and Carl H. Clark, owners, is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1958 (scroll down).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
W. H. Coulter's - 1911 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911
A. H. Barkley has been and is the only general agent and railroad contractor that the W. H. Coulter Railroad Shows have had this season, reports to the contrary notwithstanding. R. G. Piper will be the local contractor. Roscoe Baker, contortionist and clown, has signed with the W. H. Coulter Show for this season. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
W. H. Coulter's Famous Railroad Shows, circus, hippodrome, museum, menagerie, 100 performers, parade. This year Mr. Coulter has branched out from his Dog and Pony Show with a full fledged circus, previously had Coulter & Clark. Now a railroad show with two trains to transport it. Adams County Free Press (Corning, IA), May 20, 1911; Hamburg (IA) Reporter, Friday, May 26, 1911; Adams County Free Press (Corning, IA), May 13, 1911; Hamburg (IA) Reporter, May 26, 1911. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
W. C. Coup's Circus - 1878-79, 1886
1878:
W. C. Coup's Show, consisting of the Broncho horses, Jackits-chy's Japanese Troupe, performing goats, dogs, etc., and a den of performing animals, is to exhibit in Troy, N.Y., May 6, 7, 8. Charley Fuller is in advance. New York Clipper, May 4, 1878, p. 47.
Irving's Royal Jackits-Chys Japanese Troupe opens in Brooklyn, N.Y., April 29, with W. C. Coup's International Hippodrome. New York Clipper, May 4, 1878, p. 47.
Coup's Broncho Horse Show was in Elmira, N.Y., June 1, to good business. The Jackits-chy Japanese Troupe are now in the third month of their engagement with W. C. Coup's Broncho Horse Show. New York Clipper, June 8, 1878, p. 87.
Coup’s “Bran-New Show” exhibited the past week in Washington, D.C., to splendid business. Our correspondent says: “It is the opinion of all who visited this show that it is nearly all new and entirely different from any canvas show ever exhibited in this city. The absence of sideshows, candy-butchers, lemonade peddlers, concert solicitors, etc., was a most enjoyable feature. . . . The devil-fish, one of Napoleon’s state carriages, several cages of wild animals, a tally-ho coach, a living giraffe are in the first tent. In the ring appear Irving’s Jackits-chy Japanese Troupe, whose performances are remarkable clever; the Austins - Charles and Carrie - in their lightning drill and dashing bayonet combat; the Snow Brothers in agile acrobatic feats, including the tossing of the hats; Miss Emma Stokes and her horse Nevada; the Broncho horses - eight in number - under the management of their trainer Mr. Fryer, go through a wonderfully precise military drill, and perform a number of tricks that seemed almost impossible for animals to learn. One of these horses, named Nettle, excited general admiration by leaping over a five-barred gate and four horses with the utmost ease. A troupe of trained dogs were also exhibited by Mr. Fryer, and displayed remarkable intelligence. Mlle. Rhinehart the beast-tamer showed her power over a cage of lions and a savage leopard. . . . The officers are W. C. Coup, proprietor; Charles W. Fuller, general manager; Ed. A. Tinkham, general agent; Chas. H. Day, general advertiser; J. J. Leyden, chief of paste brigade; Edgar Almon Menter, leader of brass band; Prof. R. W. Freyer, director of amusements.” [W. C. Coup’s Equescurriculum] New York Clipper, June 22, 1878.
Coup's Equescurriculum exhibited in Hornellsville, N.Y., July 11, to a crowded tent. Mr. Coup has engaged the man with the only flying machine, at an expense of $1,000 per week. Route: Toronto, Ont., 15, 16, Hamilton 17, London 18, Brantford 19, and Guelph 20. In Wellsville, N.Y., 10, there were 6,000 people at the two performances. New York Clipper, July 20, 1878, p. 135.
W. C. Coup's Equescurriculum commenced Oct. 15 a season in Philadelphia, in the building formerly annexed to the Academy of Fine Arts, in that city. The programme included feats of balancing by the Jackits-Chys Japs, club swinging by James Messenger, acrobatic feats by the Snow Brothers, a manege act by Miss Emma Stokes, and the trained Broncho horses, performing dogs and goats, all introduced by their trainer, R. W. Fryer. The performance concluded with an expose of the manner of learning how to be a circus rider. Attendance was excellent. New York Clipper, October 26, 1878, p. 247.
W. C. Coup's Equescurriculum is in Philadelphia. Manager Coup has a handsome tally-ho coach, drawn by four spirited black horses, in which he recently treated a delegation of the newspaper fraternity to a ride through Fairmount Park. . . . New York Clipper, November 2, 1878, p. 251.
W. C. Coup's Equescurriculum, now in Philadelphia. New features introduced last week were Prof. Goroux's act of equilibrism, and Prof. A. W. Sawyer's solo on the "copophone." A trained giraffe will be exhibited for the first time here Nov. 4. New York Clipper, November 9, 1878, p. 263.
1879:
W. C. Coup New United Monster Shows for sale and wanted. For sale a lot of wardrobe (used one season), consisting of three sets of entree dresses, several pad cloths, camel covers, elephant covers, nearly one hundred cages and ornament banners, everything used in circus parades and performances. A magnificent coach, once the property of Napoleon III, the Lord Mayor's Carriage, both in excellent order, and the Tally ho Coach. All above coaches make a splendid show in parade, besides being great curiosities in America; also all kinds of baggage wagons and cages. One 110ft.(?) round top tent (used one season only). Wanted, all kinds of rare curiosities, animate and inanimate. Apply to E. D. Colvin, Sturtevant House, New York. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 8, 1879, p. 363.
W. C. Coup will take the road early in the Spring with fifty trained horses, pony circus, trained dogs, two-legged giraffe, riding elephants, Royal Japs, Cook's Grand Circus, Calvin's London Menagerie London Menagerie, Wood's Museum and Art Gallery, mechanical and msucial novelties and other attractions, and will be known as "W. C. Coup's New United Monster Shows." New York Clipper, March 1, 1879, p. 391.
R. S. Dingess is engaged as general agent with W. C. Coup's Show this season, and E. D. Colvin has purchased all the privileges with the same concern. New York Clipper, February 8, 1879, p. 367.
R. S. Dingess is engaged as advance manager and E. A. Tinkham as general agent of the W. C. Coup New United Monster Shows for season of 1879. New York Clipper, February 22, 1879, p. 379.
Messrs. Colvin & Hagar have secured the following attractions for the concert of the Coup Show: the Belmonts, bellringers; John Sheppard, Ethiopian comedian; Danny O'Brien, song-and-dance; ___, fire-king; and Tom Barry. The sideshow attractions will consist in part of Signor Lorento, wizard; Mlle. Lena, Circassian; and eight-footed horse; and an educated bear performed by Prof. Stoner. New York Clipper, March 29, 1879, p. 7.
W. C. Coup's New United Monster Show, consisting of the Imperial Japanese Circus, Colvin's African Caravan of Zoology, Melville's Australian Circus, Oceanic and Inland Aquarium, $100,000 troupe of wonderful Bronchos, Fryer's Pony Circus and college of comical dogs, Japanese Art Gallery, Wood's famous musuem, Signora Bonita's performing animals and Lucian's trained lions will open the season April 21 at the Union Baseball Grounds, Williamsburg, L.I. Officers and attractions: E. D. Colvin, general manager; R. S. Dingess, general director; James Melville, equestrian director; Geo. J. Guilford, dirctor of publication; Prof. W. D. Butler, director of aquarium; Edgar Menter, musical director; E. A. Tinkham and Eugene A. Weller, contracting agents; Harry Evarts, press agent; Rollande, premiere equestrienne; James Melville, bareback rider; Emma Stokes, acte du manege; Belmont Brothers, Snow Brothers, Wm. O'Dell, Walter Davenport, Willie Rollande, Day and Motlack, Paul Mazzoni, Rivers and Martin, Carl Hamilton and Jose Gomez. Tom Barry and Ben Snow, clowns. The cages, fifteen in number, are filled with rare wild animals, including a hippopotamus and the learned sea lion, "Sambo." The entire paraphernalia and outfit are new, the cages and wagons and the chariots (five in number) having been built during the past Winter. The double-top parlor pavilios, a novelty in exhibitions, are from the workshops of Higgins, as are the stables, boarding, dressing and cook house tents. The Japanese Circus, only one in America, the aquarium of living marine and fresh water fish and curious water reptiles, the Japanese art gallery, covering over 12,000 feet of surface, the Bronch horses and the trained ponies are exclusive specialties with this organization. The exhibition will travel by rail, visiting the principal cities of the Union. New York Clipper, April 19, 1879, p. 31.
R. W. Fryer, at the close of the tening season of 1878, built in Indepencence, Ia., one of the largest and best-appointed training stables in this country. A correspondent writes: "During the past Winter Mr. Fryer has been busily engaged in training dogs and ponies. Some of the leading features of his new entertainment are entirely novel. Prominent among these is a moving pyramid, introducing seven horses, and culminating in a statuesque tableau. Another is a performance on stilts by the pony Robert. Mr. Fryer, with his dogs, horses and ponies, left for New York April 14 to join W. C. Coup's show." New York Clipper, April 26, 1879, p. 39.
Eugene Leach, late of J. H. Murray's Circus, who has been spending the Summer at his home in Elmira, N.Y., left Aug. 21 to join W. C. Coup's Show in Buffalo, N.Y. New York Clipper, August 30, 1879, p. 183.
William H. Morgan closed his engagement with W. C. Coup's United Shows in Columbus, O., and Frank Melville joined in Newark. New York Clipper, October 25, 1879, p. 243.
W. C. Coup's Show winters at the Exposition Buildings, Louisville, Ky. The Snow Brothers, A. E. Menter and members of the band, and Messrs. Frank Melville, James Melville and Hyer arrived in this city 11. Tom Barry, clown; Wm. Rolland, solo cornet; and Madame Rolland, late of the company will embark for England. New York Clipper, November 15, 1879, p. 267.
W. C. Coup has engaged the following people for his United Shows next season: Andrew Haight, advance manager; ___ Tinkham, contracting agent; Tom Sango(?), the Snow Brothers, Katie Stokes, Emma Stokes, and Carl Antonio. Professor Ritchel of Bridgeport is building another flying-machine for W. C. Coup. It will be a mechanical curiosity, from the fact that the car part is to weigh ony six pounds. It will be operated by a dwarf. New York Clipper, December 27, 1879, p. 315.
• Information on Coup's 1881 show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 43-46.
• An article on the demise of W. C. Coup's circus in 1882 is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 5, pp. 14-20.
1886: Coup's circus gave its last exhibition last night. The horses were shipped to Park Ridge, near Chicago on the night train while the men and the baggage waited over until today, when a sufficient remittance of money was received from headquarters to pay for their transportation. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), July 15, 1886, n.p.n.
• Information on the 1887 W. C. Coup's New York Equescurriculum is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 40-41.
Information on the career of William Cameron Coup (1836-1895) is in Bandwagon, March-April, Vol. 14, No. 2, 1970, pp. 4-8. Also see "Sawdust and Spangles," W. C. Coup, 1901.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
G. A. Courtney's - 1874-75, 1877
1874:
Kline and Franklin, well-known gymnasts, are engaged with Courtney & Co's Circus, and sail from New York City for Santiago, Chili. New York Clipper, October 17, 1874, p. 231.
Wanted, for G. A. Courtney & Co.'s Circus, now in Chili, a trick clown. Address Clipper office. New York Clipper, October 17, 1874, p. 232.
The den of performing animals purchased in England by Messrs. Courtney & Co. was shipped from Southampton during September. E. D. Boone is in charge of them, and they are intended for the new Hippodrome, Santiago, Chili. New York Clipper, October 24, 1874, p. 239.
1875: Wanted, for G. A. Courtney & Co.'s South American Circus, 1 lady rider, pad, 1 pad rider, somersault. Will give engagement for six months or one year. Address William Wayson [Watson?], business manager, G. A. Courtney & Co.'s Circus, St. Charles Hotel, N.Y. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, August 14, 1875, p. 157.
1877: Robert Aubrey arrived in this city the past week from South America, where he had fulfilled one year's engagement with G. A. Courtney's Circus in Lima, Peru. . . . New York Clipper, September 8, 1877, p. 191.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cowles & Chappell - 1889
Cowles and Chappell Equine Show, consisting of fifteen educated horses, will exhibit in this villarge tomorrow, September 7th. Admission 25 cents, children under twelve 10 cents. Otsego Farmer (Cooperstown, NY), September 7, 1889, p. 5.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cozad Dog & Pony Show - 1905 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905
Sold by Norris & Rowe and became Burch & Reiss Circus at the end of the 1905 season. Bannerline, July 15, 1953, p. 9.
Earl Peck and Jack Gates, who were with the Cozad show, recalled that it was a two pole, one ring show on two cars, carrying about 25 people, including a five piece band. The kid show had a banner line and bally stand. The cookhouse and dressing tent were combined and there was a horse tent. For the parade they had a three-way open den containing monkeys, parrots and a wild boar. Another open den had a bear and a "wild ass from the Holy Land." There were two head of draft horses for lead stock and a camel. Ring stock was a pony drill, two or three goats, a high school horse, a dog act with eight or ten pups, besides two greyhounds for leapers. Performers slept in the possum bellies. The women had a three high cubicle in one end of a car. Everybody doubled, including getting it up and taking it down. Besides doubling in the band on parade, Jack Gates recalls that they did five turns in the big show and one each in the concert. Gates also did the "human volcano" in the kid show and Earl Peck worked high in the free act. They received $10 per week with a two week hold back. White Tops, January-February, 1947, Vol. 20, Nos. 1-2, p. 2.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
L. W. Craig's London Sensation - 1879 or Collins' London Sensation
Circus talent wanted for L. W. Craig's London Sensation. Leapers, tumblers, bar, trapeze, contortionist, globe act, barrel dancers, plate spinner, jugglers, cannon ball men and wire or rope walkers. Also seven musicians that can play brass and string. Sideshow and other privileges for sale. Address L. W. Craig, sole proprietor, Owensboro, Ky. Show takes the road June __ by wagons. [Advertisemen] New York Clipper, May 10, 1879, p. 51.
The London Sensation Show, Collins' troupe of Comanche Indians, and Prof. N. O. Doty's miniature circus of trained dogs, goats, money, ponies and trained buffaloes, was to have commenced their traveling season in Owensboro, Ky., Jun 14. Proprietors, W. L. Collins & Co.; manager, Wm. D. Curtis; equestrian manager, Al G. Field; treasurer, L. W. Craig; George Allen, master of canvas with fourteen assistants; Wm. Phillips, boss hoslter with two assistants; Wm. Dunn, master of properties. The company includes Mlle. Minneta, iron jaw; Mlle. Lottie and E.(?) Baldwin, aerial gymnasts; Tillie Werner, tight rope dancer and high wire; Al G. Field, dancing barrel and globes; Seignor ___ crystal pyramid and juggling; Tony Lavely, balancing trapeze and swinging perch; . . . Nora C. Spencer, contortionist; tumblers and leapers, Castle, Saville, Johnson and ___; clowns, Al G. Field, Chas. Coville and Miller Wilcox. The show is to travel by wagons and to use two tents. The Indian games and buffalo hunt take place inside of a canvas. No top is used. The gymnastic performance is to be given under a 110 foot round top. The concert, candy stands and reserved seat privileges are owned by Al G. Fields, and the sideshow by the Ricky Bros. New York Clipper, June 21, 1879, p. 103.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Crane & Co.'s Oriental Circus - 1849-50 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1849-1850
The show had: Fairy Chariot, driven by Mast. Wm. Nixon. Mammoth Pavilion, room for 5,000 spectators. New York Sax Horn band, under direction of Mr. P. Fohs. Mr. W. H. Kemp, clown. Madame Camilla Gardner, first femal equestrian of America. Mr. Dan Gardner, clown and comic singer. Master William Nixon, feats of horsemanship. Mr. Samuel Lee, feats with real cannon balls. James Nixon and his talented pupils, George and Albert; Miss Wells, danseuse; Z. J. Lipman, scene rider; W. Smith, two-horse rider; Mesdames Gardner, Johnson, Nixon, Lipman, Wells; Messrs. Bliss, Murray, Reed, Reynolds, Nagles and Miller. Southport American (Southport, WI), July 4, 1849.
On entering the village the procession will be headed by the great dragon chariot, containing the company's celebrated band, drawn by 10 Syrian camels, and followed by the fairy chariot, drawn by ten diminutive ponies and the clown's car. The company will be principally dressed in superb oriental costume, and taken collectively, will present one of the most unique and magnificent pagents ever exhibited in this section of the country, and will well repay the cost of a visit. The celebrated clown, Joe Pentland, accompanies the troupe.
Crane & Co.'s Circus in 1850. Mlle. Rosa is Rose Madigan, now the wife of James Myers, who is managing an American circus in Europe; Joe Pentland died in this city Feb. 7, 1873; T. H. Williams is before the public under the name of Signor Henrico; H. P. Madigan died in Kingston, Jamaica; Wm. Armstrong died in Cincinnati, O., Sept. 1871; John Murray is proprietor of a circus bearing his name; Signor Bliss, we believe, is living, but he has not been heard from in some years. Old bill:
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ross Crawford's Show - 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909
Ross Crawford's Show: Ross Crawford, proprietor; Jack Bristol, manager; John Bartlett, general agent; Wm. Miller, R. R. contractor; Frank Stallion, local contractor; Lena Harland, special agent; Filo Ruder, checker-up; Jum Stith, excursion agent. Roster advance car No. 1: Fred Dewey, car manager; Bill Cottrell, lithographer; John Williams, program man; Obey Page, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Creston City Circus - 1886 Creston City Railroad Show; Creston's New Railroad Circus & Menagerie
Opened at Creston City, Iowa on April 24. Going to California, making weeks stands in large towns and will take to wagons after playing San Francisco. Show will have the services of J. R. Davis if health permites. Chas. W. Kidder is boss on the advertising car. H. W. Link is general agent. Fred Gilbert is on the advance. Show purchased nearly all of the Nickel Plate outfit and is on twenty-two cars, has a Wild West and Hippodrome. Had a train wreck at Scribner, Nebraska. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 820; April 3, 1886, p. 37; April 10, 1886, p.52; April 24, 1886, p. 85; June 26, 1886, p. 232.
John Nelson, trapeze artist and knockabout clown closed with the show. Advertisement for a Sheriff's sale of property at Mayfield, Kentucky on October 22. J. F. Taylor, former owner, foreclosed on the show for $4,000 mortgage at Mayfield and will force the sale of the property. The sale of the show took two days at Mayfield. The advance car was attached on October 11 by creditors who claimed $700. W. O. Monroe bought the circus and menagerie tops, seats, and lights of the Creston Show. New York Clipper, October 9, 1886, p. 470; October 16, 1886, pp. 483, 491; October 30, 1886, pp. 514, 516.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Crocker & Co.'s Equine Show - 1886-87 Crocker's Equines; show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886-87
Did good business at Power's Opera House in Grand Rapids, Michigan and at People's Theatre in Paterson, New Jersey. Prof. Crocker cancelled the date at the Olympian Opera House, Atlantic City, New Jersey because the stage was too weak for his exhibition. New York Clipper, February 27, 1886, p. 788; August 7, 1886, p. 327; August 28, 1886, p. 375.
Show had a "standing room only" house at Springfield, Ohio. A. E. Richards goes from the press on Sells Bros. to the advance on Crocker's Horses. Opened in Toronto, Canada at Jacobs & Shaw's Opera House the week of June 20. Closed one week of fair business at Hamilton. Good houses at Belleville, Canada on June 27 to June 29. New York Clipper, March 12, 1887, p. 818; March 26, 1887, p. 21; June 25, 1887, p. 227; July 9, 1887, p. 259.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cronin's - 1944 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1944-45
Cronin's Circus will be the title of the show being readied at Los Angeles, California, by S. L. Cronin, and will open the latter part of March. In Baldwin Park, Red Forbes has a crew building 15 trucks and trailers. All the wagons will be the same size to facilitate railroad loading. Baldwin Park, which had been the quarters of the Al G. Barnes Circus, will be used. From Billboard, in White Tops, February-March, 1944, Vol. 17, Nos. 3-4, p. 3.
Cronin's Circus, Sylvester L. Cronin, owner, opened at Pasadena, California, April 8, 1944. Cronin was general manager of Al G. Barnes-Sells-Floto for many years. Show had Mark Smith's trained horses; an all-girl bareback riding act; a 14 girl ballet; Prof. Rudy's act with an elephant, camel, pony and two dogs; Castang's chimps; Winston's seals; the Three Deans, horizontal bar. White Tops, April-May, 1944, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6, p. 23.
• An article on the 1944-45 Cronin's Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 1, pp. 21-29.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Crosby's - 1887
Charles Snyder, Andrew Grant, John Burri, Geo. Bippus and Ed Laughead, former members of the New Philadelphia Band, left here on Friday last for Toledo, O., to join Crosby's Circus. They are all good horn blowers. Ohio Democrat (New Philadelphia, OH), March 31, 1887, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Crosby's Mammoth Pavilion Shows - 1889
Crosby's Mammoth Pavilion Shows opened at Watseka, Ill., July 20, to reported big business. The roster: Frank Crosby, proprietor; Tom Hall, equestrian director; George Salckey, Charlie Borden, Claude La Verne, Pete Jenkins, Aronson Bros., Abe and Pete Vell, Tommy Hall, of Hall and Williams, Billy Watson, the Bentons, Martin, Gus Benton's Silver Cornet Band of twelve pieces. Harry Hall has charge of the canvas, with eight assistants. The canvas is a 100 ft. top, with a 40 ft. middle piece. July 20 being Mr. Crosby's birthday, he was tendered a recognition by the members of the company in the shape of a goldheaded cane, in the ring, which he accepted with an appropriate speech. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cross & LeRoy's Transatlantic Circus, Aviary & Wonders - 1884 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1884
Organized for a Southern tour. Good business in Mississippi and Louisiana. New York Clipper, November 1, 1884, pp. 517, 521; November 29, 1884, p. 581; December 6, 1884, p. 596, 1889. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Crossman & Co.'s Circus - 1887
Chas. McKeever, Chas. Snyder and Andrew Grant joined the band of this show at Detroit. New York Clipper, April 2, 1887, p. 37. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Circo Cubano, Cuba - 1900-1901
Notes from the Circo Cubano, now touring the island of Cuba. We opened our traveling season at Matanzas, Cuba, Dec. 14, showing there one week to crowded tents. . . . Tito Ruenes is sole proprietor and manager. Mr. Ruens is a big favorite among the natives, owing to the fact he being a major in the late Cuban-Spanish war, being held a prisoner for more than two years by the Spaniards. Tomas Quevede is advance agent, Florenc?o Romero, Treasurer; Julio Ruenes, secretary; Antonio Blan?o, press agent; Ysodoro Radaga, general agent; Santiago Perez, transportation master; Ed. Y. Kuniely(?), assistant manager. We carry a 100 ft. round top, with a 50 ft. middle piece; a 40 ft. round top dressing tent, 40ft. square horse tent. We carry twenty-eight head of horses. Chas. H. Bailey is in charge, with five assistants. Andrew Lopez is superintendent of canvas, with eight assistants; Pedro Madrzo in charge of lights; Luis Suarez, boss props. We carry a native band of eight pieces. Nickolas Ceballos is our equestrian director. Peter Barlow, principal somersault and jockey rider; Mr. Maguire, with troupe of eight performing horses and his trained mule; Lew Sunlin, and his performing bull; George Gilbert, and his troupe of performing goats; Prof. Kreisel, with his dogs, cats and monkeys; Yamada's Troupe of Japs, six in number; Joe Belmont, principal leaper; M?? Avon, Spanish rings and trapeze performer; Vig??? Ceboolos, gymnast; Nicolas Cebooles, high wire act; Nola and Ducrow, revolving ladder and clowns; L?rbey Bros., horizontal bars; Lyons and Craig, comic acrobats; John Carrie, equilibrist; Barons and Cha?hito, native dancers; Dan Ducrow, Spanish talking clown. We will show all the principal towns in Cuba, the season running until July. New York Clipper, January 19, 1901, p. 1046. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cullins Bros. - 1894, 1897, 1900 (or Cullens); show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1898-1900
1894: The Bob Robinson Specialty Co. will close season at Paris, Ky. Geo. Parento joins Cullins' Circus. Bob Robinson and the rest of the company will join the Teets Bros.' Circus. Mr. Robinson will manage the show. Master Harry Robinson, son of Bob Robinson, was thrown from a bicycle recently and broke his collar bone. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.
• Information on the 1896 Cullin Bros. show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 6, p. 74.
1897: The Cullins Brothers show advertised that they would exhibit at Washington, Kansas, August 18, 1897. Admission was ten cents. Bandwagon, September-October, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 5, p. 31.
• Information on the 1898 Cullins Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 4, pp. 37-38.
1900: Opened at Concordia, Kansas, May 3. The Orton Family was with the Cullings [sic?] show, as was Tony White. Davie Jarvis was looking out for the transportation for the show. Billboard, May 1, 1900.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Lew F. Cullins Dog & Pony Show - 1920
Wanted, for Lew F. Cullins Motorized Dog and Pony Circus. A few more peformers doing two or more acts, two clowns, comedy mule rider, feature for side show, band leader, first violin doubling brass, other musicians. Boss canvasman and other working men. Preference to those doubling brass, concert, or that can drive a truck. Lew F. Cullins, The Dalles, Oregon. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 17, 1920, p. 97.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cummins' Wild West - 1906 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1904-1914
Col. Fred T. Cummins' Wild West Show; Cummins' Wild West & Indian Congress; Cummins' Real Wild West.
Sig. Sautelle writes: "I have sold my entire interest in the Cummins Wild West Co. to Walter L. Main, the sale and everything pertaining to the deal being entirely satisfactory to me. I sincerely believe the new organization will be a success from the start. The property I have sold them is certainly fine, all of it being new in 1905(?). Their stock is as good as I have ever seen with any circus, if not the best, and the property they are adding is all brand new, so I believe it will be one of the best shows on the road, and a great deal largest than the freaternity realizes. My only reason for selling is because I want to retire permanently from the business." New York Clipper, March 17, 1906, p. 114.
At the end of the season destroyed by fire. Bannerline, July 15, 1954, p. 2.
See brief article on the 1906 show, online in Note Sheet (Circus Historical Society), November 1944.
Col. Fred T. Cummings, who formerly conducted his own Wild West Show, and was known among the Indians as La-Ko-Ta, is now interested in extensive oil operations in California, making his home in Los Angeles. New York Clipper, February 14, 1923, p. 22.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Curtis' Great Roman Hippodrome - 1877
The Great Roman Hippodrome and Congress of Novelties, organized in Chicago, under the direction of George W. De Haven. Railroad contractor, Andrew Haight; contracting agent, David Rhodes, assistant agent, George Morris; press agent, Charles Forbes; treasurer, W. D. Curtis; assistant, Geo. W. Macbeth; . . . master of wardrobe, P. H. Seamon; master of transportation, Jack Regan; director of street parade, H. C. Lee . . . Riders, Mlle. Cordella, Miss Levantine Lee, Miss Ida Wallace, Miss H. C. Lee, Miss Ella Lee. Menage, Miss Helen Mason, Miss Carrie Wilson, H. C. Lee, John Barry . . . Clowns, Julian Kent, Charley Bliss, P. H. Seamon, Robert Lee. Leapers, vaulters, etc., C. C. Mathews, John Barry, Thomas Clayton, George Hicks, Lew Davenport. . . . Balloonists, Mr. Hayden and Mons. Julien. . . . [some text unreadable] New York Clipper, April 7, 1877, p. 15.
It is Dan Rhodes, not David, who is the general contracting agent of Curtis' Roman Hippodrome. The mistake was made by Charles Forbes, press-agent. New York Clipper, April 14, 1877, p. 23.
Wm. D. Curtis' Circus exhibited in Chicago, Ill., the past week, and left there for St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, April 28, 1877, p. 39.
The Roman Hippodrome and Circus, under management of George DeHaven, did fair business in St. Louis during the past week. Our correspondent says, "No paper on the walls, and no advertisements in the daily papers, gave evidence of bad management." New York Clipper, May 5, 1877, p. 47.
Curtis & De Haven's Roman Hippodrome is to show in Dayton, O., May 7, Springfield 8, Columbus Delaware, 10. New York Clipper, May 5, 1877, p. 47.
Correction. Our St. Louis, Mo. correspondent reported in effect that the Roman Hippodrome, which exhibited in that city, has no paper on the wall, and no advertisements in the papers. Dan Rhodes, the general agent, writes us that he had 7,000 sheets of paper posted, 15,000 programmes distributed, and 1,000 lithographs hung up, besides advertising two insertions each in five American and four German newspapers. New York Clipper, May 5, 1877, p. 47.
The Roman Hippodrome, Circus and Menagerie, managed by Messrs. Curtis & De Haven, closed a weeks' season in Cincinnati May 6. Save on several inclement days, the attendance was fair. The show is strong in its circus department, and the hippodrome and animal show serve as extra attractions. Julian Kent, the clown, was laid up all week with rheumatism. C. C. Matthews, Howard Door and son, the Lee Family, and Lew Davenport were the principal attractions. Sam Stickney proved an excellent ringmaster, and Gus Lee is an amusing clown. The riding of Mlle. Cordelia was fine. New York Clipper, May 12, 1877, p. 55.
Our St. Louis correspondent says: "When I said that the Roman Hippodrome had no paper on the wall, and no 'ads' in the local dailies, I stated facts, and Mr. Dan Rhodes' statement to the contrary cannot alter the case. The Hippodrome folks opened on the paper of another circus, whose bills have been displayed for seven weeks. The only thing they did in the way of advertising was to hang up a few colored lithographs, without name or date. Every newspaper was ignored, as it it never existed." New York Clipper, May 19, 1877, p. 63.
J. Field is in the advance of W. D. Curtis' Great Roman Hippodrome and Circus. New York Clipper, July 7, 1877, p. 118.
Curtis' Roman Hippodrome collapsed in Allentown, Pa., July 4. New York Clipper, July 14, 1877, p. 126.
Curtis' Hippodrome, which recently collapsed in Allentown, Pa., started for Williamsport July 10, and performed there the rest of the week. It is billed in Erie, Pa., July 16, 17, 18, Cleveland, O., 19, 20, 21, Buffalo, N.Y., one week, then throught the oil regions. New York Clipper, July 21, 1877, p. 134.
Curtis' Hippodrome again collapsed in Buffalo, N.Y. P. H. Seamon, one of the company, writes us that the proprietors pocketed all the money taken in during the week, and failing to settle the hotel bills of the company, they were turned into the street, the landlord detaining all of the baggage. New York Clipper, August 11, 1877, p. 159.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Curtis-Gregg Fashion Plate - 1934 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1934
Fred O. Gregg and Dennis Curtis, owners. Gregg was known as the "Human Cannonball," and also built and performed a loop the loop automobile act. Show was said to be out for a few weeks in 1934. Bandwagon, May-June, Vol. 13, No. 3, 1968, p. 20.
• An article on the Curtis-Gregg Fashion Plate Circus, is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 4, pp. 14-19.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Curtis & Sutton's Wild West - 1888 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888
Newburg, New York - L. L. Curtis contradicts that the show was stranded at Port Jrevis, New York. He is not responsible for the debts of Edward Fulton of the American Attractions Co. The show will continue to the close of the season. Hattie Duncan joined Happy Jack Sutton's Wild West at Cuba, New York on September 10. Show failed to appear for their date at the opera house at Penn Yan, New York. New York Clipper, September 8, 1888, p. 410; September 15, 1888,p. 426; October 13, 1888, p. 494. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cushing's - 1885
The following circus notice is in the Silver City (Idaho) Avalanche of the 18th: "Cushing's circus visited Silver City on Sunday and remained until Tuesday morning when it moved on towards Boise City. The trapeze performance by the little boy and girl and the aerialist performance were worth one dollar, to say nothing of the extra twenty-five cents for a reserved seat. . . ." Salt Lake Daily Tribune (Salt Lake City, UT), July 22, 1885, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dailey Bros. Circus - 1940-48 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1940-1950,1963-64, 1974-75
1940: Owner Ben Davenport changed the title of his Davenport Society Circus (1935-39) to Dailey Bros. Bandwagon, July-August, Vol. 14, No. 4, 1970, p. 4.
1942: Opened at Yoakum, Texas, March 2nd. Used a 90 foot round top with three 40 foot middle pieces. Had a menagerie tent combined with the sideshow, with 150 foot banner line. Carried two performing elephants, two camels, eight liberty horses and six Shetland military ponies. "Dailey Bros. Opened in March," White Tops, Vol. 15, Nos. 5-6 (Apr-May), 1941, p. 2.
1943: See brief information on the 1943 show, online in Note Sheet (Circus Historical Society), July 15, 1943 (scroll down).
1944: Information on the 1944 show, online in Bandwagon, June 1944 (scroll down).
• Article on the 1944 show is in White Tops, April-May, 1944, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6, p. 13.
Article on the 1941-45 seasons is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1970.
1950 was the last season for the show under the Dailey Bros. title. An article on the Dailey Bros. Circus, 1949-50, with subsequent Ben Davenport shows, is in Bandwagon, November-December, Vol. 14, No. 6, 1970, pp. 21-30.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dakota Max's Wild West - 1918-19, 1922 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-1927
1918:
Winter quarters. Dakota Max's Wild West Show, Max Sanders, proprietor; Orlando, Fla. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
Dakota Max has a force of men at work at Orlando, Fla., getting his Wild West in shape for the coming tour. At Orlando with Max are Mrs. Max, H. F. Sanders and Mrs. Sanders (father and mother of Max), Mrs. C. V. Frantz and G. Frantz (mother and brother of Mrs. Max), Texas Carlos, Montana Lucille, Arizona Smith and wife, and Chief Red Fox, all of whom are rehearsing new acts for the season of 1918. Billboard, January 26, 1918, p. 31.
Dakota Max's Wild West. Dakota Max, proprietor; H. F. Sanders, manager, local contractor, checker-up; G. Frantz, asst. manager, press agent back with show, announcer; Mrs. M. T. Sanders, treasurer; M. T. Sanders, secretary; Mrs. Dakota Max, auditor; T. Smith, general agent; E. Livingston, contracting press agent; Mrs. C. V. Frantz, manager sideshow; Carlos Carreon, equestrian director, supt. stock; Mrs. H. F. Sanders, supt. privileges; Tony Oliveto, musical director; Bill Wernn(?), supt. canvas; Mr. Wilson, trainmaster; Jack Smith, boss hostler; Al Brown, supt. lights; Kid Smith, supt. props; Arizona Smith, supt. working crew; Rube Livingston, supt. animals; Mrs. E. Smith, supt. cook house. Three cars. Show opened at Orlando, Fla., Feb. 12. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.
Carlos Carreon, known as Texas Carlos, has taken charge of the Dakota Max arena, and Tom Gonzales, from the Jess Willard Show, is overseer of stock and bronk rider. Oklahoma Gerald is announcer and bronk rider. C. Ostrander, also from the Willard Show, has taken charge of the cookhouse. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 28.
Roster of Dakota Max's Wild West, now in Canada with the Johnny J. Jones Exposition: Dakota Max, manager; H. F. Sanders, in advance; Claif Glenna, treasurer and rifle shot; Princess Juanita, five performing goats; Oklahoma Gerald, announcer and bronk rider; Mrs. C. V. Frantz and Miss C. Satterfield, tickets; Tom Gonzaliz, chief bronk rider and roper; Montana Ed, trick and bronk rider; Texas Low, lady rider and roper; Missouri Dot, lady trick rider; Lee Jose, trick rider and breaker; Joe Marvello and Rube Livingston, fun makers and advertisers; Whitie Fulton(?), boss hostler; Joe Alvarez, boss canvasman; Rastus and Rabbit, mule riders. The show also carries three hostlers and several canvasmen. Billboard, July 13, 1918, p. 56.
Winter quarters, Dakota Max Wild West Show, Max T. Sanders, manager; Fair Grounds, Birmingham, Ala. Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 45.
Dakota Max, who has had his Wild West attraction with the Johnny J. Jones Exposition Shows the past season, closed when the Jones organization ended its tour at Atlanta, Ga., recently. Max's paraphernalia was taken with the Jones Shows to Birmingham, Ala., where it was stored in winter quarters. Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 54.
1919:
Carlos Carolls, known as Texas Carlos, rough rider and lariat thrower, and Etta Myers, cowgirl, both members of Dakota Max's Wild West, were married in Orlando, Fla., week of February 9. Billboard, April 5, 1919, p. 75.
Roster of the Dakota Max Wild West Show: Dakota Max M. T. Sanders, proprietor and general manager; Madame Sanders, menage horses; California Glena, sharpshooting; Mrs. Franze, supt. tickets; Gerald Franze, announcer and arena director; Jimmie Eichez, trick rider and bronk rider; Tom Gonzales, trick roper and five horse catch bronk rider; Minnie Carry, lady bronk rider; Jim Carry, bronk rider and high jumping horse; Dot Anderson, lady trick rider; Toots Mathews, lady trick rider; Billie Mathews, bronk rider; Jim Trottier, bronk rider; Ray Kijney, bronk rider; Joe Carney, rube and clown; Go Get 'Em Red; Tony Martinez, programs and advertising agent; Mrs. Tony Martinez, supt. ushers; Bill Cox, tickets; fifteen bucking horses, twenty-two saddle horses, four menage and educated horses, three comedy mules, and a group of ponies and riding dogs. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 46.
Valdosta, Ga., Nov. 21. Dakota Max Diamond D. M. Ranch and Hippodrome Exhitition, at winter quarters at Vladosta, Ga., ir enlarging to the extent of about sixty-five head of stock and twenty wagons. . . . A. Martinez. Billboard, November 29, 1919, p. 56.
Call for rehearsal. Dakota Max Diamond D. M. Ranch and Hippodrome Exhibitions will open on December 1 and all performers and others must be on hand for rehearsals before November 17. Dakota Max, Fair Grounds, Valdosta, Georgia. [Advertisement] Billboard, November 29, 1919, p. 56.
1922:
Dakota Max's Wild West show, on wagons, played small towns through Georgia. Had a 200 foot canopy, 30 lengths of new seats, new horse tent, cook house and living tops, and new sidewall. Twelve wagons driven by four tractors were used to transport the show. Show carried 30 head of stock. Bandwagon, December, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 7, p. 10.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dale's Circus; Dale Bros. - 1886, 1889
1886: Dale's Circus did big business at LaCrosse, Wisconsin on June 28, 1886. Dale Bros.' Show opened at Reading, Pennsylvania on May 11, 1889. New York Clipper, July 10, 1886, p. 263; June 8, 1889, p. 207.
1889: Notes from Dale Bros.' Co. The boys are making arrangements for our Summer opening with the white tents, which will occur April 30. Jim Dale met with an accident March 20. He was on the band balcony during the evening serenade when the floor gave way and he feel eighteen feet to the pavement. . . . Billboard, March 30, 1889, p. 39.
Dale's Circus - 1949 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918, 1948-1950
1949: Dales' Circus had 28 pieces of rolling stock and 25 horses and ponies. The big top was an eighty with 3 forties, dressing top 20x30. The animals were housed in the sideshow top with two elephants, two Russian bears, three monkeys, a lion and a black bear. Staff: Mickey Dales, manager; Nickie Dales; Harry Broadman, legal adjuster; Mr. McCoy, sideshow manager; W. McKinley Bausman, equestrian director; Lou Watson, announce; Jimmy Hurtt, band leader, a seven piece band with Jack Sweetman, drummer. Rex Rossi headed the wild west with Jeanette Rossi, Red and Marie Simpson, and Chief White Eagle. In the program were Frank Doyle, trapeze; Dutton riding act with Nellie Dutton; the Juggling Willys; the Three Hodges, trampoline; Bert Pettus, elephants and liberty horses; Joe (Hodgini) Hodges, wire; Ida Mae Kerley, acrobat, equestrienne; Wollcott's ponies; Bedell's ponies; Hoffmans, rolling globe; Miss Kerley, contortion; Bedells, acrobats; Bedell troupe, teeterboard; and others. Clowns were Harry Ross, Chas. Robinson, Jack Haines and Steve Crowe. White Tops, September-October, 1949, Vol. 22, Nos. 9-10, p. 11-12.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dale Bros. Far West - 1889 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888-89
Show opened at Lebanon, Pennsylvania on April 15. Dr. Will Dale (Buckskin Billy) was presented with a silver mounted revolver by Chas. Bigelow in August. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889, p. 107; August 25, 1888, p. 379.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dales Bros. Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918, 1948-1950
• Article on the 1948-50 Dales Bros. show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 13-22.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
D'Alma & Stone - 1893
Kennedy and Williams closed with the Denver Ed. Smith Co., and are at present with D'Alma & Stone's Circus. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 315.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
D'Arley & O'Brien - 1890-91 (Great American; De Arley, O'Brien & French)
1890: St. Louis, Missouri. D'Arly & O'Brien's Circus has been doing a fair business here. . . . New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 403.
1891: . . . . De Arley & O'Brien's Circus has gone on the Tache. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 709.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Darling's Dog & Pony - 1901-05, 1909-16, 1918, 1920 also Darling & DeOnzo Bros., Darling & Woodford (Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses 1902-1910)
1901: Wanted, troupe of well trained dogs and monkeys. Fred Darling's Dog and Pony Show, Scranton, Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, June 22, 1901, p. 369.
1901: Musicians wanted. Fred Darling, Dog and Pony Show, Windsor, N.Y. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, July 13, 1901, p. 432.
1901: Dog and Pony Show for sale. Complete outfit. One combination sleeping, dining, baggage and stock car, 65ft. long, 9ft.(?) wide, equipped for any railroad in America; a troupe of trained ponies now on the road, eleven in number, nine spotted ones, black and white, 2 solid blacks, eight in drill, each and every pony doing specialties, one hind foot pony, walks twice around the 40ft. ring and to the dressing room. The ponies alone give one hour's performance. One bridge riding dog. One great dane leapfrog dog with pony, one high dive dog, one leaping greyhound, two large trained monkeys, one ticket wagon, one tableaux wagon, three cages, two chariots, one large Frenchband pipe organ, on wagon; 8 set of double pony harness, 25 band uniforms, 2 sets; one 80ft. round top with 40ft. middle piece; one 60ft. menagerie top, one 40ft. dressing room tent, five hundred fold back reserved seats, 10 tier high, whit jacks and stringers; one 90ft. Gale light, two 60ft. Gale lights, 12 large picture frames of ponies, one 20x30ft. Marque, plumes for ponies, and all trappings for show. Entire outfit cost $10,000. Everything new. Cause of selling, ill health. Six months' printing on hand. Route of show: Aug. 2, Hobart, N.Y.; 3, Stamford, N.Y.; 5, Roxbury, Margaretteville 6, Pinehill 7, Fleischman 8, Phenecia 9, Tannerville 10, Hunter 12. Will sell entire outfit for five thousand dollars cash. Adress Fred Darling. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, August 3, 1901, p. 492.
Darling & Woodford - 1901
1901: At the Globe on Saturday, Darling and Woodford's Vaudeville circus. The management have secured the finest troupe of trained dogs and ponies and the troupe of performing monkeys. Manager Woodford has invested a large sum of money in the attractions and he gives one of the best street parades. Hamilton Democrat (Hamilton, OH), December 12, 1901, p. 7.
1901: Fred Darling, one of the partners in Darling and Woodford's dog and pony circus, brought an attachment suit for $50 against his partner, Charles Woodford Monday afternoon. Constable John Brannon tied up a car and attached six monkeys, live dogs and one Shetland pony. Hamilton Democrat (Hamilton, OH), December 17, 1901, p. 2.
1901: Charles Woodford, one of the partners in Darling and Woodford's Vaudeville circus, brought suit for $291(?) against his partner and his wife, Mr. and Mrs. Fred Darling. Eleven ponies, two turnks, great dane dog, a buggy and pony have been attached. Hamilton Democrat (Hamilton, OH), December 17, 1901, p. 2.
1901: The troubles of the Darling and Woodford Vaudeville circus are probably at an end. The various and numerous attachment and replevin suits by the partners in the show were dismissed, in each case at the plaintiff's cost. The cases of Fred Darling vs. Mr. and Mrs. Charles Woodford, Mr. and Mrs. Charles Woodford vs. Mr. and Mrs. Fred Darling were dismissed. Hamilton Democrat (Hamilton, OH), December 20, 1901, n.p.n.
1902: For sale, dog, pony and monkey show. One car, miniature parade wagons. Will sell separately. Fred Darling, Clark St., care Winterburn Printing Co., Chicago, Ill. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 18, 1902, p. 1037.
Darling & DeOnzo - 1902
1902: William DeOnzo, the famous trick jumper who has headed his own big vaudeville show for the past season, has returned to his home in Hamilton, to undergo medical treatment, and has brought the tour of the company to a close on this account. DeOnzo was recently injured in a railway wreck on the C. H. & D., and has been compelled to temporarily abandon his famous act. His brother, George, who was injured during the long run of the team in England, has also returned to his home and is slowly recovering from his injuries. After a good lay-off, DeOnzo announces that he will organize a circus for the coming summer season. Hamilton Evening Democrat (Hamilton, OH), February 12, 1902, p. 5.
1902: The Original De Onzo Brothers have just closed their vaudeville show after a prosperous season, and have consolidated with Fred Darling, of dog and pony show fame, and will place on the road this season a circus, and travel in their own cars. They will open the season at Hamilton, O., early in May. New York Clipper, April 5, 1902, p. 129.
1902: The Darling & DeOnzo Bros.' new show will open its season at the head of Main street on Thursday, Friday and Saturday, May 8, 9 and 10. Since the return of the DeOnzo Bros., from Europe, William DeOnzo has been working on the organization of the show which will be put on the road this season. Over thirty of the best performers of the country and several from Europe have been engaged. Added to the acts of the various acrobats engaged for the show, the wonderful and unequaled barrel-jumping act of the DeOnzos will be added. Hamilton should bs justly proud of William DeOnzo. He is a Hamilton boy and has a world-wide reputation. Another feature of the Show will be the dog and animal show of Mr. Darling with whom Mr. DeOnzo has associated himself. To the circus there will be added a menagerie, and contracts for the cages are now being closed. The show winter quarters will be in Hamilton. Hamilton Evening Democrat (Hamilton, OH), April 26, 1902, p. 10.
1902: The Darlington and De Onzo Bros.' Circus report business flourishing through Northern Ohio. Rowles, the contortionist, and Neola, the juggler, have closed. Fred Darling has added another troupe of dogs and the band is strengthened by the addition of three musicians. Billboard, June 28, 1902, p. 5.
1902: The De Onzo Bros., who dissolved partnership with the Darling Company at Owega, N.Y., and returned to Hamilton, O., about a month ago, have started out again on the road by themselves. The show has been greatly strenthened and many features introduced. Al Christal, the minstrel artist and vocalist, has been added to the troupe, which now includes over twenty star performers. The show will tour the Middle States, winding up the season at the Butler County (Ohio) Fair. Billboard, August 23, 1902, p. 8.
Darling's Dog & Pony 1903-05
1903: Neil Mooney of Hudson street, president of the Union Transfer company, has purchased a half interest in the Darling dog and pony show. The circus was brought to this city yesterday from Owego, where it has been in winter quarters, to await the opening May 1st. The ponies and dogs are quartered in Mr. Mooney's barn. The Darling dog and pony circus is one of the largest shows of its kind now travelling. Fred Darling was formerly th emanager of the John R. Gentry show had had charge of all the training. Mr. Darling left the Gentry show three years ago. Since then he has conducted the Darling dog and pony show. He has toured the United States and Cuba. At present the stock consists of 11 Shetland ponies and dozens of dogs of all kinds. The circus travels in its own 70 feet car and carries a tent capable of seating 1,500 people. Mr. Darling will have charge of all the training and ring management of the hsow, while Mr. Mooney will act as the business manager. Daily News (Ithaca, NY), April 1, 1903, n.p.n.
1904: Fred Darling made an unexpected and undesired early visit to a lady friend Saturday morning and in consequence of the alleged inhospitality of his reception he broke several windows. In consequence he paid a three dollar fine later in the day for his circus. Tioga County Record (Owego, NY), March 3, 1904, n.p.n.
1905: Sig. Sautelle's and Welsh Brothers' Shows Combine. . . . Prof. Darling, with his caravan of twenty-one educated ponies and fifteen dogs, has been booked as a special billing feature in the trained animal department. Billboard, February 4, 1905, p. 17.
1905: The Lewis Dog and Pony Show closed its season at Wilkesbarre, Pa., last week. Twelve head of the educated ponies were sold to Fred Darling. . . . Billboard, August 19, 1905, p. 17.
1909: Steben County Fair . . . Darling Dog and Pony Circus. Naples News (Naples, NY), September 15, 1909, p. 1.
1910: Mrs. Fred D. Darling's birthday was celebrated by the members of the Fred D. Darling Circus at Columbia, S. C., Nov. 8. . . . Billboard, November 26, 1910, p. 54.
1912: Fred Darling, proprietor of the pony and dog circus which bears his name, has just closed his successful season at Scarboro Beach, Toronto, Canada. The members of the H. A. Kline Shows were the guests of Mr. and Mrs. Darling at their summer home, at Scarboro Beach. Billboard, September 21, 1912, p. 58.
1913: Brooklyn, N. Y., Sept. 22. Fred Darling, the dog, pony and monkey trainer, and who was recently taken seriously ill, while playing an engagement for the Shriners' Indoor Circus, at Boston, Mass., is now quite recovered and is at his permanent winter quarters, at 1224 Bergen st., Brooklyn, where he is breaking and training new groups. Mr. Darling has cancelled his engagement at the New York Hippodrome, owing to sickness. Billboard, September 27, 1913, p. 1.
1913: Cora Zita, with her trained dogs and revolving pony table, has just finished a seven weeks' engagement with the Fred Darling Animal Circus. Fred Darling, the animal showman, is negotiating for a trip to South America, under the management of Roy Chandler, manager of Japanese Gardens, Buenos Ayres. Billboard, November 8, 1913, p. 16.
1914: The Liberty Shows . . . The Fred Darling dog and pony, which has been working on big time during the winter, and closed April 25 in Brooklyn, N.Y., joined the show April 27. This show is well known and is being looked upon as one of the big features of the Liberty Shows this season. Billboard, May 2, 1914, p. 7.
1914: Liberty Shows. . . . Fred Darling's Dog, Pony and Mule Circus goes direct to Havana, Cuba, for a six month's engagement. Billboard, November 14, 1914, p. 28.
1915: Gran Circo Pubillones. Habana, Cuba, March 5. . . . No. 2 circus, Fred Darling's dogs, ponies and mules. New York Clipper, April 10, 1915, p. 23.
1916: Fred Darling, who has spent over a score of years in the show business, has been made general manager of the Scranton (Pa.) Old Home Week and Exposition. Mrs. Darling is considering taking out the Darling Circus and Menagerie. Billboard, April 15, 1916, p. 23.
1918: Fred Darling's Dog & Pony Show are an attraction with the Greater Detroit Shows, Detroit, Mich., opening the season March 30. Billboard, April 20, 1918, p. 38.
1920: Wanted at once for Fred Darling's Dog and Pony Circus. Two or three novelty teams that can do two or more acts. Wire walkers, jugglers, trapeze, horizontal bars, clowning stunts. Anything suitable for a small circus working two and three day stands through Michigan all summer. One show at night. Can use first-class Medicine performers. Will by for cash two or three hundred reserves. Can use a few Little Wonder Lights. Six piece white or colored band get in touch quick. Fred Darling, Orpheum Theatre Bldg., Grand Rapids, Michigan. Billboard, June 26, 1920, p. 91.
1922: Billboard Callers. . . . Fred Darling, dog, pony and monkey trainer of Grand Rapids, Mich.
Billboard, December 30, 1922, p. 83.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davene's Allied Attractions - 1886 William Davene's Company (1887)
W. E. Murdell is no longer an agent. Alice Smith had salary problems. Jules Turnour's children died last week of scarlet fever and dyptheria. His wife had a narrow escape - engaged with Davene Company. New York Clipper, February 27, 1886, p. 788; November 27, 1886, p. 578.
In 1887 organized to open in Colon, Isthmus of Panama on March 19. Had Lucy Davene, Mlle Marietta, Harry Carey, Davis' trained dogs. New York Clipper, April 2, 1887, p. 36.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davenport Society Circus - 1935-39
Ben Davenport's Society Circus started in 1935, using a side wall corral, two trucks and an air callope. The small show grew and continued through 1939. In 1940 owner Ben Davenport changed the title of his Davenport Society Circus to Dailey Bros. Bandwagon, July-August, Vol. 14, No. 4, 1970, p. 4.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davere's Circus - 1885
Davere's circus has pitched its tents on the vacant lot at the corner of Railroad and North streets for three nights. Syracuse Standard (Syracuse, NY), August 7, 1885, p. 6.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davidson's Wild West - 1918
Winter quarters, 1918. Davidson's Real Wild West. John W. Davidson, proprietor; Bridgeport, W. Va. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davidson Bros. Circus - 1927 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1927-28
This was a wagon show with quarters at Greenup, Kentucky in 1927. Bannerline, February 1, 1953, p. 1.
Owners of the 1927 Davidson Bros. Greater 2 Ring Circus and Trained Wild Animals were James and John Davidson. Bandwagon, September-October, 2002, Vol. 46, No. 5, p. 46.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davis & Carlisle's World's International Pavilion Shows - 1889
Opened the season on June 27 at Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, July 6, 1889, p. 273. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davis & Co. - 1890-91 (W. W. Davis)
1890: Davis(?) & Co's Great Western Show . . . The roster: W. W. Davis, proprietor; Archie Royer, manager . . . King; Smith and Gallagher . . . Harry Frank; Wm. Webb . . . and Prof Harry Clark's silver cornet band of ten pieces. It will be a twenty five cent show. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.
1891: Wm. W. Davis & Co., Circus, Museum and Menagerie. Wanted immediately, performers in all branches of the circus business, museum novelties and concert people, trick ponies, troupe of dogs, twenty shetland ponies - either to buy or hire - and a boss canvasman. The privileges are to let. Show to open on or about June 15. Address Wm. W. Davis & Co., ___ East Baltimore Street, Baltimore, Md. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 209.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davis & Crosbie - 1859 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1859
Davis & Crosbie's Great French and American Circus was in Kansas in 1859. J. O. Davis was manager and J. Finch, treasurer. The performance had equestrians, a strong man, a stilt-vaulter, juggler, wire walker and more. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, p. 9.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
A. W. Davis - 1874-75
1874:
A. W. Davis' Great Moral Show, Monster Menagerie, Museum and Gigantic Curriculum, will start from Detroit, Mich., about May 1, with an entire new outfit. Wanted, performers with specialties, agent and boss canvasman. Address A. W. Davis, Jefferson avenue, Detroit. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 21, 1874, p. 403.
A. W. Davis' Great Moral Show, Monster Menagerie and Grand Olympian Exposition. Proprietor and manager, A. W. Davis; assistant manager, Wm. Platt; general agent, Chas. Platt . . . Winter quarters, Detroit, Mich. First exhibition at Amberstburg, Ontario, about May 4. New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.
A. W. Davis' Menagerie is to commence a tour at New Baltimore, Mich., May 7, and will travel on the lakes for two months by steamboat Huron. Charles Ballou has rented the sideshow privilege. New York Clipper, May 2, 1874, p. 39.
J. M. French purchased an elephant during the past week for A. W. Davis' Menagerie and Variety Show, which is to make stands in the Lake Superior country, and then travle by wagons through Wisconsin. New York Clipper, May 9, 1874, p. 47.
1875:
Sadler's Great English Circus and Trained Animals will be the title of the A. W. Davis' show the coming season. A. W. Davis will be the manager, with headquarters at Detroit, Mich. New York Clipper, March 6, 1875, p. 391.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davis' Great Overland Show, Davis' Circus - 1885, 1893-94, 1900
1885: Among the people engaged for the Ed. F. Davis’ New Departure 25c Shows are Albert Aymar and his troupe of Walpole Island ponies, W. E. Young, Seabert and Henry, Bert Fisher, Mlle. Annette Worland, Mlle. Nellie Johnson, Little Frankie, the Jones Sisters, Tony Bullard, Fred Oxenford, Sam Wicks, Toot Cohn, Walter James, George A. Young, George Robison, Hale A. Vandercook, Wm. Thomas, Master Chas. Lovell, Prof. A. Cory and band of twenty solo performers. The Annex will be under the personal supervision of D. C. Guilford, and D. S. Ward will look after the refreshment booths. The show opens in Niles, Mich., May 18. New York Clipper, April 11, 1885.
Dan Castello's Circus opened the season at Chicago April __ and has been playing to uniformly good business. The roster: J. E. Noble, sole proprietor; George Murray, general manager . . . T. Watson(?), equestrian director; Prof. Mayo's equine paradox; Gus(?) Lee . . . Woods Bros. . . . F. Holland; Ed. Carroll; Bert Mayo; Marie Davenport; Mary Lee . . . and Prof. Monroe's brass and string band . . . New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.
Paducah, Kentucky. "Uncle" Dan Castello has taken charge of Oatman's horses at New Albany, Ind., and will get them in trim for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 6.
Wanted, musicians to strengthen band with the T. J. Oatman Circus. Clarionet and trombone(?) preferred. Write or telegraph quick . . . New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 51.
The Oatman Show is arranging to start from New Albany, Ind., April 11. Uncle Dan Costello is interested in this venture with Joseph Oatman, an old river pilot, who has only recently entered the profession. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 76.
Dan Costello and C. Williams' United Shows, combined with J. T. Oatman's Equine Paradox opened their season very auspiciously at New Albany, Ind., April 15(?). The roster of the company includes: Dan Costello, C. Williams and J. T. Oatman, proprietors; J. T. Oatman, manager; C. Williams, treasurer; Dan Costello, equestrian director; Chas. McCuen(?), advance agent; W. M. Little, assistant agent; Al. Walten(Wallen?), in charge of bill car No. 1, with ten men; Harry Stevenson, in charge of bill car No. 2, with eight men; Frank De Mora, D. L. Nichols, Murrell Bros., Harry Bowers, Albert De Velde, Jos. Belmont, Frank Le Roux, Louis Tremaine . . . May Sylvester . . . Jessie Sutton, Nellie Bowen, Mme. Iza, Gus Lee, Harry Le Roy . . . Pearl Wardell, Mme. Bachtel and Nettie Bowers, perfromes. Chas. Bachtel, band leader with ten musicians; John ?. Stevens, boss hostler with seven men; ___ Shank, boss canvasman . . . and John Booker, chandelier man, with one assistant. The stock comprises forty-three head of horses. The canvas is a 125(?)ft. round top with three 40(?)ft. middle pieces. The show will travel by rail, having twelve new cars, comprising two sleepers, two stock and eight flat cars. Everything about the outfit is bright and new, and the outlook for a prosperous season is very promising. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 117.
Notes from Dan Costello’s Circus. The weather has been fine, and the show is doing a splendid business. Frank Le Roux sprained his ankle while leaping, May 4, and will be compelled to rest a few days. I. J. Masten, cornettist, joined 5. D. L. Nichols, high wire performer, was married at Louisville 6, to Priscillia Fontenilliatt, a non-professional of that city. The wedding ceremony was quietly held at the bride’s home, and the couple received the best wishes of all. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.
Wanted, musicians for the Castello, Williamson & Oatman's Circus. Good musicians and strong players. Long engagement. Chas. R.(?) Bachtel, leader, New Richmond, Ohio. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 178.
Frank De Mora, having left Dan Costello's Circus, is now at Kohl & Middleton's Museum, Cincinnati, O. Both his wrists, which were sprained recently, are improving rapidly. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 185.
On the road, circuses: Dan Costellos', Dayton, Ky. May 30. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.
Notes from Castello, Williamson & Oatman's Big U. S. Shows. We closed at Cincinnati May 23, to big business. We have had the "S. R. O." sign out for the last month. Frank Leroux's ankle is rapidly mending. Harry Murella(?) sprained his ___ on the bars, at Newport 14. He has gone home to New Albany until it gets well. D. P. Nichols, the wire walker, was reported as married in your last week's edition. D. P. was J. J. Nichols, the cannon ball man. . . . "Shorty" Davis, musician, has gone to Tacoma, Wash., to instruct a cornet school. He was presented with an elegant gold watch by the members of the company, on the eve of his departure. James T. Kenney, the Irish clown, has signed with Trask's Novelty Co. for the season of 1891-92. Our band gave an open air concert at Dayton 17, and the Board of Aldermen sent in a vote of thanks. Gus Lee has purchased another home at Chicago. If Gus keeps on he will own a small sized city. Uncle Dan Castello was seized with an alarming attack of nervous prostration 23. For a while his life was despaired of, but the veteran's grit and rugged constitution came to the front, and he is now rapidly convalescing. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 215.
The Bowers, Harry and Nellie, left the Dan Castello & Williamson's Circus and joined the Stowe Bros.' Circus, at Cincinnati, May 1?. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 215.
Wanted, first class advance agent. Wire Buffalo, W. Va. June 12, Point Pleasant W. Va. 13(?) . . . Castello United States Shows. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 240.
Notes from Castello, Williamson & Oatman's United States Shows. We ___ our date at Charleston, W. Va., June 10(?), to big business. Our boat looks more like a hospital than it does like a show boat, however. Nearly every one of the company is sick with malaria. D. L. Nichols was very ill, while Mlle. Zola could not work at Charleston on account of sickness. James T. Kenney says he is going to write for dates as a living skeleton. Mrs. T. J. Oatman was presented, 8, with a magnificent floral harp and a beautiful basket of flowers by the school children. She and her little mare, Topsy, are great favorites everywhere. May Lee was also very sick last week, but she is convalescing rapidly. Our prize band still continue to create a furore everywhere. Joseph Belmont, principal leaper, closed 10(?). Mlle. Angus(?), flying trapeze performer, joined at Point Pleasant. We were caught in a cyclone at Huntington, 6, and the tent was blown to pieces; but we always carry a reserve top, and were thus able to fill all dates. The horses(?) got loose and wandered all over the town, but they were eventually recovered. Strange to say, the trick mule, Jerry, was the first one aboard, and he came of his own accord, too. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 249.
The Costello, Williamson & Oatman Circus collapsed at Middleport, O., June 13(?). Dissension among the management is said to have been the chief cause. Manager T. J. Oatman will reorganize the show early in July. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
Our Paducah, Ky. letter gives an account of the blow down of Terrell Bros.' Circus and mentions the closing of Costello & Oatman's Show. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.
Wanted, an engagement with a reliable circus. Six horse acts, with clown and January act, lady working trick horses - for salary. Write or wire, T. J. Oatman, St. Albans, W. Va. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 325.
Jos. Oatman, who was one of the proprietors of the Castello & Oatman Show, which closed a few weeks ago, is organizing another company to take the road shortly. He is at New Albany, Ind., making final arrangements. "Uncle Dan" Castello has retired from circus life, and has decided to locate permanently at Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
1892: Uncle Dan Castello, who is spending the winter in Paducah, Ky., is to have an amusement enterprise on the road this season, having purchased the outfit of the defunct Castello, Oatman & Williams' Show, which went to pieces early last season. He will tour the South with a small circus and menagerie. Chas. McCurran and Leslie La Salle(?) have signed. The latter will probably go in advance. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
1892: T. J. Oatman and wife, with their five head of trick stock and ponies are wintering at Jeffersonville, Ind. His wife, Mrs. Lula, will ride a skillful manage act the coming season, with her beautiful white horse, Grover Cleveland. No contracts closed for season of 1892. Four first class horse acts. T. J. Oatman, P.O. Box __, Jeffersonville, Ind. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 14.
Professor Golden, following the closing, boarded the first train for Tulsa, where he is visiting his family for a few weeks before resuming his work on the stock. Ernest Swanson went direct to Minneapolis, where he enlisted in the Marine Band, visited his folks, and departed for camp. Willie Montaque is spending his winter vacation in the orchestra pit at one of Houston's vaudeville theaters. Walter Hodgson is waiting for Uncle Sam to advise him where to report. Oscar Goodhart slipped into San Antonio on a pressing engagement, diamond rings, etc. Vic Graham and the balance of the band went into Houston. Hastings and Nelson are at their bungalo at the winter quarters. The Rhodes Family and the Barlow Troupe are enjoying home cooking down town. Clarence Auskings and Bobby Zenero are spending the winter at the Panama Hotel. Whitey Reynolds is overhauling all the canvas in the show's big sail loft. Jack Henderson and Lawrence Crowell are rebuilding the seats, poles, etc. The show will open March 1. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 28.
Bandwagon, May-June, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 4-21.
Bandwagon, July-August, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 4, pp. 16-33.
Bandwagon, September-October, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 5, pp. 20-34.
Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, pp. 48-57.
Bandwagon, January-February, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 27-38.
The Scenes in the Circle will present a variety of new and interesting feats of horsemanship and other varied scenes of amusements, and Equestrian Exercises, which, together with their fine collection of Living Animals, will afford a rich and rare treat to the naturalist and lover of Equestrian and Gymnastic exercises. The Manager pledges himself that there shall be nothing wanting on his part to render the Exhibition both agreeable and interesting. Also that there shall be nothing introduced in the performance that can offend the ear of the most fastidious, but the whole will be conducted with the utmost order and decorum. Commodious seats will be erected for the accommodation of visitors. Ladies and Juvenile visitors always have the preference. For a list of the Animals contained in this Menagerie, and description of Equestrian Performance, see bills at the Hotels.
There will be an Exhibition at the same time and place, of rare specimens of the fine Arts, the richest, rarest and most extensive collection of Paintings, ever offered to an American public, representing Burning Mountains, Conflagrations, Landscapes, Waterfalls, Battles, Cities, Buildings, Shipwrecks, &c. In addition to the Paintings, there will be exhibited a collection of Asiatic Serpents, consisting of the immense Anaconda or Terror of Ceylon, the Boa Constrictor or Strangling Serpeni of Java, the Pomboo or Python from Madras, also, that extraordinary Reptile, the Amphis Beana, from Calcutta, the connecting link between the Serpent and Worm. Admission 25 cents. Entrance to this splendid Exhibition from the inside of the Menagerie and Circus Pavilion. Adams Sentinel and General Advertiser (Gettysburg, PA), August 13, 1839. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
1893: On the road, circuses: Prof. G. Clark's, Buffalo NY Aug 16, Sandy Hill 18. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.
1890: Roster of Clark Bros.' Circus and Menagerie. Clark Bros., proprietors and managers; Harry De Vere, equestrian manager . . . Jerry Walker . . . Fred Thatcher; Willis Clark . . . Allie(?) Clark . . . Fritz Mayer . . . Harry Bryant; Will Harris(Barris?); Fanny Clark; Mrs. Baltaro(?); Harry De Vere . . . New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.
1890: Wanted, a partner for bars . . . Permanent address, Floyd Trover, Dallas, Tex., now en route with Clark Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 668.
1891: Clark Bros. Circus and Menagerie are wintering at Huntsville, Tex. They travel by wagon, and will take the road early in March. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.
1891: Roster of Clark Bros.' Circus and Menagerie: W. C. and M. L. Clark, sole proprietors and managers; Jos. Ward, business manager; Harry Hunt, treasurer; Floyd Trover, equestrian director; John Henderson, general advance agent . . . Thomas Everett, master of transportation; Geo. Brown, boss hostler, with fifteen(?) assistants; Prof. Schelhammer, leader of band and orchestra; Fanny(?) Clark, Master Willie Clark, Tom Bryan, Doris and Gruen(Green?) . . . Trover, Richard and McDonald, Chas. Casey, Sam Wright, Neola Luna(?) Clark, Rubie(?) Clark . . . Chas. Devlin, Chas. K. Barton(Burton?), Ed. Foley . . . Billy Barlow, Prof. Shelhammer . . . Allie Clark, Fritz(?) Meyer, Ed. Bennet, Will Bishop . . . Chas. Powell, Jno. Powell . . . and Ted Roberts. The show opens at Madisonville, Tex., Feb. 23, and will travel by wagon, using 120 head of stock, 90ft. main top with two 30ft. middle pieces, and 80ft. menagerie and a 60ft. side show. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.
1891: Notes from Clark Bros.' Circus. After laying up in Huntsville, Tex., for thirty days, we will start Feb. 23 with two 100ft round tops, six cages, the elephant Empress, a looking glass band wagon, two fine tableau wagons, ___ horses and mules, and sixty-eight head of draft stock. People that have signed are: . . . Trover, Richards, McDonald . . . We tour Texas. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.
1891: Floyd Trover and Eddie McDonald have closed with Clark Bros. Circus Royal and joined Thomas C. Logan's Circus. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.
1891: The De Soto Bros. have closed with Clark Bros.' Circus Royal and joined Pomeroy & Samuels' Circus. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.
1891: From Clark Bros. Circus. We are doing a fair business, and had three weddings last week. This is our roster: Mr. and Mrs. H.(?) L. Clark, Mr. and Mrs. W. C. Clark, Mr. and Mrs. Joe Richards, Mr. and Mrs. Otto ???, Mr. and Mrs. Sam Wright, Ed. Long and trained dogs, T. W. Bryan, clown, . . . Ed. Foley, Dick Martin, Jim Smith, John Emerson, Helena Spencer, Katie Lewis, Willie Clark, Allen(?) Clark and wife, Louise Clark and Lum Clark, the fifteen year old son of W. C. Clark, who works the trained elephant, Empress, to the advantage. We have a new 100ft.(?) round top, with 40ft. middle piece and dressing room. M. L. Clark ??? the loss of his trick horse, Mack, who died last week of blind staggers, but he has another one in training. . . . C. V. Parsons, our genial hobby horse man, goes to visit relatives. T. W. Bry?n has a pony in training, and gives promise of good work. We have forty wagons and seventy head stock. We go to Louisiana, and hope to do a good business, and the gray headed man walks regularly every week. We have a good band of fifteen pieces. Prof. Scheib??mer, of St. Louis, is leader. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
1891: Wanted at once, for Clark Bros.' Circus and Menagerie, trapeze and bar people, one juggler, one contortionist, and other good . . . people that would like all Fall and Winter job. Also good musicians. Going to organize two shows under the W. C. Clark management, to travel South. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 444.
1891: To performers, the wants of Clark Bros.' Circus and Menagerie. Will move two shows out of Clarksville, Arkansas, Oct. 5(?). Wanted, two jugglers, four good trapeze people, chair equilibrists, clowns, and one snall band of 8 mouth pieces. Sideshow privileges to let. Can use a troupe of trained dogs and riding monkeys. Engagement all Fall and Winter. Address O'Kean, Ark. Sept. 9, Black Rock Sept. 11 . . . Big Flat 18, Alco 19. Will reach Clarksville Oct. 1. Long engagement and good treatment. New York Clipper, September 12, 1891, p. 461.
1891: . . . The weather through Texas has been delightful for tenting shows. Lemon Bros., E. O. Rodgers, Clark Bros. and the International Shows are playing to good business. New York Clipper, November 14, 1891, p. 609.
1892: W. C. and M. L. Clark are the sole proprietors and managers of the Clark Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 808.
1892: On the road, miscellanous: Clark Bros.' Circus, Alexandria, La., Feb. 10. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 813.
1892: Notes from Clark Bros.' Circus. We have been doing well all winter in Louisiana, and are now in Arkansas. M. L. Clark and wife are spending a few days at Shreveport, La., with Bill(?) Reese(?) and wife. W. C. Clark is with the show. Addie Clark has been down with the grip. The roster: Clark Bros., George Jennier and family, Sam Wright, Hattie Richard, Joe Richard, W. T. Bryant and his child, Barney, Albert Powell, Louie Bartelmas(?), Harry Long, Maggie and Will Brown, Slott and wife . . . Pat McMannes, McCord, Whelen and Allie Clark. Lyle is still with Clark Bros. with his sideshow. Ed Long left the show March ?. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
1892: Clark Bros. Circus is reported to have gone to the well at Hamburg, Ark. last week. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
Notes from W. C. Clark's Crescent Show. We have taken in all the Indian payments in the territory with varied success. The show is making South through Arkansas, Texas and Louisiana. Ed. Conklin, juggler, is our latest addition. ??? Craig and Chas. Everton also joined recently. ??? Clark is practising foot juggling . . . W. C. Clark has added two new dogs to his troupe. Dave Dodge has charge of the band now. . . . Schieldheimer(?) leads the concert. . . . Sam Wright and wife . . . closed. Jess Boon and wife are running the sideshow. New York Clipper, September 1, 1894, p. 405.
1896: Roster of W. C. Clark's Shows. W. C. Clark, proprietor and manager; Lum Clark, treasurer . . . W. P.(?) Bryan, bounding jockey act . . . Willie Clark, foot juggling . . . Gilbert Bros., posturing and brother act; Carrie ???, single trapeze and flying rings; Mrs. Bryan, rolling globe . . . Concert people: Emerson and Russell, song and dance; the Great Ravolie(?), baton juggler; Myrtle Eddier, banjo and song and dance, and the Stowe Bros., clog dancers. We carry a band of twelve pieces, under the direction of Prof. Shelinammer, and a one hundred foot top, with fifty foot middle pieces. Lew Clark has the sideshow, and Mrs. Clark the cook tent. Mr. Clark's dogs and ponies catches them everywhere, as does our street parade, . . . two bands, seven cages and twelve people, mounted, a calliope and clown cart. We are playing to good business, and are now in the southern part of Lousiana. Prof. Shelly, balloonist, joined Feb. 18. New York Clipper, February 29, 1896, p. 825.
Notes from the W. C. Clark's Circus. Business for the past four weeks has been the largest in the history of this show, standing room being the general rule, and not the exception, through Kentucky, Tennessee and Mississippi. Oct. 31, at Ripley, Miss., was the banner house of the season, people being turned away before the band played the overture. Roster: W. C. Clark, proprietor; G.(C.?) R. Clark, treasurer; Mrs. W. C. Clark, Lou Clarke, R??y Clark and Little Pearl . . . Willie Clark, foot juggler; . . . Holt, revolving ladder la perch; Captain Adair, high diver; Theo. P.(F.?) Barretta, mule hurdle rider and clown; Adair and White, carrying perch . . . Ma?ie Stewart, traps and rings, and Ruby Clark's talking horse, trained dogs, goats and ponies. The band is composed of . . . Bob Miller, H. W. Adrian, H. O. Taylor, Arthur Forbes, H. H. Morgan, Geo. Oscar and Sam Clark. Allie Clark, advance agent, with five bill posters. New York Clipper, November 14, 1896, p. 587.
1890: Wanted for the sixth season of R. F. Clements' New Colossal Shows, people in all branches of the circus business. Also a good band and musicians. Side show privilege for sale. R. F. Clements, American House, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 45.
1890: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. A number of circus performers arrived here to join Clement's Circus, which opens the season 24th(?) the East End. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 102.
1890: On the Road, Circuses: R. F. Clement's. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 146.
1890: On the Road, Circuses: R. F. Clements'. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 162.
1890: Good business is reported from the R. F. Clements Show. A new band and baggage wagon and four horses have recently been added to the show. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.
1890: Following is the roster of R. F. Clements' New Railroad Shows: R. F. Clements, general manager and sole proprietor; John A. Long, assistant manager; Wm. Williamson, superintendent; Frank Cooper, advance manager; Wm. Werner(?) treasurer . . . Doc. Freebolt(?), layer out . . . Frank Long, press agent; performers: Zamora (Mexican wonder) . . . the Da Coma Children; Frank and Ada Harmon; Avalo Bros.; Lilly Siebert . . . and Long's troupe of goats, dogs and monkeys. Concert: . . . Wm. Warner, Mlle. Solo, Frank Harmon and Mme. Paula. . . . Size of canvas 100ft. round top . . . The show will tour Pennsylvania and New York all the season. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.
1890: On the Road, Circuses: R. F. Clements'. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.
1890: Notes from Clements' Circus. This show has been doing a good business since the opening of the season at Pittsburg, Pa. Salaries are paid regularly every Tuesday night, and everybody is well and happy, with the exception of B. A. Bergman, who left for his home June 23, on account of sickness. At Brookville, 22, R. F. Clements (proprietor and manager) was the recipient of a fine gold watch chain and an initial ring, from the members of his company. the greatest day of the season was the twenty-fourth of June, it being the twenty-eighth birthday of J. J. Zamora, the Mexican wonder. Mead M. Werntz, being the Mexican's partner, furnished the refreshments for the occasion. Mr. Zamora was the recipient of some very valuable presents, viz., a fine gold watch from the members of the company, a handsome gold watch from B. A. Bergman and Oscar Puckett, a fine alligator leather satchel, half dozen fine gents hose, a silk scarf, and a silk traveling cap by Mr. Clements, a box of pocket handkershiefs and a comb by Mrs. Clements. John Long, of Pittsburg, made the presentation, and Mead Werntz answered on behalf of the Mexican. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 261.
1890: Wanted for R. F. Clement's New Colossal Shows. A few good musicians to strengthen band. Address G. W. McDonald, leader, Phillipsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 270.
1890: Card of thanks. I beg ??? to thank the members of Clement's Circus for the beautiful and handsome presents . . . presented to me on the 24th(?) day of June, it being my twenty-eighth birthday . . . J. J. Zamora, Mexican gymnast . . . New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 272.
1890: Notes from R. F. Clemment's Shows. Jas. Irwin and wife, the Milo(?) Bros. . . . and the Belmont(?) Bros. joined recently. Jas. Moran(?) is making a decided hit with his novel club swinging act. . . . Business through New York state has run the scale of good, bad and indifferent. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.
1890: Wanted for Southern tour, R. F. Clements' New Show. Musicians, tuba and baritone, good song and ance team for concert. . . . R. F. Clements, Scranton, Pa. Can use good, close contracting agent, address Frank C. Cooper, Scranton, Pa. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 349.
1890: The following is the complete roster of R. F. Clement's New Show: R. F. Clements, manager; Frank C. Cooper, general manager; Frank Conway(?), treasurer; Frank Scribner, layer out and manager of privileges . . . Wm. Williams, advertising agent . . . Pat O'Neil, steward; G. W. McConald, leader of band and orchestra. Band - Claty Alexander (Clate?), Oscar Peckett(Puckett?), Chas. Dewitt(?), Ralph Bailey, E. Applegarth, W. W. Peckett(Puckett?) and Geo. Smith. Performers - Jas. Irwin, Dora Irwin, Harry Courtney . . . J. J. Wolf . . . Harry Burns(?), Geo. Belmont, Harry Belmont, John Kelly . . . Concert - Mlle. Alda . . . Wm. Belmont, Burns(?) and Warner and Frank Gray. . . . John Carney is in charge of canvas; Chas. Andrews, master of properties . . . Business has been great since we struck Pennsylvania. At Scranton we packed to the doors for three days. E. O. Rogers was a welcome visitor for a couple days last week. He reports his shwo in a healthy condition. E.(?) F. Clements leaves for Baltimore 1?, to arrange for Southern transportation. The show will be greatly increased in size at Baltimore, for the South. A twenty-four week's season will be run, our route extending to Key West, Fla. Nothwithstanding this season has been a hard oneon nearly all tented exhibitions, this show had sone a uniformly good business, except the three weeks we were in New York State. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
1890: R. F. Clements wants, for long season, two or three strong acts for big show . . . New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 382.
1890: Ed. Harmon(?) and Chas. Johnson joined with the R. F. Clements Show at York, Pa. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.
1890: Harry Courtney, of Courtney and A?lda, trapezists, writes from Pittsburg, Pa., that the R. F. Clements Show, with which the team had been traveling, disbanded at that place Oct. ??, with salaries and board bills in arrears. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.
1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: R. F. Clement's, Pittsburg, Pa., Nov. 10, indefinite. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 560.
1891: Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Bob Clemens [sic] is getting his railroad show in shape. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 79.
1891: Wanted for the Clements Shows, people in all branches of the circus business. Also concert people and a first class band. Also musicians for second band. Will hire or buy good trick pony. Sideshow privilege for sale. Address R. F. Clements, business manager, East End, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 108.
1891: On the road, circuses: Clements', Pittsburg, Pa., April 30-May 3(?). New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 139.
1891: Notes from the Clements Shows. The show opened its season at East Liberty, Pa., April 25. At Bloomfield a cyclone struck us about 9 p.m. The canvas was packed, but no one was injured. The canvas, however, did not escape so fortunately, it being completely blown to shreds. Manager Clements was the coolest man on the lot. There was no show the next afternoon, but the doors opened at 7 p.m. as usual, with a new 100 ft. round top, with two 50 ft. middle pieces. Business has been good, so far, and everybody is happy. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891.
1891: Roster of Clemens’ [sic] European Shows. - R. F. Clemens, proprietor and manager; Lee Howard, assistant manager and treasurer; Wm. Morelo, equestrian director; J. W. Wallacker, general agent; Richard Timmons, boss bill poster, with six assistants; Lee Howard, Eugene Verona, R. V. Stinson, Max Morelo, Wm. Morelo, Jas. Devine, Signor Daudet, Walter Romalo, Jesse Fusner, Wm. Adams, F. De Vina, G. Marbs, Harry Hartsing, Ida Morelo, Laura Kelly, Adele Purvis, Alice Howard, Eva Howars; Ira S. Loos, leader of silver corent band and orchestra; Fred E. Mills, G. M. Labbe, C. Freyermuth, Artie Wigham, C. Waters, S. Dangerfield; . . . Geo. Simons, boss properties with three assistants. The show travels by wagon, using a 100 ft. round top, with two 40 ft. middle pieces, a 60 ft. sideshow top and two horse tents and forty-five head of horses. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891.
1891: On the road, circuses: Clement's, Johnstown, Pa. May 30, South Fork June 1, Lillie(?) Station, 2, Ebensburg 3. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
1891: Notes from Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows. Among the many visitors to the show during the past week were Judge Ewing, of the Cleveland Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
1891: The New Cleveland Consolidated Shows, Circus, Museum, Hippodrome and Wild West opened at Cleveland, O., July(?) at popular prices. The roster: . . . J. Ewing, proprietor; M. C. Ewing, manger; W. Ewing, treasurer; W. Quinnett, equestrian director . . . Harry Bowers and wife . . . W. H. Quinnett, Geo. L. Behrens(?) . . . Colorado Jack, leader of cowboys and Indians . . . Texas Tom . . . Chas. Williams, Mrs. Bowers . . . New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
1891: On the road, circuses: Cleveland Consolidated, Cleveland, O.,July ?7-Aug 8. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.
1891: The Cleveland Consolidated Circus and Wild West will remain at Cleveland, O., until Aug. 15(?), when it takes the road. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.
1891: Cleveland Consolidated Shows. Wanted, a few more people. Indians, all kinds of performers. Bar team, double trapeze, lady aerial artists, band leader, band musicians who double brass and string, side show people, including Punch and Judy, boss canvasman, and four and six horse drivers, and two more light chariots. Addres per route, Cleveland, Ohio, August 8 and 9. M. Ewing, manager. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 378.
1891: Harry and Nellie Bower(?) are with the Cleveland Consolidated Show. They are doing a new act. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
1891: The Cleveland Consolidated Shows and Wild West are now on their fourth week. New features are added every week, and they are buying new stock for the ring and new wagons, preparatory for the road. It will be one of the best equipped popular price shows in the country. A first class band of twelve pieces, under the leadership of Prof. Dugan, will be carried. . . . New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
1891: The Bowers (Harry and Nellie) leave the Cleveland Consolidated Show Aug. 1?, and go West to fulfill their engagements. Mrs. Bower presented her husband with a fine gold watch and chain Aug. 10. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.
1894: For sale, the Cleveland Consolidated Shows. The largest, best and most complete wagon show on earth. Tents, of all kinds an sizes; seats, lights, chariots, wagons, cooking and dining outfits, uniforms, costumes . . . horses, draft, ring stock, Wild West, steeple, hurdle, ponies, donkeys, harness saddles, trappings, musical instruments, etcetera ad infinitum. Will sell all or an interest in same. If not sold show opens in Cleveland, Ohio, on May ?? 1894. Want people in all branches. Harrison J. Ewing, sole owner and proprietor, ___ Superior Street, Cleveland, Ohio. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 62.
Roster of the Great Clifford Circus: Mlle., Karl A., Walter J., Jno. F., Clifford and Stephen A. Clifford, owners; Karl A. Clifford, manager; Mlle. Clifford, treasurer; Jno. Clifford, advance agent and press representative; Walter Clifford, equestrian director; Stephen Clifford, boss hostler; Jno. Bauer, privileges; Ralph Tiese and R. Landes, candy butchers; Carl Bauer and Walter Miller, front door; Steve Cross, boss of properties; Bill Tetlow, ring maker; George Tetlow, reserved seats; S. Brodie, boss canvasman; Edith Holmes, wardrobe lady; Joe Cross, chandelier man. The performers include the Original Zanton Bros., ring gymnasts; Mlle. Clifford and Company, sword swallowers; LaJones, wire artists; Zanzar Bros., acrobats and hand balancers; Two Wirtzs, contortionists; House and House, double trapeze; Hart and Hiff(?), revolving ladder; Snipe, Hook, Bushey, Bowery and Sikes, clowns. K. A. Clifford, manager of the Great Clifford Circus, has purchased another baggage wagon. The show is in winter quarters at Canton, O. Steve Cross, clown, late of the Gollmar Bros.' Circus, has signed for the coming season with the Great Clifford One Ring Circus. The Zanzar Bros., acrobats and equilibrists, will this season be with the Great Clifford Show. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
1892: Wanted, for Clifford & Gubbins' Pioneer Circus, Chicago season, circus people in all branches, including riders, with stock, band of six pieces. All privileges to let. Clifford & Gubbins, Chicago. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 866.
1892: From Cole's Circus. Our season opened May 12 at Jamestown, N.Y. The roster: Prof. and Mme. King . . . Kid Carr(?), Swift(?) Bros., A. H. Gump(?), ring master; director of orchestra, Carl Barth(?); leader of band . . . and Culbertson Bros., proprietors and managers. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.
"Circus Sold at Auction. Corry, Pa., Jan 29 - The sale of the Cole Brothers' circus here Friday at public auction attracted a crowd of over two hundred of the most prominent people in the circus business. . . . Miller Brothers of the 101 Ranch Wild West, were very prominent in buying of stock and cars and next season will have sufficient railroad equipment to put out the largest of the two train shows." Evening Observer (Dunkirk, NY), January 29, 1910.
Bandwagon, May-Jun 1965
Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1965 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1965.
Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1965 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1966 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1966 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, May-Jun 1966 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1966 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1966 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1967 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, May-Jun 1967 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1967 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1967 (scroll down or use find).
Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1967 (scroll down or use find).
• An article on the Cole Bros. winter quarters in Louisville, Kentucky, 1941-48, is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1980, Vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 24-26.
Also see brief article on the 1943 show, online in Bandwagon, June 1943 (scroll down).
• Article on the 1943 Cole Bros. show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1977, Vol. 21, No. 6, pp. 4-17.
• An article on the 1945 Cole Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 4-16.
• Articles on the 1946 Cole Bros. show are in Bandwagon, November-December, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 6, pp. 16-32, and in Bandwagon, July-August, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 4, pp. 4-9.
• An article on the 1947 Cole Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1979, Vol. 23, No. 4, pp. 4-16.
• An article on the 1948 Cole Bros. show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1979, Vol. 23, No. 6, pp. 4-17.
• An article on the Cole Bros. winter quarters in Ojus, Florida, used from mid October 1949 to April 1950, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1980, Vol. 24, No. 6, pp. 36-38.
• Articles on the 1950 Cole Bros. are in Bandwagon, March-April, 1981, Vol. 25, No. 2, pp. 4-16, and in Bandwagon, May-June, 1981, Vol. 25, No. 3, pp. 4-13.
• An article on the 1947-1988 James M. Cole Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 21-34.
• An article on the 1948 James M. Cole Circus is in White Tops, March-April, 1948, Vol. 21, Nos. 3-4, p. 15-16.
• A brief article on the 1943 circus, in White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.
1893: Wanted, people in all branches of the circus business, for Cole's New Circus, Museum and Menagerie . . . New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 15.
1893: On the road, circuses: Cole's, . . . Batchellerville NY 2, Luzerne 3, Corinth 5, Stony Creek 6, Warrensburg 7, ?alton 8, Lake George 9, Sandy Hill 10. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
1893: Wanted, to enlarge James W. Chattaway's military band with Cole's Circus. One E flat cornet, one B flat cornet, two altos and E flat clarionet. All must double in orchestra. Address per route to James W. Chattaway, musical director. . . . Bachellerville NY 2, Luzerne 3, Corinth 5, Stoney Creek 6, Warrensburg 7, Bolton 8, Lake George 9, Sandy Hill 10. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 211.
1893: Wanted, strong man, iron jawed, preferred that can do horse lifting, and stone breaking. . . . Cole's Circus . . . New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 226.
1893: Roster of Cole's Colossal Circus. Geo. S. Cole & John Sparks, sole owners; Geo. S. Cole, manager . . . J. M. Wall, contracting agent with eight assistants . . . F.(?) Williams, treasurer; John H. Sparks and Geo. S. Cole, doorkeepers. The following performers: . . . Gregory Bros., three in number; John Fritz(?); Wm. Leavitt, Mlle. Irene . . . Albert Sylvester; Chas. Sparks; Ronaldo . . . Happy Jack Jordon; Wm. Heackey(Beackey?); Prof. Sparks' school of sixteen educated horses and ponies; Prof. Williams' troupe of dogs and cats; Jas. Chattaway's military band of solo musicians, W. B. Sanger . . . Walter James(?), Wm. Hickey, Chas. Jones(?), Geo. Austin(?), Jos. Girard, F.(?) Anderson and Bert Cole. Concert: Sparks Bros., Mlle. Irene . . . John Lancaster, Annie Austin, Wm. Thomas and Bert Cole. Concert ticket sellers, Bert Cole and Chas. Gregory. Candy stands, Gregory Bros. The big top is 120(?)ft. with a __ft. side show. Geo. Irving, owner and manager, with the following people: Blondell(?), strong man; Mlle. La Bell, mind reader; Mlle. Letta, serpent queen . . . Prof. Wise(?), magician; Punch and Judy, birds, monkeys and vampire, Geo. Irving and Bert Cole, ticket sellers. They use a __ft. round top. Jack McGinnis is in charge of top, with three assistants; the big show has eighteen canvas men, Jack Talburt is boss canvas man. Sixty head of stock and three advance wagons are used. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.
1893: On the road, circuses: Cole's, New Hartford CT 30 . . . Windsor Locks July 5, Thompsonville 6, Indian Orchard, Mass. 7 . . . New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 265.
1893: On the road, circuses: Cole's, Windsor Locks, CT July 5, Thompsonville 6, Indian Orchard Mass. 7, Chicopee Falls 8. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.
1893: On the road, circuses: Cole's, East Hampton, Mass. July 12, Williamsburg 13 . . . New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.
1893: Musicians wanted for Cole's Circus, B-flat cornet, E-Flat clarionet. Can also use other musicians to enlarge band. Write, wire per route. J. ?. Chattaway, musical director. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 309.
1893: Notes from Cole's Colossal Shows. Business with us is way up, and has been since the opening last Spring at Brattleboro, Vt. The annex, under the management of Geo. H. Irving, is proving a drawing card. Riondell(?), the strong man, lifts a horse and six men at each performance. Chas. Sparks catches the big show audience with his educated horses; Sylvester's aerial contortion act pleases the people. The Gregory Bros. and Fitz(?), on the bars, are continually springing someting new. John Lancaster, singing clown, supplies the multitudes with the latest songs. The shooting of the Bartlett Family is also much admired. The weather is fine, and our stock is looking remarkably well. We have lately put in hippodrome races, and they go with a vim. Mme. La Bell, wife of Mr. Irving, of the annex, and her little daughter have returned after a week's sojourn with Mr. Irvin's parents at Haverhill, Mass. Mr. Irving was presented with a leather hat box last week by Alfred Sylvester. Everything is harmonious. No accidents of any consequence have happened this season. Prof. Chattaway's band calls forth applause every day for its excellent music. The boys showed their appreciation of the professor the other day by presenting him with a black ebony, silver tipped baton. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
1893: George S. Cole has closed with Sparks' Circus and accepted the position of special manager for Scribner & Smith's Show. New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 447.
1893: On the road, circuses: Sparks & Cole, Tarrytown NY Oct 5, Rutherford NJ 6 . . . New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 495.
Cole & Lockwood All New United Show, incorporated, Geo. S. Cole, Vice President and Manager. A. L. Lockwood Jr., President and treasurer. Permanent address and winter quarters, Potsdam, N.Y. Wanted for tenting season 1894, people in all branches of the circus business. Address Geo. S. Cole, manager, Potsdam, N.Y. New York Clipper, December 30, 1893, p. 697.
From Cole & Lockwood's Shows. The following people have signed with our new show: Charles J. Gregory, George Gregory and John Fritz, triple bars, balancing trapeze, dancing barrel, ___ and cross, and leapers and tumbler; William Lowande, principal bareback somersault rider, who will also ride four horses; Nellie Wilson, hurdle rider and aerialist; Archie Royer, principal clown, leaper, tumbler and all around performer; Mrs. Royer, slack wire and ___ acrobat . . . Prof. Meehan's troupe of performing dogs, goats and monkeys; Newman and King(?), black face comedians and song and dance team. We have secured an equine paradox that go through the school and court scenes fully equal to any troupe of horses in the country. Charles Evans, for the last five years in charge of the stock with Walter L. Main's Show, is engaged as boss hostler. James ___ will be boss canvas man and Jacob Spellman first assistant. J. R. Kennedy, a man of wide experience is advance of large show, seven season in charge of one of the advertising cars of the Barnum & Bailey Show, is engaged as general agent. Other important engagements are pending. Geo. H. Irving will manage an elaborately fitted up and attractive side show. Our new ring hosue will be done in three or four days, and the work of breaking horses will commence Feb. 1. John Kent, of Scribner & Smith's Show, has been here five weeks, looking after the details of getting everything together. He goes back to Scribner & Smith Feb. 1. We are attending to every detail, taking time by the forelock, and will have everything in readiness for our opening early in May. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.
The Royers, Archie and Rose, met with success at Keith's Bijou, Philadelphia, week of Feb. 12. They have signed with the Cole Show for the summer. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.
Notes from the Cole & Lockwood winter quarters. "We are very busy getting everything into shape for the inauguration of the tenting season of 1894, every part of which will be new. Our opening day here (Potsdam, N.Y.) will be May 5(?), and if the weather is favorable we anticipate a big send off from our friends and neighbors. Prof. J. W. Chattaway, a popular Philadelphia leader, has engaged to furnish a first class band for us. William Lowande and Bert Cole are breaking horses in the new ring house recently erected. We have just closed a deal with J. T. McCaddon, of the Forepaugh Show, for the performing elephant Modoc. W. J. Leyer, of the Erie (Pa.) Lithograph and Printing Co., called upon us last week and contracted to furnish all our pictorial and descriptive paper, a large part of which will be from special designs. Mr. Lockwood will shortly leave for Chicago to buy three car loads of baggage horses. We will have an early Clipper call, and thorough rehearsals before commencing." New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.
Wanted, for Cole & Lockwood Shows, a few more musicians, including E flat clarionet to double clarionets in orchestra. Address J. W. Chattaway, band master, care of Spark's Circus, Madison, Fla. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 31.
Sidney Huftle has been engaged as billposter with the Cole & Lockwood Shows, and John W. Huftle will have charge of advertising wagon No. 1. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.
Cole & Lockwood All New Shows. Call. Season opens at Potsdam, N.Y., Saturday, May _. . . . Go slow on big trunks. Unecessary baggage will not be carried. The smaller your turnk the better you will please the management. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 78.
Mrs. Rose Royer has recovered from her illness and with her husband will join the Cole & Lockwood Circus, April 30. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 102.
Roster of advertising wagon co. No. 1, of the Cole and Lockwood All New United Shows: John W. Hurtle, in charge of wagon, with billposters W. L. White, Sid Hurtle and Dave Williams; Courtland Harris(?), lithographer; Harry Hurtle, programmer; and Geo. A.(?) Hurtle, in charge of stock. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 117.
The three Gregory Bros. have signed with the Cole & Lockwood Circus for the tenting season. They join the show at Potsdam, N.Y. May 5(?), the opening date. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 117.
Wanted, for Cole & Lockwood's Circus, B flat cornetist. J. W.(?) Chattaway, bandmaster . . . New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 125.
Wanted, for Cole's Circus and Menagerie, a knockabout clown, bar team that can leap and tumble. Would buy small elephant, one suitable for wagon show. Direct to Broken Bow, Nebraska. Will be there June __. J. M. Barry, manager. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 224.
The following people are with the W. L. Cole's Circus and Menagerie: J. M. Barry, manager; Geo. Sieber, treasurer . . . Frankie Ford, Prof. Bowman and wife, Morning Bros., Sam Grassburger, Lew Cole, Lee Bros., J. T. Carrier, Master Willie Sieber, Louis Plamondon, Prof. Skett, leader of band, with six musicians. The show is traveling through Nebraska and doing a good business. The ghost walks regularly every Thursday. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.
The W. L. Cole Show closed a successful season of twenty four weeks at Topeka, Kan., Oct. 4(?). The show will be greatly enlarged next season. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.
Wanted to buy, for W. L. Cole's Wagon Shows, one elephant . . . ticket wagon, small animals(?), monkeys, wardrobe for ___ and street parade. J. M. Barry, Topeka, Kas. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 603.
Topeka, Kansas. Geo. Sieber and J. M Barry, of the Cole & Sieber's Circus, have bought of Wallace & Anderson an elephant, two camels, cages, wagons, etc. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 755.
Geo. Sieber and J. M. Barry, of the Cole & Sieber Circus, have just returned to Topeka from the East, where they had been in search of curiosities for the coming season. They have closed a bargain with the Wallace & Anderson Shows, at Peru, Ind., whereby they receive an elephant, two camels, wardrobe cages and other properties. They are also breaking ring stock at their winter quarters, at Topeka. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.
"Senator" Bowman is re-engaged to furnish the museum with W. L. Cole's Circus for the season of 1891. The following features are already engaged: "Senator" Bowman, lecturer, Punch and Judy and magic; Jennie Bowman, snake charmer and lady ___; . . . A big snake and a pair of living vampires are recent additions. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.
Roster of the Sieber & Cole Shows for the season of J. M. Barry, manager; ___ Sieber, treasurer; W. L. Cole, sideshow orator; Al. Sieber, general purchaser; Wm. Dorr, equestrian manager; Chas. Covelli, advance agent . . . Prof Worrel, leader of band; Wm. Dorr(?) and wife; Frankie Barry; Senator Murphy; Prof. Bowman and wife, performers. The show will carry a three pole main tent, a four pole menagerie tent; a three pole sideshow tent, two six pole horse tents, eighty head of horses, seven cages, two tableau wagons, a steam calliope, one elephant and two camels. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5.
Call. All people engaged for the Sieber & Cole Shows will report at Topeka, Kan., Thursday, April 9(?), for rehearsal. Wanted, a boss canvasman and boss hostler. Sieber & Cole, Topeka, Kas. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 15.
Everything is assuming a lively appearance around the headquarters of Geo. Sieber & Co.'s Shows at Topeka, Kan. The elephant, two camels, tableaux wagons and the wardrobe arrived last week. The ring stock is under the personal management of Prof. Wm. Dorr. The show will probably open at Topeka, April 11. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.
Topeka, Kansas. Seiber & Co.'s Circus had fair patronage considering the weather last week. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 117.
Fort Scott. Prof. Squire Bowman and wife have gone to Topeka to join Geo. Sieber & Co.'s Circus. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 117.
Roster of Sieber & Co.'s Circus: J. M. Barry, manager; Geo. Sieber, treasurer; Lew Cole, Wm. Dorr and wife, Prof. Bowman and wife, Pete Rogan and wife, ___ Grassberger(?), J. T. Carrier, Mohing(?) Bros., James Woods, J. R. Godfrey, Master Jimmie Sieber and W. A. Worel(?), leader of band, with ten pieces. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.
On the road, circuses: Sieber & Co., Joplin, Mo. May 27, Galena, Kan, 28, Baxter Springs 29. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
Geo. Sieber & Co.'s Circus, Museum and Menagerie, now touring Missouri, report excellent business. The roster: G. M. Barry, manager; Wm. Dart and wife, Pete Rogan and wife, Prof. Bowman and wife, Mohring(?) Bros., G. T. Carrier, James Woods, Dalzell Bros., Sam Grassburger, Fred Barker, Master Jimmy Sieber, Lew Cole and others. Prof. Rix is leader of band, with seven musicians. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.
Wanted immediately for Sieber & Co.'s Circus, Museum and Menagerie, for long season. People in all branches of the circus business that can do two or more specialties. Also good concert people and reliable four horse drivers. Address Geo. Sieber & Co., ___, Mo. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 322.
Sieber & Co.'s Circus is touring Missouri. William Mohering, of the Mohering Bros., who left the show through illness, has rejoined it. Mrs. Sieber also joined recently. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
Sieber & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie closed their season of thirty-one weeks at Huntington, Ark., Nov. 13, making a very successful season. They will ship to winter quarters at Topeka, Kan. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.
James Robinson, rider; Mrs. Frank Gardner; Mrs. T. B. McIntyre, bicycle rider; Mrs. Harly Martell; Mrs. George austine, skater; Helen Dalvin; George Dunbar; Rentz & Richardson; John Murtz; Leon; Martell Bros.; Wm. Organ; George Conklin; Ernest Cooke; The 12 Arabs; Mr. Frank Gardner; Mr. T. B. McIntyre, bicycle rider; Harry Martell; George Austine, skater; Addie Austin; Bareth & Howard; Kennedy & Casselli; Three Livinstons; Nestor & Venoa; Van Zandt Bros.; Delhauer; Henry Cooke; Pete Conklin; Prof. Freyers dogs and goats. Six performing elephants were carried and in this six was the famous Samson. Another feature was eight trick stallions. Banner Line, August 1, 1958 (No. 267), p. 6. Information should be checked with additional sources
W. L. Collin's One Ring Circus wants people in all branches. Riders with stock, singing and talking clown, musicians, and boss canvas and chandelier man. Address Ora Collins, Owensboro(?), Ky. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 223.
Notes from W. L. Collins' One Ring Circus. We opened at Owensboro, Ky., June ?, to a packed canvas and have been doing big business up to date. We are using a 90(?)ft. top, with two middle pieces. Everything is brand new from stake to pole. The following is the roster: W. L. Collins, sole owner; Ora Collins, manager . . . Sallie Davidson; Perl Alexander . . . Anderson Bros.; Frank Allen; the Nevins(?) . . . Prof. Davidson's(?) balloon show. . . . and Frank M. Pierce's orchestra. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.
W. L. Collins' One Ring Circus wants singing and talking clown, riders with stock, and other features, musicians, troupe of dogs. Sideshow privilege to let. Owensboro, Ky. Ora Collins. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 245.
Roster of W. L. Collin's Moral Show. Mlle. Jennette, Anderson Bros., the Martinoes(?), Hoddy(?) Bros. . . . Perry Cleveland, Fillmore and Adams, Rosehammer(?), Frank Allan and the Alexanders. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.
Wanted quick, for W. L. Collins' One Ring Circus. People in every line for circus and concert; also troupe of dogs and other trained animals, small band. Ora Collins, Owensboro, N.Y. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 338.
Wanted quick, for W. L. Collins' One Ring Circus, people in every line of circus and concert; also troupe of dogs and other trained animals. Small band. Ora Collins, Owensboro, Ky. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 355.
Did a season with Lee Bros Circus {Bob Atterbury} as a youngster in 1941, and a season with Stevens Bros Circus in 1946. Also worked on Clyde Bros Circus in the late 1940’s, and did 2 winters with James M. Cole 1n 1948 and 1949. Also worked with the Jay Gould Circus on Christmas shows and 2 summers before going in the Navy in 1950. Jay’s granddaughter was the swinging ladder performer, and we married each other. In a few months we will have been married for 60 years. Did a lot of performing for Williams and Lee Attractions out of St Paul, MN, mostly at Rodeos and county and regional fairs. - from Leo "Sonny" Albrecht
On the road, circuses: Cook's, Albany, KY Aug 7, B??dstown TN 8, Pall Mall 9, Jamestown 10 . . . New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 347.
On the road, circuses: Cook's, Glen Mary TN Aug 16, Helenwood 17 . . . Holly Hill KY 19. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.
Wintering in Kansas City . . . Jack Schiller, Dick Schiller and the Colemans, of the Cook and Barrett Show . . . Billboard, February 10, 1906, p. 20.
Holland's Big Wagon Show is about ready to open the campaign, and will tour Colorado early in the season, its purpose being to exhibit in the mountain towns ahead of Cook and Whitby's and the Ringling Bros., both of which have already contracted for that section of the country. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.
Cook & Wheatley [sic] is the name under which the Wallace Show is announced for the coming season. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.
Pueblo, Colorado. Right in the wake of the Raymond Show, which comes 9(?), the Cook & Whitby Circus is billed for 13(?). New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.
Denver, Colorado. At River Front Park . . . Cook & Whitby's Circus and Menagerie. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.
Pueblo, Colorado. Raymond's Circus showed to excellent business. Cook & Whitby's Circus is due __. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.
On the road, circuses: Cook & Whitby, Pueblo, Col. May 18, Colorado Springs, 19, Denver 20, 21. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.
On the road, circuses: Cook & Whitby, Fremont, Neb. June 3. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.
Notes from the World's Fair Aggregation. . . . Ringling Bros., F. J. Taylor, Cook & Whitby and Lemen Bros. have been moving us around some . . . We remain in Kansas six weeks. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.
Mr. and Mrs. Tony Ryder were suddently called away from the Cook & Whitby Shows . . . Mrs. Ryder's father . . . passed away at his home at Louisville, Ky. . . . New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
Cook & Whitby's Circus train of twenty-two cas was wrecked six miles below McGregor, Ia., July _. . . . Thirty horses were killed. One car contained fourteen horses and fifteen colored musicians. Every horse was killed outright, but every man escaped except two, one of whom was injured, perhaps fatally, the other slightly. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.
Cook & Whitby's English and American Circus have had two smashups. The first was at Richland Centre, Wis., July 7, when several cars were detached, and on the following morning at ___ McGill(?) Bridge, Ia., the train ran off the track, again ditching three cars of stock and killing twenty-five horses and injuring two so that they had to be shot. Two men were hurt, one being the circassian prince. The train was running at twenty miles an hour, and the accident was caused by the rails spreading. The show was unable to exhibit at Prairie Du Chien, Wis., and Maquoketa, Ia. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.
Wanted at once, for Cook & Whitby's Circus, bicycle act and sensational acts of all kinds for circus and concert. Long season. Address B. E. Wallace, Grayville, Ill., July 22, Olney 23, Newton 25, Mattoon 26. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 320.
Hugh C. Whiting and wife, and Little Pansy have severed their connection with the Cook & Whitby's Circus and are resting at their home, Chicago, for a few weeks. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
[Ad] The Sisters Onri, Adele Purvis Ouri, Rosa Lee Onri, double juggling on revolving globes. Adele on the swinging slack wire. Rosa, lady tumble. Now with Wallace & Co. Show, at liberty on or about Oct 15. Sisters Onri, care of Clipper. New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 416.
Dubuque, Iowa, July 8. Special Telegram. Cook and Whitby's circus train of twenty-two cars, en route from Prairie du Chien, Wis., to Maquoketa, Iowa, was passing Sny Magill, six miles below McGregor, at 2:45 o'clock, this morning, when a defective axle caused the forward truck of the first car to break. Five cars were ditched and thirty horses killed. In a car with fourteen horses were a band of colored musicians. Every horse in the car was killed outright, but all the negroes escaped except two, one of whom was hurt dangerously, the other not seriously. The loss falls upon the circus managers, as the train was running not faster than ten miles an hour and on a straight track. It will ruin the circus, and the manager, realizing this, rushed about the wreck with tears in his eyes, shouting "Just think of it! My fourteen best horses killed and every one of these darkies saved." Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), July 14, 1892, p. 1.
On the road, circuses: Cook & Whitbey's [sic] Des Moines, IA June 7, Council Bluffs 9. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
Des Moines, Iowa. Cook & Whitby Circus came to packed tents 7(?). New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.
On the road, circuses: Cook & Whitby's, Cheyene, Wyo. June 21(?). New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.
Leadville, Colorado. Cook & Whitby's Circus is billed for July 6(?). New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 251.
Council Bluffs, Iowa. Cook & Whitby's Circus drew large crowds June 9(?). Wm. Cobb, a veteran showman, has been engaged as press agent for this show. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 251.
St. Louis, Missouri. J. M.(?) Hamilton, contracting agent for Cook & Whitby's Circus, now in Nebraska, was here last week. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.
Cheyenne, Wyoming. Cook & Whitby's Circus did an immense business 31(?). New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 267.
On the road, circuses: Cook & Whitby's, Glenwood Springs Col. July 5, Leadville 6 . . . Trinidad 10, Pueblo 11, Colorado Springs 12, Denver 13-15. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.
On the road, circuses: Cook & Whitby's, Colorado Springs Col. July 12, Denver 13-15 . New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.
Denver, Colorado. Cook & Whitby's show will be at River Front Park, 13, 14, 15. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 299.
Pueblo, Colorado. Whitby & Cook's Circus is billed for 11. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 299.
Denver, Colorado. Cook & Whitby's Circus will hold forth 13, 14, 15. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 313.
The Black Hussar Band and Jubilee Singers are now engaged with Cook & Whitby's English and American Circus. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
Pueblo, Colorado. Cook & Whitby's Circus, which showed here 11, received scanty patronage. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 331.
Prof. and Mme. G. M. Castroni closed with the Cook & Whitby Circus at Denver, Col., July 1?. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.
Wheeling, West Virginia. After the afternoon performance of Cook & Whitby's Circus at Martins Ferry, O., ?. Wm. Wilson(?), ticket seller for the show, got into a dispute with several half grown boys, near the circus train, and finding himself outnumbered drew a revolver. Policeman Murphy attempted to arrest Wilson, when the latter shot the policeman, the ball entering the left side just below the heart, inflicting what proved to be a fatal wound. Wilson was arrested and placed in jail, but as there was talk of lynching, he was later removed to St. Clairsville, O., the county seat. Excitement ran high and all kinds of threats were made against the show's people. Acting upon the advice of the mayor, the circus people pulled stakes and left at eight o'clock for East Liverpool where they were booked the next day. The policeman died 4(?). New York Clipper, September 9, 1893, p. 429.
Steubenville, Ohio. Cook & Whitby's Circus came Aug. 31, pleasing large houses. Willie Halla(?) made a successful balloon ascension and parachute jumbp, alighting a half mile from the tents. New York Clipper, September 9, 1893, p. 431.
St. Louis, Missouri. J. ?. Hamilton, manager of Cook & Whitby's Circus, has been at the St. James for a week. New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 445.
It is very dubious about the Cook Bros.' Show going out this season. The show is in quarters at Trenton, N.J., in the stables of the Consumers' Ice Co. All the wagons are just as they were pulled in last summer when the show closed (they have been out in the open all winter). However, they are all in first-class shape, barring a coat of paint. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 29.
D. Clinton Cook, of Cook Bros.' Show last year, is not going out until next season. He was already framed for a wagon show, but at the last minute decided not to venture now. Billboard, April 20, 1918, p. 30.
Route, Coop & Lent Motorized Circus: Laporte, Ind., 29; South Bend 30; Goshen 31; Warsaw, June 1; Wabash 3; Huntington 4. Billboard, June 1, 1918, p. 47.
[Advertisement] Circle D. Ranch Wild West and Cooper Bros.' Famous Shows, 2 big shows combined. Miss Juanita Lake and her troupe of Arabian stallions. 250 people, 150 horses, twenty special cars. Buffalo Joe's Real Indian Hippodrome. See the Battle of Wounded Knee. Hawarden Independent (Hawarden, IA), May 28, 1914, n.p.n.
Bandwagon, November-December, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 6, pp. 16-29.
Bandwagon, January-February, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 1, pp. 30-40.
Bandwagon, March-April, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 2, pp. 22-32.
Call. All people engaged for Cooper & Carroll's New United Southern Railroad Shows. Report for rehearsal Monday, Sept. ?? at Medon(?), Madison County, Tenn. Cooper & Carroll. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 498.
The Three Gardner Bros. and John Morris have signed with Cooper & Carroll's United Southern Shows. Ed. C. Abbey will have charge of the advance corps. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 502.
Roster of Cooper & Carroll's New United Southern R. R. Shows. Cooper & Carroll, sole proprietors; A. C. Murrelle, manager; Al. Duray, equestrian director; Three Gardner Brothers . . . Al. Duray, Prof. Albert Hall, Decameron, John Morris, Bowen Bros. . . . Geo. E. Smart, leader of orchestra; Frank Ide, I. W. Watson . . . W. E. Collier . . . Bert Wittier, Baker and Bart(?), Morris and Oscar Willey. We opened at Medon, Tenn., Oct 3(?), and gave two performances to crowded houses. The band is a big feature in our parade. At Jackson, Tenn., we had to turn people away. We have an elegant sleeper, one baggage and one flat car. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 535.
On the road, circuses: Cooper & Carroll's, Landerdale, Miss. Nov 4, Meridian, 5(?)-7(?). New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 589.
Notes from Cooper & Carroll's New United Southern Shows. This is our fifth week out, and business has been exceptionally good. At Columbus, Miss., the capacity of the canvas was put to a test. The weather continues fine, and we are heading for Mobile, and then go into Florida for the winter. Manager Murrelle left Oct. 30 for Meridan, to attend the Forepaugh Show. He intends buying an elephant, a band wagon, two baggage wagons and flat cars. I. N. Fisk has secured the sideshow and candy privileges, which add considerable to the amount of canvas already spread. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 593.
Wanted, for Cooper & Carroll's Southern Shows. Performers in all branches of the circus business, including a good clown; also wanted, a first class agent. All winter engagement. Address Cooper & Carroll, Vicksburg, Miss. Nov. 11-14, Delhi, La., 17, Monroe 18, 19. New York Clipper, November 14, 1891, p. 612.
Master Decameo has closed with Cooper & Carroll's Southern Shows and joined hands with Phil Allen. The team are doing a double trapeze Mexican ladder act with D. R. P. Nelson's Medicine Co. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.
On the road, circuses: Cooper & Carroll's, Lafayette, La. Dec 9, 10, Beaumont, Tex. 14, Houston 18-19. New York Clipper, December 12, 1891, p. 669.
Houston, Texas. Cooper & Carroll's Circus opened 14(?) for four days. New York Clipper, December 26, 1891, p. 708.
The Cooper & Carroll Circus collapsed at La Grange, Tex., Dec. 23, after a very turbulent season, under the direction of Manager Murrelle. The ___ story of delayed salaries, unpaid board bills, etc., is told by the stranded company. New York Clipper, January 9, 1892, p. 728.
Call. People engaged for Cooper & Rodden's Combined Shows report for rehearsal at Des Moines, Iowa, Aug. 1?. Wanted, musicians that double in orchestra; also trapeze team, lady and gent, or any novel act for big show or concert. Long season. Cooper & Rodden, ___ Sixth Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 369.
Cooper & Rodden's Great R. R. Show. Wanted for long season South, performers of all kinds (except riders), singling clown, principal leaper, iron jaw lady, lady for wire act that does single trapeze, double song and dance team and serio comic for concert. White band, 6 or 7 men for siedshow. Per route: Lineville, Ia. Sep 2, Princeton Mo. Sep 3, Trenton Mo. Sep 5, Jamesport Mo. Sep 6, Gallatin Mr. Sep 7, Winston Mo 8, Maysville Mo. 9, St. Joseph Mo. 10, Troy, Kas. Sep 12. New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 418.
Hattie and Joe Richard did their double trapeze act over the lake at Zoo Park, Springfield, Mo. They finished their two weeks' work, and joined the Cooper & Rodden Show at Des Moines, Ia. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.
Cooper & Roddon's Show is reported to have closed at Clinton, Mo., Oct. 1. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 507.
• Information on the 1888 W. C. Coup's educated horses show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 2, pp. 38-41.
• Information on the 1890 W. C. Coup's Equescurriculum show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 1, p. 54.
Advertisement: Crane & Co.'s Great Oriental Circus. 200 Men and Horses, Children and Ponies, Requiring 40 carriages to convey the Performers, Musicians, &c. Dragon Chariot, drawn by ten camels. Fairy Chariot, devoted to the conveyance of the Juvenile Corps. and drawn by 12 diminutive Ponies. M'lle Rosa, the first female artist in Europe and America; Joe Pentland, clown of all clowns; Mr. H. P. Madigan, the great Equestrian, Mr. H. Gardner, celebrated Dramatic Horseman; Mr. Liming, trick clown; Sig. Bliss, contortionist; Messrs. Murry and Reed, acrobats. Pet Pony, Don Juan, will dance, waltz. The Charioteer's Dilema, the grand object of introducing the camels, to enable the Managers to produce the Oriental Pageant of the Arab Slave, or the Sultan's Halt in the Desert. Tioga Eagle (Wellsboro, PA), September 30, 1850.
Crane & Co.'s Great Oriental Circus will perform June 18 and 19, corner of Washington avenue and Ninth street. Equestrian manager, Mr. John Shay. Among the talent is Mlle. Rosa, female equestrian; Joe Pentland, U.S.A. clonw; T. M. Williams, herculean and cannon-ball performer; H. A. Gardner and H. P. Madigan, riders and gymnasts; Wm. Armstrong, A. F. Liming, J. Murray, D. Reed(?), Sig Bliss, etc. Program: Grand entree. La Tranca, T. Williams, act of horsemanship by Master Armstrong, grand carpet leaps by the company led by H. Gardner; twin ponies Damon and Pythias; Don Juan and Diamond, introduced by J. B. Shay; act of changes by M. A. Gardner; posturing by Liming and Bliss; principal act by Mlle. Rosa; slack rope by Mr. Liming; pageant of the Sultan's Halt in the Desert; cannon-ball feats by T. H. Williams . . . New York Clipper, April 14, 1877, p. 21.
Article on the 1946-48 seasons is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1970 (scroll down or use find).
Some of the male members of the D'Alma & Stone Circus crossed bats with the Patton, Pa. baseball club last week, ___ them by a score of 15 to 4(?). The D'Alma-Stone Battery were Lon Livingstone and Joseph Kennedy. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
Morris and McCune(?), triple bar performers, have signed with the Guy Bros.' Minstrels. They are now with D'Alma & Stone's Circus. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 365.
1890: Wanted band of eight pieces for Great American Circus, write as per route: Camden, Sept. 16, Pine Bluff, Ark, 17, Brinkley, 19, Memphis 2?. Dearley, O'Brien & French. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 431.
1890: Memphis, Tennessee. De Arley, O'Brien & French's Circus gave two performances. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 467.
1890: The Cathcarts, Maurice and Jessie, are touring the South with the O'Brien, French & De Arley Railroad Circus. The team have signed with Dick Sutton's Circus for next season. New York Clipper, October 11, 1890, 487.
1890: Notes from the Great American Railroad Show. This show has twelve cars, thirty-five head of horses, a one hundred and ten foot round top with three fifty foot middle pieces, and eighty foot menagerie, with two thirty foot middle pieces, a sixty by eighty foot side show with ten cages, chariots and band wagons. Ever since Aug. 13 we have been doing a tremendous business. The man in white appears every Sunday. Pop De Arley handles the cash in his old time easy manner. F.(P.?) E. Davis will handle the advance during the winter season, as he has so successfully done since the show started out. He has as his assistant S. M. Felton, with fifteen billposters and lithographers. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 568.
1890: The Cathcarts, Maurice and Jessie, left the Great American Circus at Savannah, Ga., Nov. 16(?). They will make New Orleans their winter home. Maurice opened at Eugene Robinson's Museum, New Orleans, 20, and will then go to Weinger's Garden for the balance of the season. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 613.
1891: Wanted for the Great American Circus, performers, riders, curiosities for sideshow, musicians, billposters, contractors, boss canvasman, master of transportation and train men and four and six horse dirvers. Privileges and candy stands to let to responsible parties only. Open at New Orleans Feb. 14. Take the road March 16. Address De Arley & O'Brien, Lafayette Hotel, New Orleans, La. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 763.
1891: The Great American Circus (O'Brien & DeArley's) is on Bayou Teche, La. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.
1891: Wanted, for a long season South, sideshow curiosities, circassian to handle snakes, also good magician who does Punch or talking figures. Would like to hear from Spaff Hyman, Boucher(?) and Burch. Wire to De Arley & O'Brien, Rentz's Circus, Franklin, Ind. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 357.
1890: Professional's Bureau, Circuses: W. W. Davis & Co.'s Railroad Shows. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.
1890: Wm. W. Davis & Co.'s R. R. Shows, Circus, Museum and Menagerie. Wanted, good strong ring specialties, male and female riders, lady gymnasts, first class sideshow freaks . . . Two bands of ten pieces, white and colored. Address Wm. Davis & Co., ___ North Main Street, Cincinnati, Ohio. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 224
1890: Archie Royer is still manager of Davis & Co.'s Great Western Show, and is doing nicely. He expects to take a specialty show on the road in September. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
1890: Archie Royer writes that Davis & Co.' Great Western Show went to pieces at Elkland, Pa., June 16(?). New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 295.
1885: Charles L. Davis, manager of Davis' circus, was lying on a bed in a room of the Southern Hotel, New Orleans, on last Wednesday night. His wife and her nephew were in the room at the time; he was playing with two pistols, when one was suddenly discharged, shooting Mrs. Davis in the breast. Her nephew ran out for assistance, and when the proprietor entered, he found Mrs. Davis lying dead upon the bed, and her husband was bending over her. He went to pick up the revolver that was lying beside her, but Mr. Davis seized it, and shot himself before the proprietor could interfere. Mrs. Davis was a very beautiful lady, and she and her husband always seemed to live happily together; yet some doubt is expressed as to whether the shooting was really accidental. Indiana (PA) Weekly Progress, December 3, 1885.
1885: New Orleans, Nov. 27. - Testimony taken by the coroner in the Davis double tragedy shows the killing of Mrs. Davis was purely accidental. Craft, the nephew, who was the only witness of the shooting, says Davis was extricating cartridges from a revolver, when it exploded, and a number of loaded shells found on the bed confirm this, and the missing revolver was found on the bed under the dead woman's body. . . . Three thousand dollars worth of diamonds and other valuables were found in the room, showing that Davis was not in reduced circumstances as reported. Both were from Cincinnati where they have relatives. The bodies will be sent to Maysville, Ky., where Davis was born. Newark (OH) Daily Advocate, November 27, 1885.
1893: Wanted, for season of 1894. F. E. Davis' Mammoth Empire Shows, Museum, Menagerie and Roman hippodrome, riders, gymnasts, acrobats, wire walkers, rope balancers, aerial artists, concert people, etc., boss canvas man, boss hustler [sic], six and eight horse drivers, chandelier man, two and four horse chariot drivers, Roman standing riders, etc. A long season. Show opens in February. Address F. E. Davis, No. 162, Paydras(?) Street, New Orleans, La. New York Clipper, December 23, 1893, p. 681.
1894: F. E. Davis, proprietor of the "Empire Show," shipped several carload of circus material from Chicago to New Orleans, where the show opens about Feb. ??. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 803.
1894: The F. E. Davis Mammoth Empire Shows gave their opening performance at Algiers, La., March 1. Roster: F. E. Davis, sole proprietor and manager; Charles Andrews, business manager; Harry Show(?), treasurer; Chas. O'Dell(?), equestrian director; A. J. Willis(?), general railroad contractor; Harry Lee Gendre(?), band master; Frank Shaffer, superintendent of privileges; Max Arnold, superintendent of canvas; Frank La Vigne(?), boss hostler; O. H. Parsons, cook; J. T. McLain, charge of side show; Frank Rose(?), lecturer of side show . . . Performers: William Melrose, principal comersault and jockey rider; Mohring Bros., acrobats, principal leapers and tumblers; Frank V. Miller and wife, jockey and double carrying act; R. J. Oatman, trained horses, ponies and comic mules; Mme. Lulu, trick horses and ponies; Madeline Murray, menage rider . . . Hattie Scott, flying rings; Mollie Le Gendre, juggling on slack wire; the Richards, aerial performers . . . Mr. O'Brien, Irish clown; Chas. W. Odell, four horse rider; Mme. Verona, bareback equestrienne; Daniels and Forrest(?), flying act; Skerbeck Family (seven in number), aerialists . . . and Willie Sarabo, Arabian contortionist. The band is composed of the following musicians: Prof. Harry Le Gendre, band master . . . Chas. Carroll, J. Young . . . Chris Schley, A. Hebert, C. J. Le Gendre, L. J. Troue, J. Eckstein, J. J. Kuhn, H. Collins . . . C. Smith and A. Brandon. Side show as follows: La Belle Pauline, Sig. Skerbeck, Mollie Cavelier, Mme. Andress, Nero man ape, and Lilile Montrose(?). The side show is under the supervision of Prof. Chas. Andress; James Rourk(?) in charge of the elephant, Empress. Hippodrome people: Ollie Menard, Misses Cavelier, Scott and Richards, jockey riders; O'Dell and Mme. Nelson, charioteers, and Edwards, Williams and Fields(?), standing races. It has rained every day since our opening, but business continues good. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.
1894: Circuses, on the road: F. E. Davis, New Orleans LA, April 2-7. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 66.
1894: Manager Sprague, of the Empire Show Printing Co., departed for New Orleans, La. ?, to rescue their elephant Empress, from the hands of the sheriff. E. F. Davis' Empire Circus was attached in that city on that date, and the elephant was part of the paraphernalia. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 83.
1894: On the road, circuses: F. E. Davis, Jackson TN May 3-8(?), Cairo IL 7, 8, . . . East St. Louis 10-12. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 130.
1894: The F. E. Davis Show, after closing at New Orleans, La., for two weeks, for the purpose of reorganizing, opened again in that city April ??, with the following people: F. E. Davis, proprietor and manager; Harry Shaw, treasurer; T. J. Oatman, equestrian director, with trick horses, ponies and mules . . . and William Mohring, principal tumbler and acrobats . . . Master Harry Mohring . . . Madeline Murray, horse "Monarch(?)," and trick menage . . . Prof. Chas. Andress, in charge of sideshow. . . . New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.
1900: With the Ed. F. Davis Shows - three La Rue Brothers; Welcome & Forepaw; Bernard Orton; Moore & Gilmoore Family; the Asbys; Mable Hall, with her manage horse "King." Robert Emmons has a good animal act with his two steers, a burro, a pony, a mule and a high-strung horse. The show has been refitted this season, and everything is new; the stock is in eleant condition also. Owing to rain, snow and cold weather playing in opposition, the show's business at first was nothing to brag of, but since leaving Kalamazoo matters have taken a different turn, and now everything points to a very successful season.Billboard, June 9, 1900, p. 5.
1900: Chicago, Ill. June 13. - The reserved seats section in the Ed. F. Davis Circus, at Fifty-fifth street and Kimbark avenue, fell last night during the performance, and fourteen persons were injured. Only one was hurt seriously, the other injuries being confined to scratches and bruises. . . . Many women and children fainted from fright, and were trampled under foot by the crowd rushing to escape from the tent. The reserved seat section had a capacity of 200, and those who sat on the collapsed side declare that people were crowded on it until it fell from the weight. This is denied by representatives of Davis.
The tent was packed when the hour for opening arrived, at 8 o'clock. The band had scarcely finished the overture when people sitting in the east reserved portion felt the structure sway and tremble under them. A woman shrieked, and then the whole section collapsed. In an instant there was confusion. Women fainted, some men turned pale, while others hurried across the ring to assist in carrying out the victims from the wreck. An alarm was sent to the Hyde Park Police Station, and two wagons and an ambulance were quickly on the scene.
The band had stopped abruptly, but as the wreckage was removed and it was known no lives were lost, the bandmaster gave the signal and the musicians struck up a lively air. Quick work by the canvasmen and the police cleared the space occupied formerly by the reserved portion. A futile effort was made to continue the performance, but the crowd would have none of it. Finally, the main lights were turned out, and the work of tearing down the tents begun. By this time a mob of boys and men surrounded the tent, demanding their money back, and became so threatening that Sergt. Bagnelis(?) was compelled to send for more police to control the crowd. . . . The same circus had a collapse of the reserved seat section last week in South Chicago. Several persons were hurt at that time.
Chicago, June 14 - E. F. Davis, proprietor of the Davis Circus Company, failed to appear and surrender himself at the Hyde Park Police Station to-day. Davis is charged with criminal carelessness in warrants sworn out by Attorney P. F. Ryan, representing a score of persons recentlyinjured in the falling of the arena seats during the performance of the circus at South Chicago and again at Fifty-fifth street and Kimbark avenue. Davis' lawyer, whose name is witheld, called at the police station yesterday and assured Inspector Hunt that Davis would surrender himself to-day. At 1 o'clock this afternoon Capt. Madden of the Hyde Park Police Station detailed detectives to arrest Davis. It is believed that the circus will attempt to show on the north side to-night, and the police of the city have been ordered to prevent its opening, as two accidents and three riots as a result of its performances during the last ten days have convinced Chief K??ley that the show is not compatible with public safety.
The Ed. F. Davis Shows were refused a license after the seats fell down for the second time in Chicago. The show was shipped out of town without molestation. Billboard, June 23, 1900, p. 5.
1900: The Ed. F. Davis Shows have got in running order again. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.
1900: L. S. Thompson is now general agent of the Ed. F. Davis Shows, succeeding De Forrest Davis, retired. Billboard, July 7, 1900, p. 5.
1900: Ed. F. Davis writes that he has closed. The season ended at Kalamazoo on July 10, with a performance under the auspices of the Elks. Billboard, July 21, 1900.
1900: Ed. F. Davis writes that he got the show home intact, that he has settled with his actors and musicians and that the circus will go out again next spring, but on a different scale. Billboard, August 4, 1900.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Davis Bros. - 1911 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911
Following are some of the acts which will be seen with the Davis Bros.' New Wagon Shows that will open about May 1: Barth and Barth, aerialists; Col. Straub and his dogs; Adams and Mack, acrobats; Kotaro, Japanese wire artist and foot juggler; Kid Clark, clown. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
1911: Norwalk, Ohio. W. A. Roscoe returned from a sucessful season in charge of the publicity department of Davis Brothers' circus. New York Dramatic Mirror, September 27, 1911, p. 21.
1918: Toledo, O., Jan. 5. Charles Davis, of Davis Bros.' Circus and Carnival fame, is here for the winter. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 31.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Homer Davis' - 1879
Homer Davis' New Show opens in Connersville, Ind., May 17, with John Wood, agent; H. E. Frazer, treasurer; Harry King, equestrian director. Show has ten ring horses. After playing Indiana the show will take to the water in Toledo and tour the lakes. New York Clipper, May 17, 1879, p. 63. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dayolheasala’s Imperial - 1902 (Canada)
An article on the 1902 show is online in Bandwagon, December 1944 (scroll down).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dawn Bros. Circus - 1973 or '74 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1967-1972
Don Bridwell and Fred Marco announced they were to revive Bridwell's show, Dawn Bros. Circus for 1974. Planned to tour indoor dates in the East and Midwest. Bridwell used the Dawn Bros. Circus title in 1967. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 33, 1973, p. 7. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dawson Bros. Wild West - 1908 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908
Dawson's Brothers' Wild West Show report good business since the opening April 16. Roster: James Dawson, proprietor and manager; Elmore and Wallace, double riders; Chas. Wallace, Master Peter Voltz, Earl Derby, Bertha Derby, Loretta Derby and Master John Mason. The show will close its season October 10 at Carrollton, Ky., and ship to winter quarters at Connersville, Ind. Billboard, October 10, 1908, p. 20.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dean & Pell's - 1873
Dissolution of partnership. The firm of Levi J. North and A. J. Dean & Co.'s Circus of All Nations, Trained Animals and Pantomime Exhibition is dissolved by the withdrawl of Mr. Levi J. North. The business of the above will be continued under the title of A. J. Dean and Chas. C. Pell, sole proprietors. People engaged for the above show will report at Jersey City by May 5 for rehearsals. Wanted, about May 5, ten men to work on canvas. Apply at 112 Pavoni avenue. A. J. Dean, Chas. C. Pell, proprietors. New York Clipper, May 3, 1873, p. 35.
People engaged for North, Dean & Company's Circus are informed that the season will commence at Jersey City, N.J., about May 10. New York Clipper, May 3, 1873, p. 35.
Dean & Pell's Circus of All Nations exhibited at Rondout, N.Y., May 26, Saugerties 27, Catskill 28, Hudson 29 . . . New York Clipper, June 7, 1873, p. 79.
J. H. Laine, treasurer, and William Ducrow, equestrian director, of Dean & Pell's Circus of All Nations, will sail for Central and South America at the close of the present tenting season. New York Clipper, June 14, 1873, p. 83.
Charles Mathews and Belle Celeste, aerial gymnasts, also Julian Kent, clown, joined Pell & Dean's Circus of All Nations at Albany, N.Y., recently. New York Clipper, June 14, 1873, p. 87.
William Collins, clown with A. J. Dean's Circus of All Nations, will start on the road early in November with a burlesque, minstrel and variety troupe. New York Clipper, September 13, 1873, p. 191.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Al Dean's Circus - 1945-46 Show is listed for 1945 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and for 1945-46 in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
1945: Los Angeles, May 26. - Two more circuses took to the road from here this week and last . . . Al Dean's Circus in Lynwood Friday (25). . . . Billboard, June 2, 1945, p. 44.
1945: Los Angeles, June 9. - Forrest Freeland, of Al Dean's Circus, after planing to play around this neck of the woods all summer, pulled stakes and took the show to Uplands, a 60-mile jump from here, following two days (5-6) in Hawthorne. Show will play only California, according to latest reports, but plans to go as far north as San Jose. Dean's picked up good business for three days in Inglewood last week-end (1-3). Poodles and Gracie Hanneford closed with the Dean show to keep picture dates. Charlie Bathe, clown, also closed. Billboard, June 16, 1945, p. 47.
1945: Los Angeles, June 16. - . . . Al Dean's Circus is moving to the San Bernardino area. . . . Moving out this week, but back in town to make arrangements, Forrest Freeland, who has the Al Dean show, said that he would paly Colton and Redlands, the latter date a Friday, Saturday and Sunday run. Dates following include Beaumont on Monday and Banning on Tuesday. Whether Freeland is switching to a one-day stand policy as over his previous one of two and three days, he would not say. The Canestrellis are still with the Dean show, with La Tosca in the featured spot. Poodles and Gracie Hanneford have finished their movie shots and there is a possibilty they will join the show again. Billboard, June 23, 1945, p. 44.
1946: Los Angeles, March 30. - . . . Yet to bow is the Al Dean Circus, headed by Forrest Freeland . . . Billboard, April 6, 1946, p. 73.
1946: Dainty, bespangled equestriennes, flashing acrobats, performing elephants, blaring brass bands and funny clowns along with all the wonders at the big Al Dean Circus are coming to Torrance, all enlisted in the cause of the new Torrance Kiwanis Club Boys' Band. The big show will be here for a two-day engagement and will present four performances under the mammoth tent on the showgrounds at Cabrillo ave., near Carson, on Thursday and Friday, May 9th and 10th. Performances will be presented afternoon
and night at 2:30 and 8:15. . . .
Betty Miles is one of the stars of the Al Dean Circus, Betty has been seen in many moving pictures with, her famous trick horse, "Sonny," an amazing horse with almost human intelligence. "Sonny" can count, dance, march, perform menage and, other unusual routines. Betty trained the horse herself at her ranch in Sepulveda, California. She has appeared as a featured attraction in circuses and on theatre stages from coast to coast. Another brilliant and beautiful feminine equestrienne starred on the big show programs is Gracie Hanneford, youthful bareback riding queen who appears with her father, "Poodles" Hanneford. "Poodles" is known throughout the entire circus world for being the greatest bareback riding comedian of all time. Gracie is just twenty-two years old and has been on the backs of circus horses almost since the, day she was born. She can execute ballet and rhumba dances on the backs of running horses with the grace and beauty of a ballroom dance star. Her bareback routines are packed with thrilling acrobatics too - audiences gasp as she performs daring stunts on her father's shoulders while he stands upright on two running ring horses.
Penny Parker is the clown with the rubber bones. He can twist his body into all kinds of shapes as if his joints were all two-way hinges. Penny has been featured in almost every big circus in the world. When he his legs crossed behind his head, he looks like a human pretzel. For all of the crazy antics he performs, he is a real artist at creating side splitting [unreadable text] Penny produces all the big clown number in the program of the Al Dean circus.
The big show has more than twenty-five giant displays featuring such attractions as Bonnie, the motion picture elephant; Tarzan, the human ape; Woch's performing dogs and ponies; Miss Linda, petite and daring feminine aerial star; Cy Otis and His comedy mule and many other novelties and thrills. Torrance Herald (Torrance, CA), May 2, 1946, p. 4-A.
1946: Los Angeles, Jun 29. Al Dean Circus, one-ring org, which has been playing auspices around Los Angeles, has been declared nationally "unfair" by the American Guild of Variety Artists. The show, owned and operated by Forrest Freeland, is charged by AGVA with dismissing the Jumping Jacks, an acrobatic act, and refusing to pay the troupe $150 in back salaries owed. Freeland stated that . . . only one of the acrobatic trio, Bob Perry, was with the Dean show this year and that the beef was evidently an outgrowth of the show's financial troubles of last year. According to Freeland, Perry was paid $40 per day whenever he worked and was paid for every day except for the last date at Upland, Calif., where the show closed last month. Freeland also stated that he has been making payments on the money due the original troupe for last season's booking and that not more than $60 is still unpaid. The show, now in the barn for the second time this season, is undergoing reorganization and according to Freeland, will hit the road again in July. Billboard, July 6, 1946, p. 75.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeBesque's London Show - 1888 or DeBeque's; DeBesque's listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888
Show was billed for Fayetteville, Arkansas, October 15, 16, but went to pieces in Missouri. New York Clipper, October 27, 1888, p. 527. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
De Bonnaire's - 1885, 1891-92, 1894
1885: DeBonnair's railroad show is billed for Muskogee, Sept. 12th, all under one large tent. By the looks of the bills, it ought to be a good show. They have no menagerie, just give a circus performance. They will visit all the principal towns along the road. Indian Journal (Muskogee, OK), September 10, 1885, n.p.n.
1891: For sale, cheap. One flat car, . . . bareback horses . . . elephant ???, a lot of other wardrobe. Also desire a partner for a neat wagon show for the coming season of 1892. Jeanette De Bonnaire, Crawford County, Kansas. New York Clipper, December 26, 1891, p. 706.
1892:
Wanted, for De Bonnaires' United Wagons Shows, people in all branches of the circus business for every department. Privileges to let; also one 60ft. combination and one 35ft. flat car for sale. Jeannette De Bonnaire, Pittsburg, Crawford County, Kas. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 14.
S.(?) P. Bowman has the sideshow privilege with De Bonnaire's United Shows, Ancient Caravan and Monster Museum. Among the features already engaged are: S. P. Bowman, manager; Jennie Bowman; Nina ???; Kate De Bonnaire; Col. Stoddard; Zamo, Zulu chief; Armelo(?) Bedo; the mastodon double hump camel Bush(?); a cage of monkeys; four pair living vampires. a 60ft. round top, with a 30ft. middle piece, in charge of Buck Davin, with two assistants; a front of fourteen Tucker Bro. paintings. The show opens Mar 5 at Pittsburg, Kan., for three days. Jennie Bowman, with her dog circus, has signed. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
Wanted, for the Great Parisian Shows, musicians, good general performers who can ??? in leaps and tumble. Sideshow and other privileges to let on percentage; also two sixty feet flat cars for sale. Jeannette De Bonnaire, manager, Pittsburg, Kansas. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 254.
• Information on the 1892 Great Parisian show (De Bonnaire) is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 34-35.
1894: Jeanette De Bonnaire offers a wagon show for lease. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 126.
1877: Jennetta De Bonnaire, double trapeze artist and serio-comic singer, can be engaged. New York Clipper, July 7, 1877, p. 18.
1900 Michigan Census, 114 Macomb street, Ward 3, Detroit, Wayne County
DeBonnaire, Jennie; head; born May 1861; age 39; married 8 years, no children; born IN, father born VA, mother born OH; no occupation, rents house.
DeBonnaire, Lewis; boarder; b. Nov 1858; age 42; married 8 years; born NJ; father born NY, mother born NJ; occupation showman.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
De Cooper's - 1891
Wanted, circus, sideshow and concert people, all except riders, also a troupe of trick dogs. All people must do two or more acts. Those playing brass perferred. Long engagement and fair salaries to good people. Show opens June 20. Privileges for sale. Address Prof. De Cooper, proprietor and manager, King of the Road and Rail and Air Ship Co., 134 W. Federal Street, Youngstown, O. P. S. For sale, full set of scenery painted in oil. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 240.
Dan C. Manning, principal clown; Ida Bailey and Manning and dogs, late of Bailey's London Circus, have signed with Prof. De Cooper's Circus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Deery's - 1865 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1865
Deery's World Circus was at Franklin, Pennsylvania on June 22, 1865. Bannerline, February 1, 1954, p. 6.
Information on the 1865 "affray" at Franklin, PA, June 22 in White Tops, Sept-Oct-Nov, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 10, 11, 12, p. 11.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
George W. De Haven's - 1860, 1879 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1860-1870, 1880-81, 1887
1860: De Haven's Great Union Circus . . . Friday and Saturday, May 18 and 19. Our Grand Entree into the arena, will be introduced by an act entitled The Poet's Dream, or, the Bedouins Camping, with their suberb steeds, on the Arabian desert. Mark the proud galaxy of noted stars: Oliver Bell, Hiram Marks, Billy Sparks, Washin'n DeHaven, Thos. Williams, P. H. Seamon, Henry Morrasy, Mast. Fred Warner, Mast. Chas. Clark, Herr Kline, Ellsler Brothers,Mrs. P. H. Seamon. M'lle Louise, the pride of the American arena, Tom Burgess, the great Southern clown, Shakesperian and original Pete Jenkins. Charley H. Huntington, the great American clown, comic pantomimist and grotesque pasturer. And those quadrupedal celebrities, Floating Cloud and Starlight. . . . C. C. Schucer, gen'l agent. [Advertisement] Milwaukee Sentinel (Milwaukee, WI), May 15, 1860, p. 1.
• Information on the 1865 Geo. W. DeHaven & Co.'s United Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, pp. 70-72.
• Information on the 1866 Geo. W. DeHaven & Co.'s Imperial Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 1, p. 45.
1879:
De Haven's Circus, with James Robinson as the principal feature, closed a nine days' ___ at St. Louis. New York Clipper, October 11, 1879, p. 227.
George W. De Haven's Circus, of which James Robinson was a feature, gave its last performance Oct. 11 in Hodge's Park, Ill. James Robinson left with a party of friends for Northwestern Missouri on a deer hunt. The company was reorganized, and started for Commerce, Mo., 13. Among the present company are Charles Lowery, Charles Orville, R. Walcott, Wm. Reynolds, Charles N. Devere, Freligh(?) Caldwell, John Trewalla, John Kershan, Clarence Robinson, Thomas Burton, S. W. Norris, J. G. Newton, Oliver Dodge, Julius Robins, Robt. T. Butler, Wm. Bell, Arthur Murray, John ___, and Dr. G. A. Kane. The circus has been traveling by rail, but took wagons at Hodge's Park, Ill. New York Clipper, October 25, 1879, p. 243.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
De Haven circus - 1887-88
1887: The DeHaven circus and menagerie began two weeks' exhibitions in this city last night. The ten electric lights cast an almost daylight brillancy over the tents, and was more pleasing than the old-fashioned dim kerosene lights. The menagerie is very complete. The circus is well arranged as to seats and rings. San Antonio Daily Light (San Antonio, TX), December 20, 1887, n.p.n.
1888: The De Haven 10-cent circus and menagerie has had its tent pitched on Post Office street since Monday, but has not yet commenced its performance. It is the same show that was run out of Galveston by the big fire of 1885, except that it has been enlarged and improved. The delay in opening has been caused by the bad weather. The first performance will be given tomorrow afternoon, after which exhibitions will be given for a week. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), January 27, 1888, p. 8.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeHaw's Show - 1887
[Advertisement] Wants a three brother act, barrel kicker and juggler. New York Clipper, August 20, 1887, p. 359. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeHoman Bros. - 1910, 1916 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911
1910: DeHoman Bros. Sensational Circus. 10 big feature acts, 10 funny clowns. One night only, July 18th. Big free attraction 7 p.m. Prices 10 and 20c. [Advertisement] Hempstead Sentinel (Hempstead, NY), July 14, 1910, p. 4.
1916: Reading, Pa., Oct. 19. The De Homan Bros.' Circus has closed a successful season of eighteen weeks, and manager De Homan says the show will go out again next season. He expects to enlarge the outfit during the winter. Billboard, October 28, 1916, p. 64.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Delavan - 1889 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885-88
Wanted, for the New England Amphitheatre and Circus Company for 1880, ring and stage performers, scene riders with stock, and double trapeze artists. Brother acts, bar performers, contortionists, wire walkers and jugglers, singing clowns, serio-comic, Dutch and Irish comedians, sketch artists, musical teams and black face song and dance artists. Want also to hear from combinations, stars, variety, minstrels, comedy and comic opera companies with repertoire. Open road season May 6. Address T. H. Delavan, Meriden, Ct. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 23, 1889, p. 808.
Want to sell one-half interest in my circus; eighth successful season opens July 1; will sell one-half for $1,200, $800 cash down, balance 60 days; tent seats 2,500 people; partner to sell tickets and act as treasurer. Address T. H. Delavan, Delavan Opera House, Meriden, Conn. [Advertisement] Boston Globe (Boston, MA), June 23, 1889, p. 15.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Delavan, Adams & Palmer's Tent Specialty Show - 1884
C. B. Palmer sold his interest in the show to Mr. Hicks. New York Clipper, June 7, 1884, p. 182. Showed in Pawtucket, Rhode Island. New York Clipper, July 26, 1884, p. 299. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeLeon's Circus - 1886 Leon DeLeon's Circus (Havana)
Advertised for circus acts. New York Clipper, July 3, 1886, pp. 251, 252. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dell Knowlton's Pavilion Show - 1887
Advertised for bar performers, outside ascension, cornetist, etc. New York Clipper, June 11, 1887, pp. 199, 206. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Demarest's - 1918
Barney Demarest is preparing for the coming season and with his two-car show will have many features. The white standard bred trotting mare, Sunshine, bought by Mr. Demarest from Joe Greer, Bloomington, Wis., will be one of the features, doing a posing and high school act with Demarest's Horse Show and Wild West Shows Combined. Last year this animal was ridden by Etta Meyers with the Walter L. Main Shows. Billboard, November 16, 1918, p. 26.
Demarest's Horse Show and Wild West Shows Combined, 1919-20 season, a two 70-foot car show. Wanted, people in all branches. Performers must do two or more acts. Want two lady high school and high jumping horse riders. No horses wanted. Show owns its own stock. Opens early in April, Newark, N.J. Would buy small elephant. This is a summer and winter show. Barney H. Demarest, general manager, Newark, N.J. [Advertisement] Billboard, November 16, 1918, p. 27.
Barney H. Demarest has decided to enlarge his show the coming season, and the title will be changed to Demarest Bros.' Circus and Wild West Shows Combined. Mr. Demarest has just purchased five black stallions that do a high school and liberty act. The act will be worked by a lady. Mr Demarest will act as general manager and Chas. P. Farrington as general agent. Billboard, November 30, 1918, p. 54.
It is learned that Sig Sautelle, veteran circus man, has decided to get into official harness again and has formed a partnership with Barney H. Demarest for putting out a circus and Wild West combined. The title will be Sig Sautelle's Circus and Demarest Bros.' Wild West Combined. Charles P. Farrington will be general agent. Billboard, December 7, 1918, p. 52.
See Sig. Sautelle's.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeMott & Ward's - 1868
Brief information on an 1868 "affray" on this show at Lawrenceburg. Show was afterward to be in Florence, Kentucky, September 1st; Covington, 2nd; and Newport, 3d. In White Tops, Sept-Oct-Nov, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 10, 11, 12, p. 11.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeMott's Combined Shows - 1911-14 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-12
1911: Preparations for the coming season are going on at DeMott's Combined Show's headquarters near Tower, Mich. New animals have been added to the menagerie, the latest a young buck elk, to be broken to harness. Prof. Frank Caswell, contortionist, has again been signed, also M. L. Bisbee, horizontal bar and equilibrist. Billboard, March 11, 1911, p. 21.
1912: DeMott's Combined Shows. C. A. and I. K. DeMott, props.; Chester A. DeMott, mgr.; Isabella K. DeMott, treas.; Chas. Schoolcraft, advance press agent; Mrs. Chester A. DeMott, press agent back with show; Mark L. Bisbee, musical director; Harrison J. DeMott, supt. reserved seat tickets; Oscar DeMott, supt. canvas; R. E. Beuney Sr., boss hostler; Lew Doremeir, supt. properties; Chas. Hilliker, supt. working crew; Lester O. DeMett, supt. animals. Show opens at Morley, Mich., May 10. Billboard, March 23, 1912, p. 97.
1913: Wanted, to join DeMott's Combined Shows. Cornet, baritone, tuba, sketch team, song and dance people, acrobats, etc. Wagon shows. Eat on lot, sleep in wagon cars. Show opens May 20, Epsilon, Mich. Address Chester A. DeMott, manager. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 17, 1913, p. 50.
1914: Frank LaBarr, novelty contortionist, has signed with DeMott's Combined Shows for the coming season. Billboard, April 4, 1914, p. 25.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Denby & Co.'s Transcontinental Circus - 1884 Denby's Transcontinental Show & Congress of Living Wonders; show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1884
Opened at Antioch, California. New York Clipper, May 17, 1884, p. 134. The death of Henry Baldwin, boss hostler, reported. New York Clipper, July 19, 1884, p. 286. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeOnzo & Hammond - 1907
Wm. DeOnzo, of the DeOnzo & Hammond Shows, was a Billboard caller Feb. 20. He reported that his firm will, this season have out also a pavilion show, both shows to open about May 1. Everything is hustle at the headquarters in Cambridge, Ohio. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Deuel's - 1894-95, 1898
1894: Notes from Deuel's Equine and Canine Paradox: ?. B. Crayford has signed with the show as general agent. George Day as boss canvas man and "Shorty" ___ will preside over the Hotel Deuel during the season. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.
1894: C. P. Maxwell has signed with Deuel's Equines as leader of band. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.
1895: New Albany, Indiana. Deuel's Equine and Canine Paradox will open its season 1 instead of 27 as reported. New York Dramatic Mirroe, May 11, 1895, p. 6.
1898: Urbana, Ohio. W. M. Deuel, of Joliet, Ill., owner of Deuel's Equine and Canine Show, was called here by the illness of his mother. Mr. Deuel has recently purchased a half interest in the People's Theatre at Joliet. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 28, 1898, 6.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Prof. Deval's Wonder Circus - 1944 (India)
Article on this show is in White Tops, April-May, 1944, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6, p. 9.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeVaux, Clark & Burt's Railroad Circus & Caravan - 1886 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886
Advertised for personnel. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, pp. 827, 832. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeVaux Dog & Pony Circus - 1911 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-14
De Vaux Dog & Pony Circus opened on the 17th of April in California and will close about January 1, 1912, at Los Angeles, where the show will winter. The show started with three cars and will close with five cars. Eighteen ponied, twelve draft horses, fourteen cages, four goats, and nineteen dogs are carried. J. J. De Vaux is sole owner and manager; Fred Bardell, assistant manager and treasurer; Joseph Childs, secretary; Chas. Jones, boss canvasman with eleven assistants; Wm. Blackledge, boss hostler with five assistants; and Mrs. Jordan, wardrobe. Ed Cook is master of transportation with five assistants. The cook house is in charge of Frank Meddy with three assistants; the cars are in charge of Sambo Johnson and wife. The advance is under Peter Weaver; Ed Holbrook in charge of paper; Billie Burk, program; Ed Miller, banners, and Chas. Bauman. Ralph Harper and Bud Sellers, billposters.
The performers are the Gilldmen(?), five in number, return act; Mabel Singe, traps; Sadondi, roman rings; Bessie & Louis, double traps; Zeller Bros., brother act and horizontal bars, and the Seymours, double wire act. Leader of band, Chas. Woolf; Billie Bean, cornet; Chas. Burt, trombone; Burt Beddle, tuba; Jas. Ryan, baritone; Sam Clark, cornet; Lew Somons, clarinet; Tom Durr, alto, and Peter Murich, traps. The show did not lose a performance this season, had no blowdowns, in the thirty-two weeks to date. Only losing day was at Harrisburg, Ohio. The sideshow is in charge of the Grays. Billboard, November 25, 1911, p. 27.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeVaux's Electric-light Show - 1885
Season starts May 1. Advertised for personnel. New York Clipper, April 11, 1885, pp. 62, 63. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Harry De Vere & Co.'s - 1875
Harry De Vere & Co.'s Athletorian and Novelty Circus is to start on the road from Calvert, Texas, about April 15. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, p. 23.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Devere's - 1901
Homer, June 12. Frank S. Devere's circus will appear in Homer on Jun 18th. Evening Herald (Syracuse, NY), June 12, 1901, p. 13.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
DeWayne Bros. - 1947, 1962 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1947-1972
Information on the 1947 DeWayne Bros. show is online in "California Circuses," in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1967 (scroll down or use find).
Article on the 1962 DeWayne Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1962 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Diano Bros. - 1953 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1953
Anthony Diano and Ben Davenport may have shared ownership. Diano pulled out of the show mid-season and Davenport continued the season under the title Wallace Bros. An article on the show and the career of Tony Diano is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1971, Vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 4-13.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dick's New Model - 1888 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888-1891
A specialty company to travel under canvas to tour the Midwest. Had 15 people, a 9 piece band, 25 cent admission. Had fair business June 25-27 at Ottumwa, Iowa. New York Clipper, May 19, 1888, p. 153; July 7, 1888, p. 263. Dick's Model Show, out of Ottumwa, Iowa, Dick P. Sutton, owner. Billboard, December 9, 1922, p. 73.
1890: Dick's New Model Circus, Museum & Menagerie advertised for a Pete Jenkins rider, an Indian act, side show freaks, concert people - Dick P. Sutton, Ottumwa, Iowa. New York Clipper, September 20, 1890, p. 444.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dieffenbaugh's Dime Show - 1886
Logansport is to have another dime circus, "Diffenbaugh's Greatest Dime Show on Earth," has made arrangements to exhibit here next Monday night, when their tents will be spread. A. M. Ormbaugh, advance agent, says the show will stand on its merits and will need no advertising. They come here from Peru where they show tonight. Logansport Daily Journal (Logansport, IN), July 10, 1886, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dieffenbach - 1890-95
1890: Notes from the Diefenbach Show. Manager Diefenbach reports good business throughout the South. The only losing week that the show has had in five years was the week before Christmas at New Orleans. The show left New Orleans Dec. 28, and is now at Jackson. This is their third engagement there within nine weeks. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.
1890: Notes from Diefenbach’s Show. Good business has been the rule all winter, and everybody is well and happy. Many handsome and valuable presents were exchanged by the members of the troupe on Christmas. Manager Diefenbach was presented with a handsome shaving set by John Seery . . . New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.
1890: The Diffenbach Show closed its season at ___, Miss., Feb. 9(?), and shipped direct to winter quarters at Murphysboro, Ill. The entire company have been re-engaged for next season. Manager F. Diffenbach and wife, Chas. Huff(?), J. J. Zampra(?) . . . Frank Gillespie(?), Steve Rogers . . . are at Murphysboro, Ill. . . . Pete(?) Anderson and Wm. Rutherford at Mount Vernon, Ill.; John Smith at New Orleans, La. . . . and Herbert Swift(?) at Jackson, Miss. The company will open their next season at Murphyboro, Ill. early in April . . . New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 806.
1890: A strong specialty wanted for Diffenbach's Great Trans-Atlantic Show. The most popular price show on the road. Season opens early in April at Murphysboro, Illinois. Candy stand and sideshow privilege to rent. . . . Also wanted a No. 1 boss canvasman, Address P. Diffenbach, Laclade(?) Hotel, Murphysboro, Ill. New York Clipper, March 1, 1890, p. 850.
1890: On the Road, Circuses: Diefenbech's, Carbondale, Pa., April 21-26. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 98.
1890: Diffenbach's Circus opened their season at Murphysboro, Ill., April __. They have a brand new canvas, and, a repainting, repairing and remodeling had been thoroughly done during the vacation. Everything looked as bright as a new silver dollar. The prospects are extremely good for a successful season, if the opening performances count for anything. Marella Myers and Valvo(?) have made special hits. The complete roster: P. Dieffenbach, sole proprietor and manger; C. W. Hud(?), assistant manager; Ike Fellows, advance agent; Martella Myers . . . John Sexton, Bennie(?) Sexton . . . Chas. W. Burch, Harry Morris, Frank Keeble(?), Steve Rogers . . . Concert: Frank Gillespie, Chas. W. Burch, E. H. Day . . . Chas.(?) Winchester, George Prudy . . . Q. Marshall, boss canvasman; Chas. Wesley, chandelier man . . . New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.
1890: Notes from Diefenbach's Show. Good business is now the rule, but on our first four weeks out we gave only night performances, "all on account of rain." Everybody is well. The ___ Bros. and Maretta Myers are making hits in the big show, and Charles W. Burch(?) and Frank Gillespie are doing well in the concert. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 197.
1890: Ike Fellows has left Diefenbach's Shows on account of sickness. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
1890: Notes from Diefenbach's Trans-Atlantic Show. We are doing a good business through the rural districts of Illinois. Pete Conklin joined us June 1? at Richmond, Ind. He appeared in the ring with Mr. Diefenbach. As they approached the entrance after an absence of fourteen years they were greeted with storms of applause from the enthusiastic crowd that packed the large canvas. The two Sexton Bros. are doing a fine double contortion act. . . . Frank Gillespie, the knockabout clown, never fails to make a hit. Our band of eighteen pieces is one of the leading features with the show. The man in white appears just the same whether it rains or shines. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
1890: Notice to glass blowers. A good privilege for the right party and a long season. Would like to hear from parties that run glass stands and all kinds of sideshow people for Diefenbach's Big Show. Address Peter Conklin, manager of sideshow, Danville, Ill. July 15, 16, Champaign, Ill, July 17, 18. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 304.
1890: St. Louis, Missouri. Pete Conklin, the well known clown, was in the city last week. He has left the Diefenbach Show, and will join James A. Bennett's Show at San Antonio, Tex. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 471.
1890: Notes from Diefenbach's Show. We have been playing to good business, but have encountered considerable rain. We have made some changes in the company, strengthening it for the South. . . . Our roster: P. Diefenbach, proprietor and manager; Chas. W. Burch, equestrian director; Mrs. Diefenbach . . . Sexton Bros.; Manuel and Cecil(?) Trevino; Roberta Trevino, Frank Gillespie, Lulu(?) Snyder . . . Steve Rogers; Ralph Bailey; Mat Parkhurst(?) and C. H. Piermon, advance. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.
1890: Notes from Diefenbach's Circus. We have been across the river on our annual Southern tour just a week now, and have encountered good weather and fairly good business. We jumped from Murphysboro, Ill., to Union City, Tenn. . . . the Trevinos and Tony Ashton, with his dogs, joined, making the show stronger for the South. Our roster: P. Diefenbach, proprietor and manager; Chas. W. Burch, equestrian director; Tony Ashton and his school of dogs; Sexton Bros.; Manuel(?) and Cecilia Trevino; Robarto Trevino; Frank Gillespie . . . Steve Rogers; Ralph Bailey; Mat Parkhurst . . . and W. H. Mack. We now have a baggage car and coach of our own, and everything is as comfortable and homelike as possible. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 523.
1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Diefenbach's, Meridean, Miss., Nov. 10-??, Jackson, 17-22. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 560.
1890: Notes from Diefenbach's Show. We have been in Mississippi about four weeks, and have been doing excellent business. The weather is fine, but a little cold, and the boys work to keep warm. We have made a big improvement in the programme by securing C. C. Mathews and Jessie(Jennie?) Dare, making the show stronger for this coujntry, and, judging by the houses, it is a very fetching show. At Jackson, Tenn., where we played one week, we turned people away the last three nights. . . . New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 568.
1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Diefenbach's, Baton Rouge, La., Nov. 21-30, Plaquemine(?), Dec. 1-3, Donaldsonville, 4-6. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 595.
1890: Notes from Diefenbach's Show. We played Jackson, Miss. all last week to good business. . . . Jessie Dare is making a hit with her trapeze work. C. C. Mathews always catches them with his cloud swinging. En route from Meridian to Jackson, Mr. Diefenbach lost his cane; so Monday morning the boys, unknown to Mr. D., bought him an elegant gold headed one, and at the night show, jsut before the last act, Mr. D. was persuaded to approach one of the centre poles to examine the lights. At the same time, Chas. B. Burch, our equestrian director, entered the ring, and, on behalf the company, presented to him the cane. To say that he was surprised would be expressing it tamely. He thanked the company in a few well chosen remarks, and retired amid applause. After the show the company repaired to the Edwards House, where an elegant collation(?) was appreciated by all. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 596.
1891: Notes of the Diefenbach Show. Mr. Diefenbach has been very sick. He was taken with a chill at Meridian, Miss., but managed to reach Jackson, where he lay three weeks with typhoid pneumonia; but his wonderful constitution, combined with strong will power and Mrs. D.'s good nursing, brought him through O.K. Mrs. D. has been at Jackson for the last three months, on the sick list. The following is the company for the season of 1891: P. Diefenbach, proprietor and manager; Chas. W. Burch, assistant manager and equestrian director; C. C. Mathews, Jessie Dare, Bennie Sexton, Johnnie Sexton, Frank Seery, John Seery, Tom Tandy(?), Steve Rogers, Ralph Bailey, Jim Parkhurst, Mrs. Sallie Parkhurst, C. W. Burch, Herbert Swift, Leona Woodward and troupe of performing dogs and goats, Will J. Predmor's challenge cornet band and orchestra. Homer Davis has charge of the advance, R. W. Fisher of the privileges . . . New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.
1891: On the road, circuses: Diefenbach's, . . . Champaign, Ill. 14-16, Clinton 18, 19, Bloomington 20-23(?). New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.
1891: Notes from the Diefenbach Show. We opened the season at Seymour, Ind. . . . to good business. ___ Predmore has been on the sick list . . . P. Diefenbach, proprietor; Ed. Guthery(?) equestrian director; W. W. Murray . . . Larry Murphy, Steve Rodgers . . . Mrs. P. Diefenbach is enjoying good health with the show. Mrs. Ida Guthrie(?) is residing at Cincinnati, O. . . . William Hodson, boss property man, with two assistants. The white spectre has never failed to make its appearance. Ed. Guthrie, a trapeze performer, was considerably shaken up recently by falling from the bar(?) to the ground. He was swinging at full length, suspended by a strap attached to his partner's hand, when the strap slipped, and he fell . . . before striking the ground, thus saving his life. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
1891: Reports from the Diefenbach Show announce business to be entirely satisfactory through Indiana and the West. Chas. H. Pierson is again in advance. All the people are in good health. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
1891: Lace Milligan, clown, Diefenbach’s Circus, is ill, not able to rejoin. New York Dramatic News, August 15, 1891, p. 10.
1891: Notes from the Diefenbach Circus. Ed. Guthrie, equestrian director, has entirely recovered from the fall he received several weeks ago. Mrs. Ida Guthrie joined the show at Alexandria, Ind., Aug. _, after laying off eight weeks at her home, Cincinnati. N.(?) W. Murray is making a big hit with his bar act. . . . Everybody is well with the show, and the man in white never fails to make his appearance. Manager Phil Diefenbach received bad news from home Aug. 22, to the effect that his father was dying. Manager Diefenbach started for his home, Hamilton, O., immediately. Mrs. Diefenbach and Ed. Guthrie will take charge of the show duing Mr. Diefenbach's absence. The show is doing a wonderful business through Illinois. We are heading for the South. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 433.
1891: On the road, circuses: Diefenbach's Duquoin IL Sep 16, 17, Carbondale 18, __, Murphysborough 21(?)-26. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.
1891: Notes from Diefenbach's Show. Our band of fourteen pieces furnished music for the trade parade, at Jackson, Miss. During the performance at Jackson a storm came up. The proprietors thought there was going to be a blow and storm and made that announcement. A stampede was the result. The tent was packed and jammed with people. They just turned loose, fell backwards off the seats and made a rush - men, women and children - for the open air. They didn't take time to go under the tent; they got out their knives and slit holes in the canvas in every direction, damaging the show property several hundred dollars. New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.
1892: Ed. Guthrie, of the Diefenbach Show, made a flying visit to Cincinnati last week, to spend the holidays with his wife, Mrs. Ida Guthrie, who recently presented him with a bouncing baby boy, weighing eleven pounds. New York Clipper, January 2, 1892, p. 715.
1892: Notes from the Diefenbach Show. Everything is booming around winter quarters in readiness for next season. The show will be much larger, using 110ft. round top . . . Col. Chas. H. Pierson will have five men in advance. The show will carry five(?) cars and John Berry(?) will have twenty working men. The company will include P. Diefenbach, proprietor; Col. Cha. H. Pierson, general agent . . . M. W. Murray, John Smith . . . Steve Rogers . . . Bertha Mann, Capt. Edgar, and Prof. M. Snyder(?) and his troupe of Mexican ponies, dogs and goats. Eugene Coyle will have control of the sideshow. The show will open at Mobile, Ala., Feb. __. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 824.
1892: Herbert Swift, comedian and musician, will join the Diefenbach Show at Columbus, Miss., March 16. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
1892: The Sixto? Bros. join the Diefenbach Show for this season. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.
1892: Harry and Tillie Brandon have closed with the Diefenbach Show, and are at their home at Joliet, Ill. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.
1892: On the road, circuses: Diefenbach's, Carbondale, IL May 1?. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.
1892: On the road, circuses: Deifenbach's, Terre Haute IN June 6-11. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.
1892: Andy Spear and wife and their troupe of educated dogs are with E. ?. Diefenbach's(?) tented company in Southern Ohio. This is Mr. Spear's thirty-third year in the profession. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
1893: Notes from the Diefenbach Show. We opened the season at Murphysboro, Ill., April 6, and experienced fearfully bad weather from the start. We started out with a hundred foot round top and two fifity foot foot middle pieces, in fine condition; all that's now left is the round top and one middle piece, which we cut down to forty feet. We have been blown down nine times and on each occasion have been torn all to pieces. But the sun is shining at last, and business is now standing room only. Thos who have children doing acts in the circus profession will be benefitted by reading this: At Richmond, Ind., on June 27, Mr. Diefenbach was arrested by the Humane Society chargin him with cruelty to children. He immediately gave bonds for $___ for his appearance on the following day. Charges were made against him and Daniel ___, father of Sanchapancha(?) and Michle(?), aged six and four years. It was proven at the trial that the children were not cruelly treated, but on the contrary had the very best of everything. As Mr. Diefenbach did not engage the children, and proved by contract that he only engaged the five older ones, the president of the Humane Society dismissed the case on the ground that the children were with their mother and father, and it was their proper place. The president said the Humane Society was not to arrest or injure a man's business, but simply to stop cruelty of which Mr. Diefenbach or the father might be guilty. The following is a list of the company: the Mexican family, five in number, and the two greatest Mexican children in the profession; Dan Malcolm, Millie Ethola(?), Frank P.(F.?) Gillespie, Chas. Lamb . . . and George McDonald's Challenge(?) Opera band and orchestra, consisting of the following: Geo. W. McDonald, John Lavadais(?), Frank Thacker, Henry Haack(?), P. D. Thresham(?), Bert Snow, Herman Reilding(?), Henry Fisher, Bert Clair . . . New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.
1893: Notes from Dieffenbach's Mexican Shows. We have been on the road five months, and have played to large business. We have had bad weather for seven weeks ___ blow downs, and at Winchester, Ind., our big top was completely destroyed in twenty minutes. We showed with nothing but side walls for two days. . . . Our company consists of forty-six people . . . New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 510.
1893: On the road, circuses: Diefenbach's, Effingham, Ill. Oct. 1?, Centralia 1 . . . New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 511.
1893: Notes from Diefenbach's Mexican Circus, now touring the South: Business is good, and every night was a turn away to Natchez, Miss. Following is the roster: P. Diefenbach, proprietor and manager; Prof. Taylor(?), advance representative; Joe Miller, assistant; Prof. Hurbert(?) Swift, leader of brass and string band of ten pieces . . . Performers: Daniel Meza's Mexican Family, nine in number . . . Geo. Terrell . . . Wm. Reynolds. Concert people: Swift and Terrell, Katie Diefenbach, Rosie Aden(Allen?), Hood and Daily(?) and S. A. Hearn. We are working our way in Florida. New York Clipper, December 30, 1893, p. 687.
1894: On the road, circuses: Diebenbach's, Jackson, Miss Mar 5-__. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 2.
1894: Notes from the Deifenbach Shows. We have played the entire winter in the South, losing but few stands. Mr. Deifenbach met with an accident at St. Johns Ferry, La. He slipped and fell almost breaking his leg. F. E. Piper and A. S. Hearns(?) were on the sick list, but all OK now. The company at present is as follows: P. Deifenbach, W. M. Clark, Jack Bradock, Joseph Tully, Clarence Hood(?) Fred Wiretta(?), P. M. Rice, ___ Herrick . . . Wm. Mitchell . . . Meza Mexican Family, ten in number, Wm. Murry(?), boss canvasman with eight men; Smith Hutchings, charge of stock with six men; Wm. Stokes(?) is master of transportation with ten men. Harry James joined Feb. __ to take charge of band. Mrs. Deifenbach and little daughter met us at Baton Rouge, La., 14(?), after an absence of seven weeks. All is well now and the show is headed North. Week of March _ we will be at Jackson, Miss. . . . Frank E. Piper left the show and sailed for Cuba 20(?) to be gone seven weeks. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.
1894: Notes from the Diefenbach Circus. We have been playing the South the past winter to fair business. The roster: P. Diefenbach, proprietor and manager; William Clark, advance representative . . . New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.
1895: The traveling aggregation now located at the corner of Tenth and High streets and known as the Diefenbach show, is in a peck of trouble. The show has been playing in hard luck for several weeks and the pay roll has been in arrears for some time. Today a number of attaches of the show served a writ of attachments on its paraphernalia to secure their unpaid salaries. At the trial before Squire Walters this morining, Diefenbach was able to show that he had transferred his interest to one C. H. Pierson several weeks ago. Mr. Pierson has a bill of sale for the show and yesterday demanded that the property be turned over to him. He had twice before pressed his claim he says but each time Diefenbach retained it on the plea that he would shortly be able to retrieve his fortunes. The affair was amicably adjusted this afternoon by the attaches taking possession for this week and the proceeds of each evening performance will be distributed among them as benefits. Logansport Daily Reporter (Logansport, IN), June 26, 1895.
1895: Silas K. Louis (or Lewis), proprietor of the Dieffenbach circus, entered suit today demanding $500 damages of Constable Levi Binney. The suit is brought on Constable Binney's bond and his sureties John Kies, Frank Higt and David Laing are named as co-defendants. Louis alleges that Constable Binney unlawfully levied upon his (Louis) circus effects to satisfy judgments secured against his manager, Philip Dieffenbach. Kistler & Kistler are attorneys for the plaintiff and Justice & Peden for the defendants. Logansport Daily Reporter (Logansport, IN), July 3, 1895.
1895: The Dieffenbach show tent, over which there was so much litigation, is now in the possession of Mr. Davis, of Peru, who has organized a company to play "Uncle Tom's Cabin." Logansport Daily Reporter (Logansport, IN), July 9, 1895.
1898: New Orleans, Jan. 20. Phil Diefenbach, a showman of note, and associated in a business sense with such men as Barnum, Forepaugh, Robinson, Sells Bros. and James Hamilton, is very ill at the Charity hospital, in this city. Mr. Diefenbach started south with his circus about three months ago, but became so ill after a few weeks that when he reached New Orleans he had to go to the hospital, where he is still confined. His show is still on the road. Mr. Diefenbach's wife and fourteen year old daughter are here with him. Mr. Diefenbach is a member of the Elks and G. A. R. and is well known all over the country. San Antonio Daily Light (San Antonio, TX), January 20, 1898.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Sam Dill & Tom Mix - 1934 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1934
In January 1934, an announcement was made of a financial deal between Tom Mix and Sam Dill. Mr. Dill operated a truck show for several seasons. The new title would be Sam Dill's Circus and Tom Mix Roundup. It was to have 90 trucks. The show closed at Riverside, California, November 29. It was enroute for 33 weeks, exhibiting in 14 states. A few weeks before the closing, Dill sold his interest to Tom Mix. Bandwagon, May-June, 1959, Vol. 3, No. 3, p. 2.
Article on the Sam Dill & Tom Mix Circus, 1934 is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1971 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dixiana Circus - 1963 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1963-1987
Article on the 1963 Dixiana Circus is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1963 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dandy Dixie Shows - 1918
Winter quarters, 1918. Dandy Dixie Shows. G. W. Gregory, manager; Sebrell, Va. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dixon, Bowers & Dixon - 1900-02 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902
1900: The Dixon, Bowers & Dixon's circus which came to grief in this town recently, was obliged to give up a performance at Stamford Monday. Just as the performance commenced a thunder and wind storm struck the tent and it went up like a balloon. The next day at Hobart the afternoon performance was given up for lack of spectators. Otsego Farmer (Cooperstown, NY), June 22, 1900, p. 1.
1900: Dixon, Bowers & Dixon circus is holding forth here today. The parade at noon was very creditable. Warrensburg News (Warrensburg, NY), August 9, 1900, n.p.n. [may be Lake George News]
1900: Dixon, Bowers & Dixon, circus managers, closed the season at Watertown, N.Y., Sept. 22, by giving a performance which was very satisfactory. After the show was over, Lester L. Rose, of Cooperstown, sheriff of Otsego County, presented himself and attached all the goods belonging to Dixon, Bowers & Dixon, to secure a chattel mortgage for $700 held by Richard Freeman, a business man of Cooperstown. It seems that during the first two months of the season the circus played in hard luck and found it necessary to give a mortgage to a man named Darling for sixty days. Darling, who is a show man, wanted to secure the outfit and tried to close the circus at Cooperstown, when Mr. Freeman came to the rescue. Since leaving Cooperstown, the circus has been playing to crowded tents during a trip through tbe Catskills and Adirondacks and had partially paid Mr. Freeman what they owed him. As Dixon, Bowers & Dixon were on the "square," they telegraphed Mr. Freeman that they would close at Watertown. Mr. Freeman sent the sheriff, who attached the property, consisting of a tent, nine wagons, seats, and eighteen work horses, which will be sold. The trick dogs, ponies, mules and horses belong to Mr. White, of Baltimore, who shipped his animals to that city. Billboard, October 6, 1900, p. 5.
1900: Sheriff Rose returned on Wednesday from his trip to Watertown. He says that Mr. Freeman realized the full amount of his interest in the Dixon circus. Otsego Farmer (Cooperstown, NY), September 28, 1900, p. 5.
1900: Dixon, Bowers & Dixon's Big Shows closed their season at Watertown, N.Y., Sept. 22, where the show will winter. Every department will be enlarged for the coming season. Dixon, Bowers & Dixon will play dates during the winter. . . . Address James J. Armstrong, 10 Union Square, or Dixon Bowers & Dixon, East 14th St., New York City. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, October 13, 1900, p. 734.
1901: Watertown. E. D. Bowers, of Dixon, Bowers and Dixon's Circus, was here arranging for the opening of the show at this place May 15. New York Dramatic Mirror, November 23, 1901, p. 22.
1902: Wanted for Dixon, Bowers & Dixon's Big Show, circus people in all branches (except riders). Advance agent, musicians, concert people, man or lady with small troupe of dogs, musical act, boss canvas man, chandelier man and working people in all departments. Travel by rail, sleep in hotels and play 2 and _ day stands. Address Dixon, Bowers & Dixon, Continental Hotel, Chicago, Ill. P.S. wanted to buy a cycle whirl track in good condition. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 24, 1902, p. 22.
1902: Dixon, Bowers & Dixon's Big Show notes. The show will open in Chicago on June 16, with everything new throughout. We will carry a 75ft. round top, with two 40ft. middle pieces; one 50ft. round top, with one 20ft. middle piece; dressing top, 25x45, all new. Through an ad in the Clipper, we have been able to secure the following people: Armstrong, Baker and Armstrong, Gertrude Norton and Annie Douglass, the daring bicycle riders, introducing B. F. Keith's original 'cycle whirl; the Five Smiletta, triple horizontal bar, double trapeze, dougle somersaults and pendulating rings; Anna Burt, balancing traps and high wire; Nellie Tuttle and her troupe of dogs, Mlle. Latina, in posturing and physical culture; Nick Otte, in a combination aerial act; ___, single traps and acrobatic clown; Prof. Lewis Archer, leader of band, with eleven soloists. The show will carry about thirty-five people, and travel by rail, using nothing but special printing. Dixon, Bowers & Dixon, managers; Joseph Hewitt, general contractor; John Harris, lithographer; Wylie Emerson, boss canvas man, with eight assistants. New York Clipper, June 7, 1902, p. 333.
1908: Edward Bowers, now in vaudeville with Bowers, Walters and Crooker, is an artist whose schooling in theatricals has been thorough and varied; wrought with many hardships, and suggesting an apprenticeship served amid primitive surroundings. Mr. Bowers made his debut in Dallas, Tex., in 1880, at Thompson’s old variety theatre. Here he remained two years continuously in black-face comedy, after which he joined W. B. Reynolds’ Traveling Circus. It was a "wagon show" drawn from town to town by oxen, and the territory it covered was necessarily limited. In this entertainment Mr. Bowers did "buck and wing" dancing, singing, magic, acrobatic and trapeze performances, besides playing in the band. Not content with this extensive display of versatility the management requested Bowers to appear in the "after show," and with the Dixon Brothers, who were also with this diminutive aggregation, he formed an association which afterwards became well known wherever vaudeville is presented as "Dixon, Bowers and Dixon." At this time the trio did a black-face, song and dance act, although in 1894 they evolved their "original rube act," with which vaudeville audiences in the East are familiar. After touring three years in this offering Mr. Bowers accepted a contract with David Henderson in his Chicago company, creating important comedy roles in "Sinbad," "The Derby Winner" and several other successful musical extravaganzas until 1901, when he re-joined the Dixon Brothers and launched a permanent circus in the West, known as "The Dixon, Bowers and Dixon Circus," and which played West for three years, after which the trio returned to vaudeville for one season. At the close of the next year, 1905, Mr. Bowers suggested a change of act to his partners, but as they wished to continue in the old medium, which had made them famous, he retired and formed a new association with Frank Walters and Alfred Crooker, and together they opened April 9, 1906, in their present vehicle, "The Three Rubes." Variety, May 23, 1908, p. 16.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dock & Jordan's Show - 1887 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887
Roster of Dock & Jordan's New Oriental Shows and United Carnival of Novelties: Dock & Jordan, proprietors and managers; J. J. Sallade, advance; Clint M. Newton, director of amusements; J. W. Harris, press agent; J. Kintzer, director of canvas with fifteen assistants. Performers: Dock and Jordan, Chas. Costello, Mlle. Zoe, Don Williams, Harry Lynch, J. F. Burke, Master Frank Smith, Lottie Fero, Cool Clezy, Russel Sisters, Prof. W. T. Fero and Prof. John Petrie's Cornet band of ten pieces. They opened at Womeiskorf, Pa., June _, and travel by wagon. New York Clipper, June 18, 1887, p. 214.
Did good business in Pennsylvania. The aerial apparatus gave way and fell on June 21, only slight injuries. New York Clipper, July 9, 1887, p. 258. 1887-1888, Sam Dock, owner. Bandwagon, July, 1953, p. 7; May-June, 1966, p. 28.
Dock & Jordan's circus, which started out from Womelsdorf about two weeks ago and has been giving exhibitions in Lancaster and Berks county, on Saturday, at Newmanstown, after having had a most precarious time, gave up the ghost. Unable to pay the men their wages a suspension followed. Lebanon Daily News (Lebanon, PA), June 28, 1887, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dock & Sallade's Big Ten Cent Show - 1889 Dock & Sallade's Dime Circus; show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1889
Joseph Kearney and Prof. Thos. J. Flattery joined at Annville, Pennsylvania on May 27. New York Clipper, June 15, 1889, p. 225. Sam Dock, owner, 1889. Bandwagon, May-June, 1966, p. 28. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dock's Great Oriental Shows - 1889 (Dock & Smith)
Roster of Dock's Great Oriental Shows: Dock & Smith, sole proprietors and managers; Clint. M. Newton, director of amusement; Prof. Alex Green, Robert Williams, Sam Dock, Chas. Smith, Mazzantina Bros., Jos. Kearney, Lew Boydell (Roydell?), Chas. Costello, La Petite Annie, "Kaminski," Mlle. De Jour, Sam Du Rand and Prof. Campbell's Canine Paradox. The show will exhibit under a 100 ft. round tip, with a 40ft. middle piece, and travel by wagon, touring Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia. Their season opens at Newmanstown, Pa., May 9. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 138.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Sam Dock's Keystone - 1898, 1900, 1919 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900; Great Keystone, 1911-1927
1898: Sam Dock's Keystone show notes. This show closed Oct. 22, a successful season of twenty-six weeks. A great deal of sickness prevailed among performers and musicians, in fact everybody had a touch of malaria. In pulling through the Southern Maryland swamps and sand five head of horses were lost and oxen were hired at different times to help pull through as some roads were almost impassable. One baggage wagon, two ponies and two goats were added to the show during the season. Keller Iseminger, advance agent, finished his work 15(?) and delivered his horses and wagon to Winter headquarters at Fort London, Pa. New York Clipper, October 29, 1898, p. 594.
1900: Sam Dock's Keystone Show and E. G. Smith's Imperial Show have combined. Billboard, May 1, 1900.
1919:
Heavy rains caused the Great Keystone Show to lose three consecutive stands in Virginia the week of July 21-26. While showing Edgerton, Va., Tom Nelson met Mac McGinis, they trouped together several years ago on the Dave Gillespie Wagon Show. Manager Sam Dock has been confined to his wagon for a few days with chills. George Norman (Red) has added several new tricks to his magic act. - H. R. Brison. Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 45.
At Lowery, Va., August 18, the show was hit by a terrific wind and rain storm when the night show was about half over. Manager Dock was in the ring with the talking pony and the animal was struck by the falling rigging. King Kelly joined at Appomattox on the 19th to take charge of the advance. This was the first time Mr. Dock and Kelly met since they trouped together on the Bard Bros. Show thirteen years ago. Claire Brison received a new top for her refreshment stand. Charlie Jacobs is making a hit with his one-man band in front of the pit and does his musical act in the concert. Manager Dock has made arrangements to stay out until Christmas and probably go into South Carolina and remain out all winter, as he did two years ago. - H. R. Brison. Billboard, August 30, 1919, p. 42.
Indications are that the Great Keystone Show will continue its season as long as weather permits. The show is now touring North Carolina, and the closing stand and winter quarters have yet been decided by manager Sam Dock. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 58.
More on the 1919 Great Keystone show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
1951: Sam Dock, still active, had the Sam Dock Dog & Pony Shows out for many years. Nowdays his grandsons, Robert L. and Harry Brison, operate the Lee Bros. Circus, a small motorized outfit playing West Virginia and Pennsylvania territory. Greater Show World, August, 1951, p. 10.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dockrill & Leon's Circus & Hippodrome - 1881-82 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1881-82
Joe and Eugene Kennebel, clowns, are engaged with Dockrill & De Leon's Circus, Cuba. De Leon's Iron Amphitheatre, Havana, Cubs, R. H. Dockrill, director, and Leon De Leon, manager, opens Dec. 2. All parties engaged are asked to report Nov. 26 at the Ashland House. Manager Dockrill and De Leon have dates open for people in circus and variety business. New York Clipper, November 26, 1881, p. 587.
The Leopolds - Senora Geraldine, Little Gerry and George - have arrived in Havana, Cuba, and, says our correspondent: "The latter is busy superintending the final arrangements for opening Leon & Dockrill's circus-theatre, of which he is also a partner. New York Clipper, November 26, 1881, p. 587.
Showed at Leon's Iron Amphitheatre, Havana, Cuba. Leon De Leon and R. H. Dockrill. New York Clipper, October 1, 1881, pp. 451, 459. Show is closing in Havana in debt. New York Clipper, February 18, 1882, p. 791. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Donaldson & Mayo Show - 1887 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887
Show is in the West. J. H. Cullen was in charge of the concert. New York Clipper, July 30, 1887, p. 310. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Donaldson & Rich's Show - 1885 G. W. Donaldson's & F. H. Rich's Three Consolidated Shows; show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885
The Donaldson & Rich circus opened the season at Greenville Tuesday. Marshall Statesman (Marshall, MI), May 8, 1885, n.p.n.
City News. Representatives of the Buffalo Courier Printing Co. were in the city yesterday and settled a claim of some $20,000 against J. B. Doris, the circus proprietor. At first it was thought that attachment proceedings would be commenced. Mr. Doris has had hard luck this season. Daily Gazette (Fort Wayne, IN), May 13, 1885, p. 6.
To open May 5 at Greenville, Michigan. Poor success on May 26 at Flint, Michigan. New York Clipper, April 25, 1885, pp. 91, 95; June 6, 1885, p. 184.
Donaldson & Rich's Show. Donaldson & Rich this year are traveling over the same ground they did last, and the show is nearly double what it was then. See the circus tomorrow, July 9. Albion New Era (Albion, IN), July 9, 1885, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Donovan & Co. - 1887-89 James Donovan & Co.
George M. Devere did not go with this company to South America because of salary holdup. Robt. Stickney leaves for South America to join, show will open in Panama. New York Clipper, December 17, 1887, p. 637; December 31, 1887, p. 668.
Chas. Harley and Tom Jarvis, black face, knockabout and acrobatic act, were four years on the show. New York Clipper, March 9, 1889, p. 637. Will sail from New York about October 25. Donovan and Sturgis have dissolved partnership. New York Clipper, June 29, 1889, p. 267. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Donovan & Stickney's North American Circus - 1889-90
Advertisement: 9th annual tour, personnel wanted for South American tour, c/o Jas. Donovan, New York City or Robert Stickney, Irwin Bros. Circus per route. New York Clipper, September 28, 1889, p. 491. Doing good business at La Guyra, South America. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 491. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dore & Reddick's Circus - 1888 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888
George Luproil, of the aerial team of George & Pauline, fell and broke his neck on July 7. New York Clipper, July 21, 1888, p. 299. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
John B. Doris - 1885 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1883-87
• Information on the 1883 John B. Doris' Inter-Ocean is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 1, p. 40.
• Information on the 1884 John B. Doris show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 38-44.
1885:
Doris' roster is as follows: Agents - Railroad-contracting agent, J. R. Davis; general-agent, E. H. Davis; contracting-agent, Samuel P. Cox; agent car No. 1, Geo. Pitsker; agent car No. 2, Geo. Kettler; agent skirmish-brigade, J. Callahan; agent bugle brigade, B. M. Drake; newspaper-representative, John E. Boyle. Corps of 75 billposters. Performers - Wm. Shoals, Sallie Marks, Ella Stokes, Moore Family, Fisher Bros., Three Milo Bros., the Russian Athletes, Onofri Bros., J. R. Adams, J. F. Quigley, Troupe of fourteen Turks, Mlle. De Granville, Mlle. Lizetta, Belle Celeste, James Woodville, J. J. Shoals, May Antonio, Marsh Adams and wife, McIntyre and Cummings, Mills and Warren, Riffa Bey Carter (American Jap0 and Eldora. All privileges are under the management of Wm. Doris. New York Clipper, March 21, 1885.
John B. Doris' New Monster Shows, united with the Great Inter-Ocean. Twelve mammoth shows combined - comprise triple circus in three big separate rings, megatherian museum, deep-sea aquarium, elevated theatre stage, and fifty cage menagerie will make its appearance at New Albany, Monday, April 20. The list of exclusive features is large, and only a few can be mentioned. First and foremost is the pioneer war elephant "Betts," the heroine of over one hundred and fifty battles, one hundred and forty-one years of age. The man-eating lion slayer; herd of performing elephants; blood-sweating hippopotamus; Egyptian bovalapus; human blood-sucking vampires; grave-robbing hyenas; roay Abyssinian lions; living marine monsters; performing rhinerceros; royal Bengal tigers; drove of Bactrian camels; dromedaries and other animals. Grand street parade at 10 a.m. Daily Evening News (Jeffersonville, IN), April 3, 1885, n.p.n.
[Advertisement] John B. Doris' New Mammoth Shows United with the Great Inter-Ocean. 3 ring circus. 50 cage menagerie. 12 complete mastodon shows combined. At New Albany, April 20. The great war elephant, "Betts." Genuine brawny Turks, in native costumes, presenting acrobatic feats, vaulting and leaping on high ladders and forming human pyramids. William Showles, bareback equestrian. M'lle Lizette, high wire trapeze. 3 German aerialists, Rudolph, Stubein, Franz. Mons. Duval, muscular man of Sampson's strength. Ella Stokes, equestrienne. Prince Yahmadas, Japanese Circus, with six equilibrists. M'lle Celeste, queen of aerial performers. 3 Panchett Brothers, gymnasts and acrobats. Redmond Brothers, posturing. French bicycle riders, six in all. Onofri Bros., French clowns and acrobats. 3 Milo Brothers, horizontal bar. Eldora and Carter, equilibrists. James Woodville, equestrian director. 10 comical clowns. 20 champion leapers, 14 bareback riders. J. R. Adams, known as "Pico," the English clown. Katamorpa, empress of the reptile world. Prof. Hamilton, Champion Canine Circus; dogs that talk, sing, laugh, dance, pray, read, hold school, smoke cigars, sham battles, etc. Fisher Brothers, flying trapeze. Moore Family, Siberian roller skaters, lady and gentleman. Riffia Bey, knife thrower. May Antonio, chage artiste in gymnastic evolutions on a high slack wire. Sallie Marks, bareback rider. J. F. Quigley, champion leaper. M'lle DeGranville, acts of balancing. Free street parade daily at 10 a.m. Four great bands, two miles of golden chariots, twenty open dens of animals, retinue of ladies and gentlemen, handsome horses, ponies, etc. . . . Public Press (New Albany, IN), April 8, 1885, n.p.n.
Doris' Dots. Despite several small shows which have recently visited Canada, the Interocean has been more than successful. Wm. Doris' new English drag leads the street parade and attraction attention. Charles Mitchell of the Ottawa Show printing House presented E. H. Davis with a carved meershaum pipe. Wm. Knowles has just purchased a Hambletonia colt, which he intends breaking for the arena. Wednesday, Aug. 26, is our last day in Canada, that being St. Catherine's. The latest acquisition tot he circus is the troupe of Arabs, late of the Forepaugh Show. One of Katamopha's (snake charmer) reptiles bit our big Zulu at Kingston recently, and the sufferer's condition is rather critical. When the show reaches the States Mr. Doris will have four advertising cars, instead of three, and also have two box brigades for opposition and excursion labor. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Doris & Colvin - 1887
John B. Doris and E. D. Colvin made a partnership deal in this city Jan. 6. Mr. Colvin will add to the Doris outfit his ten cars and their contents, including Roman horses and chariots, bucking ponies, racing stuff, wardrobe, etc. The new show will travel as Doris’ Inter-Ocean Circus, combined with E. D. Colvin’s Colossal Hippodrome and Wild West. Mr. Doris went to Indianapolis, Ind., 10. Mr. Colvin remains here to work the preliminaries. . . . The show will open in Indianapolis. New York Clipper, January 15, 1887.
. . . Doris & Colvin Shows. . . . The Colossal Roman Hippodrome employs over a hundred trained equestrians and jockeys, male and female, and the New Wild West counts in its vast organization Indians, scouts, hunters, Indian slayers, Rocky Mountain guides, trappers, Mexican vaqueres, bullfighters, . . . Captain Elmer E. Stubbs the "Restless Spirit of the Plains," will lead the Wild West Show, in shots surpassing the feats of any marksman in the world. In short, the Captain bears the title, Champion Combination Wing Shot of the World, with rifle, revolver and shotgun. Newark (OH) Daily Advocate, April 29, 1887.
• Information on the 1887 Doris & Colvin show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 5, pp. 30-38.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Doris & Sullivan - 1888 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888
Sullivan in the Circus Business. Boston, May 21. - John L. Sullivan has bought a one-third interest in John B. Doris' circus, and will make a tour of the United States, beginning on or about June 1. Sullivan has dropped his former manager, Harry Philips, and, having secured the services of a secretary, will manage his own affairs in the future. Fitchburg (MA) Sentinel, May 21, 1888.
Bluffed By Sullivan. The Way in Which He Got the Best of a Norwich Sheriff. Norwich, Conn., July 7 - At the conclusion of the evening performance of John B. Doris' and John L. Sullivan's circus here there was a great rush of the athletes and employees over a greater portion of the city in search of a sheriff to served an attachment on Sullivan adn Doris' property, claiming arrears in salaries. . . . Deputy Sheriff Storey, who was finally secured and accompanied the party to the circus lot, where Sheriff Joab Rogers and a large crowd had preceded them. Sheriff Rogers from the top of a wagon warned John L. not to move the property. After parleying for a time Sullivan reached for the sheriff, who weights about 180 pounds, caught him by the collar with one hand, and gently set him upon the grass. Rogers call for the arrest of the pugilits, but no one present dared to make the attempt. The proprietors effected an arrangement with the employes, and the show left the city at an early hour the next morning. Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), July 7, 1888.
Not a Paying Circus. Boston, July 21. - Sullivan, Doris & Gray have dissolved their circus partnership. It is said that the enterprise was not a paying one. Newark (OH) Daily Advocate, July 21, 1888.
Sullivan Has the Circus. Boston, Mass., July 23. - The Doris-Sullivan circus combination has been broken up, and John L. will not compete with Barnum and Forepaugh under his own name. Says the champion: "I like the business and shall stick to it. Doris and I part friends, but I intend to push the business. I propose making the circus a two ring one before many weeks are over, and will in time, I hope, get up to the level of any show in the business. I am down to work now, and when I have settled some of the would-be champions I will turn my full attention to the circus, which will be my whole aim hereafter. Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), July 23, 1888.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dorward's Great London - 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1912
1909: Dorward's Great London Shows. Dorward & Wertz, proprietors; John A. Dorward, manager; John F. Wertz, equestrian director; Bill Sands, advance; E. White, boss canvasman; Will Fisher and F. Mack, property men; Will Ellwoods, boss hostler; Joe McGlyn, cook; J. Blahl, blacksmith. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Downie & Austin's Parlor Circus - 1884, 1886 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886
1884: Clarence Austin and Andrew Downie, owners. Bandwagon, Jan-Feb, 1963.
Has consolidated with Sig Sautelle's Pavilion Shows. Opens at Ft. Edward, New York, May 12. New York Clipper, May 8, 1886, p. 123. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Downie & Gallagher's - 1891-92 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891-92
1891:
Buffalo, New York. Andrew Downie has sold a half interest in his circus to J. F. Gallagher, of Medina, N. Y. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 758.
Downie and Gallagher is one of the many new firm names for the coming season. The headquarters are in Greenville, Mich., where many are busy getting things in readiness. New York Dramatic News, February 7, 1891, p. 12.
Second season. Downie & Gallagher (successors to Rich & Downie) Big Railroad Shows. Wanted to rent, two more 60 ft. flat cars and one sleeper. Wanted, performers in all branches of the business. Trained animals of all kinds. All must do more than one act in big show or concert. Musicians for two bands. Those with me last season, write. Good boss canvasman, who can handle his men. An agent not afraid to work, one who is a close contractor, who understands railroad contracting and is strictly sober. Candy stand and sideshow to let to responsible party. For sale a number of baggage wagons, two advance, one band and one passenger wagon. Will buy good second had 60(?)ft. middle piece for 110 ft. top. Also good 12ft. side wall. Address Andrew Downie, manager. Austin & Stone's Museum, Boston, Mass, till Feb. 6(?). Westminster, Mass, Providence, R. I., Feb 9 to 16(?). Permanent address: Downie & Gallagher, proprietors, Medina, N. Y. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 764.
Downie & Gallagher's Show is undergoing a complete overhauling at quarters, Greenville, Mich. Four(?) large new baggage wagons, two flat cars, one box car and one(?) sleeper have been added. All the wagons and cars are painted in white and gold(?). The show will carry two bands, and travel touring Michigan, Indiana and Illinois. . . . Edward Carr and Wm. Ingram have signed for the season. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.
Notes from the Downie & Gallagher headquarters. Prof. John White(?), with his trained dogs, goats, ponies and monkey, has signed with the show, making his second season. Howard and Doyle have been engaged for the concert. The show travels by rail on our own cars, making one and two day stands through Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Ohio and New York. Four new baggage wagons, one tableau band wagon and one stock car have been added to the outfit. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 59.
Second season, Downie & Gallagher's (successors to Rich & Downie) Big United Railroad Shows. Wanted, performers in all branches who do two or mroe turns. Good talking clown and double drummer who can work in concert. Musicians who can double in band or orchestra. Good leader for brass and orchestra. Boss canvasman who can handle his men. Will buy eight or ten band helmets with plumes; good second hand horse tent, and any good 10(?)ft. side wall canvas; five or six lenths of folding back reserved seats. Show opens May 9(?) at Greenville, Mich. Downie & Gallagher, proprieters. Will rent sideshow and candy stands to responsible parties. Two weeks' deposit required. Address Andrew Downie, manager, Hotel Phelps, Greenville, Mich. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 70.
Wanted for Downie & Gallagher's Big Railroad Shows. A good dog circus, trained goats, ponies, monkeys or donkeys. Can use a few more good ground acts and concert people. Also musicians. Downie & Gallagher, proprietors. Candy stand and side show to rent. Address Andrew Downie, Hotel Phelps, Greenville, Mich. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 104.
Call. All performers, musicians and employes engaged for Downie & Gallagher's Big Railroad Shows report for rehearsal at Greenville, Mich., not later than May 6(?). Show opens May 9(?). Downie & Gallagher, Hotel Phelps, Greenville, Mich. Advance call, April 29(?). Can use a good contortionist and outside ascensionist; must do two turns. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 124.
Roster of Downie & Gallagher's United R. R. Shows: Downie & Gallagher, proprietors; Andrew Downie, manager; J. P. Gallagher, treasurer; Dock Downie, assistant treasurer; Ed. Carr, Sherman Downie and wife, three Monroes . . . Mlle. La Tena, Wm. Ingram, Bessie Doyle, Carrie Monroe, Geo. Howard, Lucie(?) Monroe, Prof. Sherman with his herd of performing goats and school of educated dogs, Howard and Doyle, Monroe Sisters, Dock Downie, Miss Sherman and Dock Filley(?). Hank Englehardt, boss canvasman, with twelve assistants; Wm. Browne, boss property man, with four assistants . . . A. B. Butler, contractor; Wm. Stevenson, boss billposter, with four assistants; Fred Monroe, steward, and four assistants. They opened the season at Greenville, Mich., May 9(?). New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.
Grand Rapids, Michigan. Rich & Downie's Circus exhibited on the Island the past week, attracting fair audiences. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 183.
On the road, circuses: Donnelly [sic] & Gallagher's, Cortland, Mich May __, Ionie 21, Stanton 22 . . . New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.
Lansing, Michigan. Downey [sic] & Gallagher's Circus . . . New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 202.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, Cedar Springs, Mich. May 27, Rockford 28, Newaygo 29, White Cloud 30. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
J. P. Gallagher, of the circus firm of Downie & Gallagher, is in the East for a few days. He was a pleasant caller on the Clipper June 30, and had an encouraging report to make of the season thus far with his show. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, Lima, O. July 1, Kenton 2, Marion 3, Galion(?) 4. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.
Notes from Downie & Gallagher's Shows. We are now in the ninth week of our season, and business from the start has been very satisfactor. . . . Prof. Hillard, John A. Drayer and the Redall(?) Sisters joined at Mansfield, O. At Marson(?), O., July 3, as the afternoon performance was going on a cyclone hit the show. The big tops stood the gale in fine shape, but the dressing room tent, the cook tent and the horse tent were blown down, but with very little damage. . . . New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, Cleveland, O. July 2?-2?. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's Big R. R. Shows, musicians, good tuba and cornet players that can double in orchestra. Also performers in all branches of the circus and concert business. All must do more than one turn, and any good burlesque, clown or comic acts. Can use good riding dogs, goats or monkey acts. Show makes long season. Play three day and week stands. Downie & Gallagher, proprietors. Address Andrew Downie, manager, for two weeks, Cleveland, O., then as per route. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 341.
Notes from Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows. Business continues good. At Akron, July 9, 10, 11, we were compelled to turn people away, and we will play a return engagement of three days. The mayor of Crestaline, O. invites us to visit that city, offering to furnish grounds, license, and newspaper advertising free. Among the many visitors to the show during the past week were Mrs. Fred Kling, who will stay for two weeks . . . Manager Miller, of the Whitney Show, and Judge Ewing, of the Cleveland Consolidated Shows. We have now decided to put on a stronger attraction the coming theatre season. The very best talent has been secured, and no expense will be spared to make it one of the strongest attractions on th road. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
Notes from Downie & Gallagher's United Shows. We are now in our third week at Cleveland, and have played to the fullest capacity of our canvas at each performance. Downie(?) and Hall, in their flying return act are meeting with much success. We are constantly adding many special features and novel acts. Among the visitors to the show during the past week were . . . Judge Ewing of the Cleveland Consolidated Shows, and Manager Gallagher's wife, who will spend her summer vacation with the show. Managers Downie and Gallagher are very busy booking valuable time for their hall show for the season of 1891-92, which will open at a New York theatre about the middle of October. They have secured some exceptional people. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, Cleveland, O. July 27-Aug 1. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.
Notes from Downie & Gallagher's United Shows. We are now in our fifth(?) week of success at Cleveland, O., despite strong opposition. We now open our show with eleven(?) tumbling clowns, an act that is meeting with much success. Mr. Downie is quite busy looking after the whole show during the absence of Mr. Gallagher, who accompanied his wife home from her visit to the show. He will remain away some time, looking after the business interests ahead. All members of the show are well, and regret that so prosperous a season is closing. We will close Oct. 3(?) at Medina(?), N.Y., where we will go into winter quarters. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, . . . Akron OH 17-19, Ravenna 20, Warren 21, Niles 22. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.
Doings of Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows. We have finished our five weeks of continued success at Cleveland, O. We are at Akron for week of Aug. 16, and return to Cleveland 23 to play another long engagement at Forest City Park. We then start on our Eastern tour. On the lucky list(?) the past week first comes the management, having played to their usual large business at each performance. Manager Downie figured ___ on the list. On his birthday, the members of the company presented him with an elegant solid gold chain and charm. Ed. Carr was also one of the fortunate ones. He received a handsome initial ring as a birthday token form the management and company. Gillette, contortionist, met with a very painful accident while doing his difficult act. He strained himself, and when he reached the dressing room he was totally blind. Physicians were immediatley summoned, and pronounced it hemorrhage of the brain. Mr. Gillett is slowly recovering, and has the sympathy of the entire company. All the other members of the company are well. Hi Henry was among the visitors to the show during the week. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.
Prof. Sherman, of Downie & Gallagher's Circus, was recently presesnted with a solitaire diamond stud, by his wife, as a birthday token. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.
Doings of the Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows. At Newburg(?), Aug. 14, a heavy wind and rain storm completely demolished things. We lost both shows on that day, but with hard work on all sides we had everything in readiness for the afternoon of 15(?). We immediately ordered a new 120(?)ft. top and a __ft. center, which are daily expected. Business is something tremendous, and all are well and contented. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Buffalo NY Sept 1-19. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.
Downie & Gallagher's United Shows. We are now in the nineteenth(?) week of a season of continuous success, and business is still up to our standard. We have made very little change in the roster since our opening last Spring . . . Mr. Gallagher is still looking after business in advance, while Mr. Downie is very busy with business matters back with the show. . . . All the company are well and happy. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 469.
Doings of the Downie & Gallagher United Shows. The weather the past week was all that could be desired, and the business was fully up to the weather. The show will close its prosperous season at Medina(?), N.Y., Monday, Sept. 28(?), when it will go into winter quarters. During the winter the show will receive a complete overhauling and be enlarged to double its present size. Sixty more head of stock, a Wild West hippodrome and menagerie will be added, making the Downie & Gallagher Shows one of the largest and most complete circus in America. All the old favorites of the show are under contract for next season, and many foreign features are under consideration. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 484.
For sale at a bargain. One 110ft. round top with 40ft. middle piece, 12ft. side walls complete, ropes, centre and side poles, blocks, etc., elegant double door markee [sic] entrance, one ___ push pole top, 12(?)ft. walls complete with poles, etc., one 30x45ft. oblong dressing room, 10ft. walls now being used by Downie & Gallagher's Big R. R. Shows. Can be seen at any time. Will sell the canvas separate for cash. Address Downie & Gallagher's Big Railroad Shows till Sept. 26, Buffalo, N.Y., after that Medina, NY. Will buy or trade for a 120 ft. top, with middle piece. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 496.
Doings of the Downie & Gallagher Show. We closed our season at Medina, N.Y., Sept. 28, and the outfit is stored in our winter quarters. Our most disatrous accident of the season occurred when we were only two miles from our last stand, and while we were congratulating ourselves on our good luck in having escaped from railroad accidents. The alarm of fire was sounded though [sic] the train. When the proprietors reached the train they found the canvas wagon wrapped in flames. The engineer tried hard to make the station, but the train was too heavy for fast time, and the burning car, which was next the engine, had to be detached from the rest of the train, and a lively run for Medina was made, one and a half miles distant. On reaching there the water was turned on. By hard work all day Sunday, Sunday night and Monday morning we finally roped the top together sufficient to hoist what was left of the peaks, and by subsituting the cook tent side walls we got up one of the hardest(?) looking canvases that ever covered a ring. But it had no effect on the performance or audience, for we played to one of the largest days of the season. The wagon was mostly destroyed. We lost all our reserve seat carpet, nets, tumbling ticks, ropes, etc. The loss is heavy. Thomas Murray, one of our employes, when returning home after finishing his season, was run over at Sanborn, N.Y., and lost a foot. He was taken to the hospital at Buffalo, where he is being well cared for. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 518.
At liberty for good combinations, specialty or burlesque. The Downies, Andrew, Mille La Tena, a first class novelty act, full of good comedy and burlesque work. Address Andrew Downie, Downie & Gallagher's Winter Quarters, Medina, N.Y. P.S. Have a few open dates. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 532.
[Ad] Downie went McGinty and Gallagher let her go, and we don't owe a dollar. This is to certify(?) that we, the undersigned performers, musicians and employes, have received our salary in full from Downie & Gallagher for season 1891, beginning May 9 and ending Sept. 28(?). Signed: Ed Carr, Wm. Ingram . . . Prof. Sherman, Miss Lizzie Sherman, Fred Kling, Harry Kling, Dock Downie, Frank Bacon, Howard and Doyle(?), Monroe Sisters . . . W. A. Gillette, Prof. Clark, B. F. Mitchell . . . Frank Polak, Fred Monroe, Theo. Saddler, F. Seymore, A. G.(?) Flynn, Millie La Tena, Wm. Stevenson. Wanted, sleeper, combination stock and flat car, chariots, cages . . . Parties having any good circus property for sale, sent list. Will pay cash. Address Downie & Gallagher, Record Show Print, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 532.
Dock Downie, ventriloquist, and Ella J. Davis, a non-professional, were married at Monticello, Ind., Oct. 5(?), and left immediately on an extended tour of the Eastern cities. They will be at home at Buffalo, N.Y., 2?. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 535.
Doings at Downie & Gallagher's winter quarters. Mr. Downie, accompanied by his wife, has left for a trip through Canada, Manitoba and British Columbia. On his trip Mr. Downie will purchase heavy draught stock and secure the Wild West features for 1892. They will make a special effort in this department of their shows. At the closing performance of the show, at Medina, which was the first appearance of the Downies there, they were presented with many beautiful floral greetings. Mr. Downie will make his future home at Medina [NY], having already fitted up his new residence in a beautiful manner. ___ have already commenced to build our new wagons and band chariots, and the Record Show Printing Co. are getting up some pretty designs for us. Everything will be new for our opening, and no expense will be spared in making the Downie & Gallagher Show one of the most complete on the road. New York Clipper, October 24, 1891, p. 552.
Doings at Downie & Gallagher's winter quarters. Mr. Gallagher has returned from his trip, bringing with him Don Juan, the educated burro. Downie & Gallagher are proud of their prize, and it will be one of the many features of the show next season. Bob Cunningham is busy breaking more riding monkeys and dogs. The dogs with monky riders, on the hippodrome track, will be among the delightful racers. Mr. and Mrs. Downie report a pleasant time on their trip through the Northwest. They will remain on the road until about March. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 593.
Among the features of the Downie & Gallagher Shows next season will be Prof. Mathews with his pack of trained Russian wolves, a flock of educated sheep, a troupe of learned Rocky Mountain goats and trick donkeys. New York Clipper, December 5, 1891, p. 649.
1892:
The winter quarters of Downie & Gallagher's Show were completely destroyed by fire on Dec. __. The building was __x100ft., with basement, first and second floors, and loft in which the canvas was stored. In the basement were horses, harnesses and a cow. On the first and second floors were wagons and other show properties, together with fifty tons of hay. The fire was caused by the explosion of a lantern during the feeding of the stock. Mr. Mead(?), who was attending to that duty, had a narrow escape, within barely five minutes of the time of the explosion entirely surrounded by flames. He fortunately escaped with some bad burns. New York Clipper, January 9, 1892, p. 731.
Downie & Gallagher's doings. The burning of our winter quarters will in no way delay or affect the opening of the show. The regular season will commence on May ?, at Medina, N.Y. The show will be brand new throughout. All property lost in the fire is being replaced as fast as possible. New wagons are now well under way, and property has been purchased in the western part of the town, bordering on the N.Y. C.R.R., where new quarters will be will be commenced as soon a the weather permits. Mr. Downie was away at the time of the fire, and is still absent securing needed equipment. New York Clipper, January 16, 1892, p. 745.
Third season, 1892, Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows, Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. Wanted, performers and musicians in all branches - cowboys, Mexicans and Indians, with their own stock; trained animals of all kinds, any good burlesque or colown acts, singing and talking clowns, and good double drummer, must work in concert; all must do more than one act; want six sober billposters, good contracting agent, not afraid to use the brush; boss canvasman, for and six horse drivers, chandelier and property men. Candy stands and sideshow for rent. Show opens at Medina, N.Y., May ?, 1892. Downie & Gallagher, proprietors. Permanent address: "Record" Show Prints, Medina, N.Y. Address Andrew Downie, manager, week of Jan. 11, Keith's Bijou Theatre, Boston, Mass; week of Jan 18, One Hundred and Fifteenth street and Third Avenue, New York City; week of Jan. __, Middleton & Davis' Musee, Scranton, Pa. For sale, or will exchange for any good show property, two __ft. circus flat cars, new, never yet turned a wheel, with all necessary equipments, of will pay cash for good cages, reserve seats, folding backs big top, with middle pieces or lights. Address J. P. Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, January 16, 1892, p. 754.
C. E. Chamberlain, of Elmira, N.Y., will have charge of the sideshow with Downie & Gallagher's Circus. Leonard and Tracy have secured the refreshment privileges. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 776.
Wild Burt and Little Sure Shot have been engaged for the Wild West with Downie & Gallagher's Shows. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 792.
Wanted, for the third season of Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows, Circus, Museum, Hippodrome and Realistic Wild West, performers in all branches. Good outside ascension. Any good burlesque or clown acts for big show. Man to do the catching for return act. Concert people; all must do more than one act. Cornet, alto, baritone and slide trombone to double in band and orchestra. Good double drummer, must do turn in concert. Boss canvasman, three more bill posters, chandelier and property men. Advance agent. Programe privilege for rent. Address Andrew Downie, manager. Permanent address Downie & Gallagher, proprietors, Medina, N.Y. For sale, two brand new flat cars, never yet turned a wheel . . . J. P. Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 838.
Recent additions to Downie & Gallagher's Circus: Mead M. Werntz and wife, Levardo and Fay, Geo. Howard, Bessie Doyle, Wyoming Dick, Wm. Gillette, Ed. Carr, Arthur Matthews, J. C. Hall, Dock Filley, A?? Land and Brockey Burns. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
Mamie Clatton, albino and snake charmer, will be one of the features of the sideshow with the Downie & Gallagher Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
Wanted, for the sideshow with the Downie & Gallahger's Circus, Museum, Hippodrome and Wild West, boss canvasman and a few more freaks. Will pay cash for good hand organ. Address, weeks of March 14, 21, and 28. ___ Chamberlain, Kohn & Middleton's Museum, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 31.
Prof. ___, with his trained animals, including sheep, goats, donkeys and a pack of Russian wolves, joins Downey [sic] & Gallagher's Railroad Show. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
Myron R.(?) Johnson, known as Latona, the fire king, has been engaged for the Downie & Gallagher Circus. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
Downie & Gallagher's Doings. Things around our new quarters are humming in every department. All the property lost in the fire on Dec. ?? has been fully replaced. The new top is 130ft.(?) round top with two 30ft.(?) centres. Additions of fourteen head of heavy draught horses, one team of show horses, and four head of ring stock. A feature will be made of the parade, everything being new, wardrobes, chariots, wagons, etc. Prof. Matthews has been engaged for the Downie & Gallagher Show with his troupe of trained animals. He will disposes of his performing goats. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
Prof. Matthews has been engaged for the Downie & Gallagher Show with his troupe of trained animals. He will dispose of his performing goats. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
Third season of Downie & Gallagher's circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. Wanted, performers and musicians, cornet for brass and orchestra, drummer to work in concert, two billposters. Also folding back reserved seats, cages, and any good 12(?)ft. side wall. For sale or exchange for show property, two new __ft. flat cars, fully equipped, and fifteen lengths of eight tier seats. Address: Downie & Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 62.
Wild Burt(?) and Little Sure Shot go to Reading next week, then to Wilkesbarre, and open with Downey [sic] & Gallagher's Circus May 2, for the summer. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 83.
Downie & Gallagher's Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. Call. Report at Medina, N.Y., for rehearsal May 2. Show opens May 5(?). Advance report April 22. Can use a few good single concert people who can play snare drum. For sale, 15 lengths of 8 tier seats and two 50ft. flat cars. Downie & Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 92.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. Two high brother act and others, single concert people. Must play snare drum in band; all to do more than one turn. Show opens May ?. Call May 2(?). Downie & Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 108.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows, Circus and Wild West. Singing and talking clown to work in concert, brother and aerial acts. For sale or exchange for horse tent, a dressing room, top and walls in good condition. . . . Address Downie & Gallagher, Buffalo, May _ to __. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 159.
Doings of Downie & Gallagher's Shows. Business is good and everybody is well and happy. Mrs. Gallagher made the show a brief visit last week. The roster is: Andrew Downie, manager; J. P. Gallagher, treasurer; Ed. Carr, equestrian director; Wm. Ingram, Wm. Gillette, Madden(?) and Lowry, Dock Filley, George Howard, Bessie Doyle, Miller La Tena, Wild Burt and wife, Simco and ___, James Casey . . . J. Edwards, Wyoming Dick, Prof. Mathews, W. C. Manning, Burt Mitchell, Sid. Davis and son . . . Joe Polack . . . Prof. Chamberlain, Mamie Clayton . . . Mrs. Andrew Downie, Mrs. Howard, Mrs. Williams, Shorty McNay . . . C. H. Grinnell, Wm. Stevenson and Ed. Jameson. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.
Wanted, for side show with Downie & Gallagher's Circus, a few more freaks, a glass dancer, tattooed people. Address C. E.(?) Chamberlain, care of Downie & Gallagher's Circus, Buffalo, N.Y. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 173.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. Trained dogs, goats, monkeys and donkeys, trick ponies or mules, and riding dog, jugglers and performers. Must join at once. For sale, two 50ft. flat cars, new. Address Downie & Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 175.
Doings of the Downie & Gallagher's United Shows. Rain is still with us, and we have yet to pack up a dry top on the wagon. We lost both shows at Buffalo May 19 on account of rain. The ___ including the ring, would have done very well for Paul Boyton's water show, but for a circus performance, never. Despite the weather, however, the boys are enjoying themselves fishing in Lake Erie. Business is far in advance of the weather. Everybody is well and contented. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Albion NY May 25, Holly 26. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows, Circus and Wild West. Twelve canvas men and boss canvas man, also brother act. . . . Downie & Gallagher, Rochester, N.Y. May 30(?) to June 4(?). New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 190.
E.(B.?) K. Franklin, manager of Geary's World Museum and Theatre, has closed his engagement and signed with Downie & Gallagher's Circus for the summer. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Rochester NY May 30-June 4, Pittsford 6, Fairport 7, Macedon 8, Palmyra 9, Newark 10, Lyons 11. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.
Notes from Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows, Circus and Hippodrome. After 21 days' continued rain, Dr. Casey decided that Mr. Gallagher's yellow dog was a Jonah. Mr. Gallagher visited his home and left the dog there, and when he joined the show the next day, it did not rain - it poured, and continued to pour up to the next day. The boys gave the doctor the laugh for his superstition, and have sentenced him to sleep thirteen nights in No. 13 stateroom. He fears he will never come out alive. He now confesses that as a Jonah discoverer he's a failure. Business has been large and all the people are well. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Macedon NY June _, Palmyra 9, Newark 10, Lyons 11, Clyde 13, Revennah 14 . . . Seneca Falls 16, 17, Waterloo 18. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.
Notes from Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows. Fine weather has appeared after three weeks of continued rain. A terrific storm struck us at Rochester, N.Y., June 1, when the big top was filled with people. The big top snapped with the strong wind, and the dressing room top came down upon performers and horses, giving no one a chance to change their tights. The lady performers were taken to a place of safety, where they were provided with dresses and sent home. Everything in the lot was floating, the sideshow and paintings being the first to go down. . . . Everything is now, however, running smoothly. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
Wanted, for sideshow, with Downie & Gallagher's Circus, a few more freaks, glass dancer, or Zulus, tattoed people. Address as per route, ?. E. Chamberlain, manager care Downie & Gallagher's Circus. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 241.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. Alto to double second violin, cornet to double in orchestra, other musicians. And several big show acts. Candy privileges to rent. . . . New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 257.
Doings of Downie & Gallagher's Show. We have just finished our eighth week of continued success. We have had many blow downs and storms, and other accidents, but the first to cast gloom was the drowning of J. Sullivan near Geneva, on the morning of July 22(?). Every effort was made to save the young man, but without avail. We showed Dresden 2?. It is one of the oldest towns in the state, and ours was the first circus that ever pitched a tent there. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 261.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Itaca NY June 29, 30, Aurora July 1 . . . Farmer Village 4, Union Springs 5, Weedsport 6, Jordan 7 . . . Syracuse 9-15. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Weedsport NY July 6, Jordan 7, Memphis 8 . . . Syracuse 11-16. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's Circus and Wild West, alto to double second violin, cornet for band and orchestra, other musicians, a few acts for big show. Wire or write as per route. For sale, two new 50(?)ft. flat cars at a sacrifice. Will buy good 110ft. top with two 50ft. centres. Address Downie & Gallagher, Syracuse, N.Y., July 11 to 16. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 290.
Doings of Downie & Gallagher's Circus. On July 7(?) we purchased Harry(?) Montford's Floating Palace of Wonders, which we are having converted into a horse palace. We now have a full and complete fleet. Many of the boys are happy since we left the stormy Seneca. It would not do to mention names for criticism, but we have a great number of men that make far better musician [sic] and performers than sailors. . . . New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, Syracuse NY July 11-16. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, . . . Baldwinsville, NY 22, Liverpool 23, East Syracuse 25, Fayetteville 26, Manlin? 27, Kirksville 28 . . . New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 300.
At Phoenix, N.Y., Deputy Sheriff Vickery and two officers attemped to attach the property of Downie & Gallagher's Circus for damages to a canal ___. The circus men opened fire on the officers, and a riot followed, in which one of the officers, Daniel(?) McGa?er, and one of the circus men were dangerously wounded. The officers were driven off, but the affair attracted a large number of villagers to the scene, who vowed vengeance on the circus men. Lynchings(?) were threatened, but wise counsels prevailed. The villagers . . . overpowered the circus men, and dragged twelve of them to the village lockup. Then, for fear they would escape, the crowd stood guard until morning. It is thought the two injured men will die. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. Boss canvas man, two cornet players to double in orchestra, alto and second violin, trombone player. Will buy good 100ft. or 100ft. top with two middle pieces, or any good show property. For sale, two __ft. flat cars. Address Downie & Gallagher, Kirkville, N.Y. July 28 . . . Canastota, N.Y. 30, Oneida N.Y. Aug 1, New London, N.Y. 2, Rome, N.Y. 3, Oriskany, N.Y. 4, Whitesboro, N.Y. 5, Utica, N.Y. 6 and 8. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 337.
Doings of the Downie & Gallagher Shows. The affair at Phoenix, in which this show has suffered severe criticism, deserves explanation, in justice to us. When we reached Phoenix, morning of July 21, a boatman named Merritt called on Downie & Gallagher and said that he was told that their flat boat, which stands only two feet above the water, had damanged a boat belonging to him. The steersman on our boat informed the manager that he had not touched Merritt's boat, and investigation proved that it would be impossible, as the slight damage that was done was between four and five feet above the water, and the boat that he claimed did it only stands two feet above the water. He then said it was hard times and he could not affort to stand any damage, and some one should settle for it. That was all that was heard of it until eight o'clock in the evening, when Deputy Sheriff McVicky called at the ticket wagon and informed Mr. Gallagher that he had two bills against the show, one for damage to a boat and another for posting bills on a shed without a privilege. Mr. Gallagher showed a contract for the use of the shed, and said they had done no damage to the boat. The deputy tried to bluff Mr. Gallagher by saying he would issue a warrant for his arrest, at which Mr. Gallagher laughed and replied: "It is but a civil(?) action; you can't get a warrant on that. However, go ahead. I will be here when you want me." The officer threatened to hold up the show, when Mr. Gallagher replied: "We will deposit any amount of money with any good, responsible citizen as a guarantee, and then we will stand suit in both cases," at which the deputy replied: "We are going to have it settled now," trying to make his bluff work. He then left the lot, and that was all that was heard until ten o'clock, when Washington Wilson, steersman of the flat boat, came to the lot and informed Mr. Galagher that the officers has taken possession of the boat. A number of new men and wagons had already gone to the boat to load it. Downie & Gallagher, knowing the state laws, were aware that the officers were trespassers on their property. Officer McGahn(?) stood on the boat with revolver and club, trying to scare our proprietors into settling. Mr. Gallagher went on the boat, where McGahn(?) stood, and asked him who cast off the boat's ropes. The officer replied that he did. Mr. Gallagher said: "You have violated the marine laws, and we will make you suffer for it." Mr. Gallagher asked his name. He said: "It is Hiram McGahn(?)." "Now(?)," Mr. Gallagher said, "we have come here to load(?) our boats. You have no right on here, and we don't want to have any trouble with you, so get off the boat." At which McGahn(?) replied, drawing his revolver: "I will shoot the first ____ that attempts to put on or take anything off this boat," pointing his revolver at Mr. Gallagher, when one of the showmen, named Harrison, ??? up. McGahn(?) fired, and the ball hit him. Then McGahn fired two or three shots each taking effect ?? Harrison, when the other men rushed up and the officer was pushed into the canal. There were other officers stationed around the boat, who commenced firing, but when some of the showmen turned on them they ran. Not one of the circus men had a revolver. The affair attracted a large crowd of citizens, who at first thought the show people to blame, and thought best to lock them up. The men made no resistance. There was no violence, and if they cared to get out it would have been no trouble, as they were all in one room in the engine house, and the officer that they put on guard got so drunk before morning that he was not able to walk. Downie & Gallagher ___ that the entire preceeding was illegal, and gave the officials all the rope they wanted. Mr. Gallagher went to Medina, their home, to consult their lawyers, and when he got back to Phoenix they had discharged all but Mr. Downie. Later they saw their error, and tried to square matters, but without avail. We have sued(?) McGahn, his ___ and the Corporation of Phoenix for $___ damages, and have also sued McGahn for assault with intent to kill. The affair created a great deal of excitement, and we feared it might affect our business, but, to our surprise, we find it has been the best advertising medium we have had, as people come in thousands for miles to see the show. We lost but one stand, Baldwinville, July 2?. There was no damage to any of the show property, and everybody with the show is happy. We are having fair weather, and intend enlarging our show Aug. 1. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 340.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, Whitesboro NY Aug 4, Utica 5, 6, Frankfort 8, Ilion 9, Mohawk 10, Herkimer 11, Little Falls 12, 13. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 341.
Wanted, for Downie & Gallagher's Operatic Minstrels, season 1892-3 . . . New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 350.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher's, Mohawk NY Aug 10, Herkimer, 11, Little Falls 12, 13, St. Johnsville 15, Fort Plain 16 . . . Fonda 18 . . . Amsterdam 20. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 360.
On the road, circuses: Downing & Gallagher's, Canajoharie NY Aug 17, Fonda 18, Fort Hunter 19, Amsterdam 20. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.
Doings of the Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows. We have had excellent circus weather for the past week, and business has been the largest of any week this season. Our advance lost a great deal of time ___ the railroad strike at Buffalo, and the show lost ___ of paper in the cars burned(?), but our hustling agent, F.(?) K. Franklin, is now doing some very clever and attractive advertising in blanketing the large stands and with the use of a paint brush, his ___ work is attracting a great deal of attention. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 389.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, West Troy NY Aug 26, 27 . . . New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 393.
Doings of Downie & Gallagher's New United Shows, Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. At Schenectady, Aug. 22, we played with the Forepaugh Show, and, despite the strong opposition, business was good. Both shows arrived there 21, and, as they were near each other, a general visiting was kept up until late Sunday evening. Among the many callers from the Forepaugh Show were Phil Gibbons, the Ducros, Jim Irwin and wife, the Wentworths, Ashton and wife, and Mr. Cooper, and an enjoyable evening was passed. This was the second time this season that we palyed with the Forepaugh Show, and we hope to play a third, as it is a pleasure to meet in friendly opposition. Carmen Alvarez and Rio Grand Bill, late of the Buffalo Bill Wild West, joined at Cohoes 24, and both are doing clever riding and roping. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Crown Point NY Sep 7, West Point 8, Hillsboro 9 . . . Port Henry 14, Moriah(?) 15, Ticonderoga 16, Fort Ann 17. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 427.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Port Henry N.Y. Sep 17 . . . Ticonderoga 16, Fort Ann 17. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 443.
Doings of the Downie & Gallagher Shows. This is the nineteenth week of the season, and a week that every member of the company will remember, as the banner one, not for business, but for amusement, for it was impossible to make a stand until Sept. 16(?). We showed Plattsburg, N.Y., Sept. 10, and were billed for Keensville(?) 12, but the seas was [sic] so heavy 17, that is was not safe to pull out. It continued to roll all Saturday night, Sunday and Sunday night, and at five a.m. Monday morning 1?, we decided to brave the storm, so started out. At seven o'clock we were obliged to go to Valcour(?) Island for shelter, and there our amusement continued. It was a regular "day off with the circus." New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 456.
C. E. Chamberlain has closed with Downie & Gallagher's Circus, and is playing fairs in partnership with F. M. Vernelo. They will shortly put out a traveling museum. New York Clipper, October 1, 1892, p. 472.
Downie & Gallagher's doings. We closed our third circus season at Medina, N.Y., Oct. 8. Our fourth season will open at Medina next May. Everything is hustle and bustle about winter quarters, painting the special scenery and arranging the spectacular effects for the opening of our operatic minstrels Nov. 21. . . . Mr. and Mrs. Downie are visiting Mrs. Downie's parents at Manitoba. . . . New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 538.
Wm. Ingham, of Carr and Ingram, is having a new rigging for his act patented which he will introduce with the Downie & Gallagher's Operatic Minstrels. Downie & Gallagher will carry all special setting and scenery for their spectacle, "The Landing of Columbus." Mr. Downie will go with the minstrels. Mr. Gallagher will stay at Medina, and look after the fitting out of the circus for 1893, which will be entirely rebuilt and enlarged in every department to twice its former size. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 557.
___, leader, and the musicians of Downie & Gallagher's Circus complain of their treatment by the management of that show. New York Clipper, November 19, 1892, p. 586.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Medina N.Y. Nov. 21, Holly 22, Brocksport 23, Palmyra 24. New York Clipper, November 19, 1892, p. 587.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Brocksport NY Nov 23, Palmyra 24, Tonawanda 2?, Akron 29, Dundee Dec 1. New York Clipper, November 26, 1892, p. 603.
On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Akron NY Nov 30, Dundee Dec 1. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 621.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Andrew Downie's - 1893, 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905, 1909-1911, 1924
1893:
Notes from Andrew Downie's New United Shows. Our season opened at Cleveland, O., May 18(?). The tents were crowded at the opening performances, and business has continued the same right along. The show is running smoothly and gives great satisfaction. May 2? as ??? struck us, completely [unreadable text] A large section of our middle piece was ___ from the South to the East side of the city, . . . Andrew Downie is sole owner . . . Geo. Le Grande, lithographer. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
On the road, circuses: Andrew Downie, Cleveland OH May 29-June 10(?). New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
Am I in it? Well, I guess yes. Andrew Downie's Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. Wanted, concert team to sell concert and reserve seat tickets, two candy butchers, or will rent candy privilege. Wanted to rent, sleeping car and flat cars for six months, with the privilege of buying the same. Address Andrew Downie, sole owner, till June _, Cleveland, O., June ___, Akron, O. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 227.
On the road, circuses: Downie's, Columbus OH July ?-8, Springfield 10, 11, Dayton 12, 13, Hamilton(?) 14, 15. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.
The Andrew Downie Shows is reported to have gone to the wall July _ at Cleveland, O. There is the old tale to tell of unpaid salaries, delinquent board bills, etc. Buckskin(?) Bill saved his ___ in a measure by attaching the trunks for money due him for his five(?) cars. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.
On the road, circuses: Downie's, Dayton, OH July 12, 13, Hamilton 14, 15, Cincinnati 17-__. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.
Notes from Andrew Downie's Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. We are now in our tenth week of success, notwithstanding all rumors to the contrary. The show has been doing a good business from our opening, playing to only one losing week. Jockey Ed. Carr, who was hurt at Canton, has resumed work. We are now playing a return date at Akron, O. Business is satisfactory. A new __ft. sideshow and six new sideshow paintings have arrived and everything is progressing finely. The thief who robbed our sleeping car has been caught and most of the goods returned. Manager Downie is preparing for his Winter show. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
Notes from Andrew Downie's Circus. We are playing return engagements, and business is far above expectations. While at Akron, O., recently, manager Downie, while doing his flying return act, had the misfortune to dislocate his ankle, which will lay him up for a few days. . . . New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.
Notes from Andrew Downie's Circus, Hippodrome and Wild West. We have had splendid circus weather for the past two weeks and business has been excellent. The show closes about Oct. _, at Hamilton, O. The stock will be shipped to Cincinnati and sold by public auction, as Manager Downie will winter only four trick horses and two donkeys. He has already booked a large number of first class houses for his winter show, and will travel in his special dining and sleeping car. Carr and Ingram(?) leave to join a company for the winter Sept. 22. Mr. Downie will build a fine ring barn and winter quarters at his home, Median, N.Y., having purchased the land last week. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.
1894:
Sixth season, Andrew Downie's Grand Double Mammoth Spectacular "Uncle Tom's Cabin," and "Ten Nights in a Bar Room," traveling in our own vestibule palace cars. . . . Address Andrew Downie, sole owner and proprietor, permanent address, Medina, N.Y. P.S. Regards to circus m'g'rs for kind offers for tenting season. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 828.
1909:
Andrew Downie's Show: A. D. McPhee, proprietor; Andrew Downie, manager; Robt. Taylor, general agent and R. R. contractor; E. C. Whitney, special agent; Wm. Smith, excursion agent; J. H. Jones, press agent; H. Mothersill, manager side show; Mrs. A. D. McPhee, treasurer; Dock Downie, manager commissary dept.; Robert Gilbert, equestrian director; Gibb Writt, supt. of canvas; Al Jones, supt. of animals and elephants; Fred Forrester, supt. of privileges; Billy Hibbard, supt. of stock; J. P. Harrison, supt. of props.; Till Bridle, leader of band. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Downie Bros. - 1926-29 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1926-1929
Article on 1926 Downie Bros. Wild Animal Circus is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1963 (scroll down or use find).
Andrew Downie came out of retirement in the winter of 1926-27 to launch the Downie Bros. Circus. He joined with Clarence Austin in 1884 in a one-ring show titled Downie & Austin Parlor Circus. For several years he piloted the Rich & Downie Circus, Andrew Downie's Dog & Pony Circus, Downie & Gallagher, and Downie and Wheeler. The 1926 show was the first large circus fully motorized circus that lasted an entire season. Bandwagon, November-December, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 5.
• An article on the 1926-1929 Downie Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 4-19.
Downie Bros. - 1930-31, 1935 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1930-1938, 1939
1930:
Chas. Sparks purchased from Andrew Downie, the Downie Bros. Circus (largest motorized) March 13, 1930 at Havre de Grace, Md. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
Article on the 1930-31 Downie Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1976
• Article on the 1932-33 Downie Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1976, Vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 3-14.
1935:
Show covered 17 states, making 173 stops, with six in Alabama, one in Connecticut, ten in Florida, nineteen in Georgia, four in Kent, sixteen in Maine, fourteen in Massachusetts, six in New Hampshire, thirteen in New York, nineteen in North Carolina, thirteen in Ohio, twenty-two in Pennsylvania, one in Rhode Island, twelve in South Carolina, eight in Tennessee, four in Vermont, and five in West Virginia. Bandwagon, August 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 4, p. 6.
• Article on the 1934-35 Downie Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1976, Vol. 20, No. 3, pp. 15-26.
• Article on the 1936-37 Downie Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1976, Vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 16-29.
• An article on the 1938-1939 Downie Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1976, Vol. 20, No. 5, pp. 11-25.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Downie Dog & Pony show - 1910
Roster of car No. 1 of the Andrew Downie Dog and Pony Show: F. E. Davis, general agent; W. L. Davis, contracting agent; C. T. Klugherz, special agent; R. C. Hagerman, lithographer; French Pierrault, boss billposter; F. C. Carpenter, Arthur Baum, Tommy Ross, Harry Rose, Tom Flynn, Max McDonal, Harry Klein, Ed. Green, Jack McCormick, billposters; Frenchy Robbellio, paste maker. Billboard, October 22, 1910. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Downie & Wheeler - 1911-12 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-13
1911: Brief information on the 1911 Downie & Wheeler show is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1963 (scroll down or use find).
1912: Privileges with the Downie & Wheeler Shows include photos, J. K. Milford and two assistants; William Sullivan's 3-in-1 show, Doc Hastings' pit show with six-legged cow and baby rhino, and Harry Pilkinton, badge board. Billboard, April 6, 1912, p. 27.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Drake Bros. Circus - 1929 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1929
Quarters at Charleston, West Virginia, twenty trucks. Bannerline, February 1, 1953, p. 1. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Herr Driesbach & Co.'s - 1857 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1856-57
Herr Driesbach & Co.'s Menagerie and Circus played Kansas in May. The show claimed 250 men and horses and said that the menagerie had a giraffe, the elephant Hannibal, and lions. The performance featured the Stickney family. More on this show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, p. 5.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Herr Driesbach & Co. & Mabie & Co.'s - 1853 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1853
This show, P. A. Older, manager, went up the Missouri River as far as St. Joseph, Missouri, where the show played August 5, 1853. Their advertisement listed exhibitions in Missouri towns: Barry, August 1; Platte City, 2; Weston, 3; DeKalb, 4; St. Joseph, 5; Savanna, 6. Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, p. 68.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dan Ducello's - 1874, 1877, 1879 (formerly Consolidated Circus)
1874: Dan Ducello's Texas Show, with Maud Gibb's Menagerie, exhibits at Halifax, N.S. New York Clipper, August 8, 1874, p. 151.
1877: Stanley's Museum opens in Portland, Me., this week, in a building erected by the manager for the purpose. This is the menagerie portion of the Dan Ducello Show, that traveled through the eastern section of that State and the provinces during the Summer season. Dan Ducello is the animal trainer. New York Clipper, November 24, 1877, p. 279.
1879:
Dan Ducello's United Exhibitions were in Mansfield, Mass., July 10 . . . The show includes the Rodney Brothers, acrobats and gymnasts; Mr. Gardiner, song-and-dance; Myles O. Gorman in a lightning zouave drill and Irish specialites; Charles Reickwood(?), banjoist and comedian; Mons. Lerous, cloud swing; Mr. Peel, clog-dancer; Mons. Tierney, contortionist; Dan Ducello and his performing lions, a baby elephant and a trick mule. J. J. Baker leads the brass band, and Mr. Glassford the string orchestra. New York Clipper, July 19, 1879, p. 135.
Dan Ducello's United Exhibition closed a season of six months' duration at Freeport, Me.(?), Oct. 17. Mr. and Mrs. Ducello, Fred Costello and W. H. Miller(?) went to Portland; Mons. Leroux to Waterbury, Ct.; . . . and H. H. Kingman to Boston. New York Clipper, October 25, 1879, p. 243.
1885: Proprietor Dan Ducello was married last July. New York Clipper, January 17, 1885, p. 693.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Duchack’s - 1888-89 Duchack's Great New London Consolidated Railroad Shows; Duchack's New London Circus; Duchack's Ten Cent Shows; L. J. Duchack's New London Railroad Circus; L. J. Duchack Ten & Twenty-Five Cent Circus
1888: L. J. Duchack, manager, wants personnel. Call advertisement for all engaged personnel except musicians - Sparta, Wisconsin on May 2. At LaCrosse, Wisconsin May 31 for three days, big business. Wm. Miaco and family joined here. Lew Duchack is from La Crosse, Wisconsin. At Nebraska City, Nebraska, July 19-21, immense crowds. New York Clipper, March 17, 1888, p. 18; April 28, 1888, p. 112; June 9, 1888, p. 201; June 16, 1888, p. 215; July 28, 1888, p. 310.
1889:
Duchack’s New London Circus opens its season at Kansas City, Mo., April 29. The outfit consists of four cars, 100 ft. round top tent, with three 30 ft. middle pieces, eight head of ring stock and fifty people. S. J. Ducheck is proprietor and managers, . . . and M. E. Ashton general agent with ten assistants. The show will make one days stands after leaving Kansas. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889. L. J. Duchack's New London Old Time one-Ring Circus will exhibit in Humeston, May 28 . . . This is their 6th year on the road . . . New Era (Humeston, IA), May 22, 1889. Duchack's circus . . . admission 10 and 20 cents. Davenport (IA) Morning Tribune, June 20, 1889.
Harry Gray from Howe's London Shows is now general agent of this show in place of M. E. Ashton. Atchinson, Kansas - tenting season opened here on May 18 at ten cents. Announced the opening for May 17, but heavy rain prevented it. Toured Iowa, one day stands, has 8 horses and two trick mules. Wm. DeLacey, knockabout clown, is now with the show. Fair crowd at Fairfield, Iowa; Wm. DeLacy seriously injured in double somersault over 5 horses and three men. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 141; June 1, 1889, p. 188; June 8, 1889, p. 207; June 15, 1889, p. 225; June 22, 1889, p. 247.
At Burlington, Iowa, June 18-20, light business. At Ottumwa, Iowa on June 14, good business. Opposition to Robinson's Floating Palace at Burlington. Wm. Gore left the show at Burlington, Iowa. M. E. Ashton, late manager, now on Lottie May Burlesque Co. Went to pieces at Fulton, Illinois. The remains of the show came to Burlington, Iowa by steamer Park Bluff. Had bad business since the start. Will attempt to reorganize. The entire outfit at Burlington in charge of Col. Hunt who says the show will reorganized this Fall and go South. New York Clipper, June 29, 1889, p. 255, 257; July 6, 1889, p. 273; July 13, p. 289; August 17, 1889, p. 372.
• Information on the 1889 L. J. Duchack's New London show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 3, p. 40.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ducrow & Ashton - 1894 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1894
Notes from Ducrow & Ashton's Big Consolidated Shows. The shows are nearly ready for the road, and open at Orange, N.J., May 17(?), where the greatest activity prevails, redecorating the new animal cages, seven performers carriages and eleven wagons, and caring for the seventy head of horses and ring stock - mules, donkeys, ponies, monkeys and snakes. The recently arrived pet elephant "O'Donnell(?)," is a little under the weather, in consequence of a long sea voyage. This company will be one of the best equipped on the road, and will surpass all of the ordinary road shows, their ethnological groups reaching from every quarter of the globe. All of the company organized, so far, have reported for duty . . . Flora Aida . . . Eugene Manning, Florence Kent, Addie Gilman(?), besides the National Trio Acrobats, three in number. Wm.(?) North, the great bareback rider of Europe; Wooda Cooke, America's challenge rider; Mr. Watson's(?) troupe of trained dogs, riding goat and school of ponies; Prof. Goethe's(?) Brass Band. This big ten cent show will be under the direction of Jesse W. Foster . . . Wm. Ducrow will be manager, Frank Ashton in charge of tent in general. . . . New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 151.
Ducrow & Ashton's New Shows, open at Orange, N.J., Thursday, May 17. Wanted at once, circus performers, specially lady for menage act (amateur preferred, we furnish horse), lady for flying rings, etc., horizontal bar and brother act. Address Wm. Ducrow, manager, 107 4th Ave., N.Y. City. For sale, candy stand and side show (we have side show tent). New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 157.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Duke of Paducah - 1960 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1960
In 1960, Whitey Ford, the Duke of Paducah, bought the Lewis Bros. circus and toured a tented circus for one season. Bandwagon, March-April, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 2, p. 36.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
D. F. Dunham's - 1875
D. F. Dunham's company (not yet named), so far as engaged, includes John L. Davenport and family, clowns and equestrians; the Leopold Bros., gymnasts; Minnie Clifton, equestrienne; D. B. Gillam, scene rider; G. W. Chaffe, ascensionist; Stephens and Cardello, acrobats; A. M. Dildine, general agent; Thos Hodges, assistant manager; C. D. Clark has the sideshow and dollar store privileges. The candy privilege is not disposed of. Mr. Dunham will retain the concert, and will use sixteen wagons, about seventy people and sixty horses. New York Clipper, March 13, 1875, p. 399.
D. F. Dunham's Imperial European Circus. Proprietor and manager, D. F. Dunham; assistant manager, Thomas Hodges; press agent, Chas. Morton; programme agent, Wm. Hughes; treasurer, C. Fritcher; leader of band, Chas. Schawrtz, number of musicians 13; equestrian director, D. B. Gillam. John L. Davenport, clown. Riders: Miss Minnie Leopole, Orrin M. Hollis, D. B. Gillam. Leopold Brothers (John and Ed). [many names unreadable] New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, Supplement, p. 1.
The Leopold Brothers, aerial gymnasts and acrobats, who recently returned from St. Petersburg, Russia, have been engaged by D. F. Dunham for the coming tenting season. Miss Minnie Clifton has also been engaged. The Leopolds and Miss Clifton will return to St. Petersburg early in December next, to rejoin Ciniselli & Co.'s Circus. New York Clipper, April 3, 1875, p. 7.
D. F. Dunham's Imperial European Circus, the Sensation of 1875. Proprietor and manager, D. F. Dunham; assistant manager, Thomas Hodges; press agent, Chas. Morton; programme agent, Wm. Hughes; treasurer, C. Fritcher . . . Clowns, John L. Davenport and ___. Riders, Miss Ella Davenport, Miss Minnie Leopole, Millie, Caroline and Little Jennie(?), Orrin M. Hollis, D. Gillam, H. Brady. Gymnasts, acrobats, leapers and tumblers, Leopold Brothers (John and Ed) . . . Proprietor of concert, D. F. Dunham. Proprietor of sideshow, C. B. Clark. Winter quarters, Fostoria, O., at which place the first exhibition is to be given May 1. In the procession, Schwartz's Silver Cornet Band in golden chariot, followed by sixty ladies and gentlemen on horseback, dressed in costumes representing the four quarters of the globe (Europe, Asia, Africa and America). Balloon ascension daily at 1 o'clock p.m. Wire ascension to top of pavilion at 7 o'clock p.m. Will use four passenger wagons and ticket wagon; sideshow will have six wagons, making a total of twenty-four wagons and about one hundred horses, including those used by privilege men. About one hundred an twelve men all told, with big show and privileges. Sideshow uses two tents, one up-town and one on lot. Will give concerts in outside tent. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Silas Dutton's - 1879, 1880
1879:
Wanted, attractions for show and concert. Also tumblers, leapers, male and female gymnasts, and a troupe of performing dogs. Candy stand and sideshow privileges for sale. John H. Trewolla, St. Louis, Mo. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 3, 1879, p. 48.
S. Dutton's Southern Circus, which started from Chicago, Ill., in May, 1879, and has been performing in the South during the past Winter, is expected to reach Marshall, Texas, May 1. The organization includes G. W. De Haven, manager; J. H. Trewolla, general agent; C. H. Lowry, equestrian director; J. McCarty, boss hostler; and J. Bradick, boss canvasman. Performers: Charles Orvill, P. H. Seamon, W. Sparks, W. Walcot, C. H. Lee, W. Ward, C. Dever, Dr. Newton, Miss Mayo, Mrs. Seamon, Mrs. Sparks, and Mrs. Dever. They have about ninety horses. New York Clipper, May 1, 1880, p. 43.
1880: The Silas Dutton Southern Circus, under the management of George W. De Haven, is now on a tour through the Southern States, playing in New Orleans this week; thence into Texas for the Summer circuit. They travel by wagon . . . P. H. Seamon is the clown, C. H. Lowry the hurdle rider is also with them. . . . New York Clipper, March 6, 1880. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Eagle Circus - 1848 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1848
Organized in Cincinnati in September, 1848, by Sol J. Lipman, clown, and Burnell Runnells, rider. Show had James Buckley, rider, and John Harpier, clown. Disbanded January 14, 1849. Thayer's Annals of the American Circus.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Eagles' Indoor Circus - 1923
At East Liverpool, Ohio. Billboard, May 5, 1923. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Earl's - 1920-21
Earl Johnson, who retired from the show business in 1915 [1916?], will take out a first-class wagon show in the spring. The show will be known as Earl's Greater European Shows and will open either in Virginia or North Carolina. It is the intention of Mr. Johnson to have one of the finest and best equipped wagon shows on the road. The big top will be a 70, with two 30-foot middles; the side-show a 40, with two 30-foot middles. Nine wagons are to be used, with two in advance. Billboard, January 17, 1920, p. 58.
Wanted quick for overland circus. Wagon show people in all branches, ground act, comedy acts, clown that can sing, sketch team for concert, man and wife that can put on side show. Musicians, trap drummer, trombone, cornet and baritone. Boss canvasman, boss hostler, cook. Candy butchers. Eat and sleep on lot. Earl R. Johnson, Greater Overland Circus, Morgantown, West Virginia. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 12, 1920, p. 89.
Wanted quick for small overland circus. Agent that will post. Useful wagon show people. Performers, musicians, camp cook. Working men in all departments. Earl R. Johnson, Hooverville, Pa. [Advertisement] Billboard, July 31, 1920, p. 117.
1921: Wanted useful circus people. Performers doing 2 or more acts and doubling in concert preferred. Slack wire, sing and double trapeze, swinging ladder, juggling, contortionists, talking clowns and other act. Band leader. Musicians on all instruments. Boss canvasman. Agent that can contract and who can post. 1 billposter. Sleep in hotles, eat on lot. Opens Saturday, May 28, Clay City, Ky. Address Earl R. Johnson, 107 Church St., Lexington, Ky. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 14, 1921, p. 109.
Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out Billboard, Clipper, and/or do a Search
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Eckhart & Williams - 1890
Fred Lyman, cornetist, writes the following, dated at Nevada, Ia., Sept. 4: "Clarence G. Eckhart, formerly a performer with one of the Kickapoo Indian Medicine Cos., in partnership with C. R. Williams, organized a small circus early last August. Business at first was rather discouraging, but the last two weeks it had been good, playing to packed houses at almost every stand. All the people who remained with the show had not received a cent of salary from the time of opening, and on Thursday, Sept. 4, the day when everybody expected to be paid, and all financial affairs were to be balanced up, manager Eckhart decreed otherwise, and left for parts unknown, taking with him all the earnings of the show, a hundred dollars or more. He was accompanied by H. E. Mitchell, a song and dance performer, and Mead Satterlee, an amateur. Manager Eckhart left a not to the effect that it would be no use to look for him, as by the time they read it both himself and the boys would be many miles away. The tent and fixtures were left at Nevada, but he had placed a mortgage upon it, and we could not help ourselves that way. Mr. Williams, his partner, is in as bad a fix as the rest of us - he is to day, penniless and destitute." New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.
Clarence G. Eckhart denies that any ___ was due his people when the Eckhart & Williams Circus closed at Nevada, Ia. Mr. Eckhart writes: "I have receipts in full from all the people engaged with the show." New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Eddy Bros. - 1894
Notes from the Eddy Bros.' Show. The company are working under an 80(?)ft. round top. Roster: Harry McDonald and Charles Ogden, proprietors and managers; Robert Roper, master of transportation; Harry Bell, John Teets, Mrs. Rachel McDonald, the Teets Brothers, Prof. Wombold and his troupe of educated dogs and ponies; Prof. Rosselli's(?) band of eight pieces; Jim Boyd, boss canvas man with five assistants . . . and Pete France, in charge of cook tent. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.
Wanted, people in all lines of circus business, doing two or more acts, except riders. . . . Long season. Side show privilege to let, wages or percentage. Address Eddy Bros.' show . . . New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 825.
Wanted, for Eddy Bros.' New Inter-Ocean Shows, musicians and performers in all lines of circus business except riders. Show ??? North this summer. Side show and other privileges to let. . . . Eddy Bros. Show. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 124.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Eddy Bros. Three Ring Circus - 1937 (title for Hunt Bros. 1936-1939); show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936-39
1937: Show had an air-conditioned tent. Billboard, June 19, 1937, p. 38. Show played New Hampshire. Billboard, August 28, 1937, p. 76. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Edmond's Windsor Castle Menagerie - 1886
Louis Bastow, advance agent, announcement of his death. New York Clipper, May 8, 1886, p. 123. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Prof. Edmond's Pavilion Shows - 1889 Prof. Edmond's 2 Big Fair Ground Shows
Advertisement - wanted, freaks, illusions or mechanical wonders. Closed a successful season at Barre, Canada on August 21. New York Clipper, August 31, 1889, p. 415; September 7, 1889, p. 427. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Edmonds & Shaw's Pavilion - 1885, 1888 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885-88
Harry Stanwood and Bertie McFadden joined Edmonds & Shaw's Pavilion Show last week. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328.
Engaged steamer "Fairy" for a tour of the Northern lakes. Harry Woods joined. New York Clipper, August 8, 1885, p. 328; August 11, 1888, p. 427. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Edmond, Hammer & McDonald's Co. - 1888 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888
Mentioned in New York Clipper, October 27, 1888, p. 524. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Eldridge & Condon One Ring Circus - 1920 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1920
Mentioned in Billboard, July 10, 1920, p. 54. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Elliott's Pavilion Show - 1888-89 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888
1888: Earl Family (Hazel, Maud, Zetta, Baby Earl), trapeze, contortion, triple song and dance. 1889: Poor business at Little Rock, Arkansas. New York Clipper, October 13, 1888, p. 500; April 6, 1889, p. 53. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Elliott & Silbon Co. - 1884 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1884
Prof. E. Abt, former stereoptican agent of Forepaugh, will join this show. New York Clipper, October 18, 1884, p. 486. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ellis Bros.' Shows - 1923 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923
Owners J. W. Ellis and James J. Lamb planning show for 1923. Opened at Lima, Ohio (J. W. Ellis). Billboard, October 21, 1922, p. 72; February 24, 1923, p. 84.
J. W. Ellis informs that he has entered into a partnership with James J. Lamb, old-time circus performer, to put out Ellis Bros.' Shows, a twelve-to-fifteen wagon organization, horse drawn, season of 1923. Three of the wagons are completed, and ten head of stock are in winter quarters at Foraker, O. The big show top will be a fifty with a thirty foot middle piece. No sideshow will be carried, but there will be on up-town wagonin which "Billy," the live sheep with two complete separate bodies and six legs fully formed. Artist Stover of Lima, O., has completed a pictorial banner front for same. Advance work will be done by auto. A special dining car will be carried and all people, including working men, will have living quarters in wagons. Prior to opening next April the management will put on some indoor circuses. Jim Lamb will be in charge of winter quarters. Billboard, October 21, 1922, p. 72.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Elroy & Drake - 1904 Great Eastern Circus
Elizabeth, New Jersey. The Great Eastern Circus, (Edwin Elroy & W. Drake, owners, and James Duchemin, general director). May 18-21, came to excellent business. The tent was filled at each performance. The side shows were well patronized, and the concerts witnessed by nearly half of the audiences present at each performance. The circus was organized in Elizabeth by Messrs Elroy, Drake and Duchemin. Its programme was made longer by the introduction of amateur talent for the benefit of a new hospital to be conducted by the Sisters. The professional talent was: George Barnard, acrobat; "Jack" Elmo, English clown; Ernest Dale and Charles Hopper, clowns, with Frank Wilson, the Two Carriers, Charles Valentine, on the bounding rope; T. Carman and trained stallions, Sig. Gonzales' riding mule, the Three Frasers, acrobats; Ray Kanayman(?), slack wire; Lulu and traine dhorse, "Topsy." A uniformed band of ten pieces renders a concert in front of the tents at each performance. The aggregation carries sixty-five people, and three cars are used. Peter Walker is head chandelier man. Thre new horse acts are being rehearsed, and a child wonder, in trapeze work, is being prepared. New York Clipper, June 4, 1904, p. 345(?).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Elstun Bros.' - 1905-06, 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1904-1910
1905: Our correspondent from Emporia, Kan., writes: A little trained animal exhibition that has recently opened in the central part of the country is the Elstun Bros. Dog and Pony Show. The show is owned and entirely managed by C. W. Elstun and his sons, Frank, Gene and C. W. Elstun, jr. The show opened in Kansas City, Kan., and is now in Kansas. A feature is the disrobing horse, Senator, who disrobes, says his prayers and retires in a bed, placing the covers, etc., all alone. Prof. Brown and his goats also get applause. Billboard, June 17, 1905, p. 17.
1906: The Elstun Brothers' United Shows open at Kansas City, Kan., April 18, exhibiting there three days at Union Place in the heart of the city, under the auspices of the Children's Home. The Elstun Brothers are residents of Kansas City and the show winters at Midland Park. The organisation consists of trained animals, dogs, ponies, goats and monkeys, gymnastic and aerial acts and a select concert band under the direction of Prof. Howard. Senator, the disrobing horse featured by the Barnum & Bailey Show upon its European tour, will be featured with this show. The organisation will travel by wagons. General Agent Miles Berry is busy looking after the interests of the show. Billboard, April 14, 1906, p. 32.
1909: Elstun Bros.' United Shows: Elstun Bros., proprietors; C. D. Elstun, manager; C. W. Elstun, general agent; F. R. Elstun, local contractor; B. S. Benson, press agent; D. A. Reed, manager side show; F. R. Elstun, treasurer; C. D. Elstun, equestrian director; E. W. Elstun, supt. of transportation; Claude Ware, supt. of canvas; M. Brennan, supt. of animals; F. R. Elstun Jr., supt. of privileges; Dady Doyle, supt. of stock. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
The Elstun Bros. show was owned by C. W. Elstun and his sons C. W. Jr., Gene and Frank. It was framed in the winter of 1904 and was out every year until 1909. It did go out in 1909 and 1910 under different ownership. Bandwagon, May-June, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 11-12.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Elton Bros.' Circus - 1900 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900
Opened at Smithfield, Pennsylvania, May 1. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ely's - 1900, 1905, 1913 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900-1914
1900: We opened our season at Metropolis City, Ill., April 7, and have been playing to packed houses, with the exception of May 25, when we had a blow-down at Momcake, Ill. We had to close the doors at 7:30, every available foot of space having been taken. Our roster is as follows: G. S. Ely, sole proprietor and manager; Mrs. K. D. Ely, treasurer; performers in big show, Mrs. Effie Ely, Geo. Loranzo, J. Sauer, Mrs. Bessie Scott, Marreta Sisters and Frank Myers. Our band consists of eight pieces with Walter Scott, leader. W. Mitchell, J. Sauer, T. Robbins, F. Gilius(?), Bessie Scott, J. Barnes, W. Jones. Red Turner has carge of canvas with six assistants. Chas Fuller, hostler, with two assistants. . . . Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.
1905: Roster of George S. Ely United Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition: Geo. S. Ely, sole proprietor and manager; Mrs. K. S. Ely, treasurer in charge of ticket wagon; Lee Howard, equestrian director; Howard Family; Gertie DeMent, flying trapeze; Sophia Howard, flying rings; Wilbur Brothers, horizontal bar; Miss Mae Wealty in Roman standing races and menage act; Prof. Grace and his school of dogs, ponies and goats; the Hamburg Brothers, acrobats and gymnasts, and Professor Zadell and his four performing steers. Blacky Jones is boss canvasman with twelve assistants; Ben Swift is boss hostler with eighteen assistants; and Prof. Rau has chage of the band with eight pieces. Billboard, April 15, 1905, p. 20.
1913: George S. Ely's Circus is in its twenty-second week. The show will remain out all winter. The show carries thirty head of stock, ten wagons, 80 foot round top, fourteen lengths of seats and twenty-eight people. Richard Honzelka's cornet band of seven solo musicians is the big feature. Roster: George S. Ely, manager; K. S. Ely, treasurer; Joseph Jackson, in charge of canvas with six assistants; Carl, in charge of stock with four assistants; Luther, props; Charley Ban, cook; Steve Jet, in charge of lights. Performers: Madam Rosa, magician; Lulu Fregi, snake enchantress; Nellie Spencer, soubret; Mons Higo, wire and traps; Thomas J. Connelly, producing clown; William Mitchell, monolog and concert, and George S. Ely's January act and trained horses. Billboard, November 29, 1913, p. 122.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Fred Elzor Circus - 1912-13, 1916 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-16
1912: The Fred Elzor Show is still touring Georgia. Among the late arrivals on the show are Arthur Benson and Frazer Clark. Walter Allen has a ten-piece band with the following musicians: Walter Allen, Lee Hall, Fred Spencer, C. E. Tuttle, Harry Chapman, Walter Holback, Jact Settrick, Howard Ramsdall, George Porter and Ribble Linkons. The show will stay out all winter in Florida. Lee Smith is handling the mail and billboards. A shipment of twelve head of draft horses, with a new cage for the menagerie arrived recently. The show is in its thirty-second week, and has only lost four days.
Roster: Fred Elzor, manager; John Wright, assistant manager; H. C. Fay, big show ticket seller; John Washburn, superintendent of canvas with ten men; Arthur Banson, outside attraction; Frazer Clark, upside down ladder and ground rings; the Courtneys, double traps and Roman rings; Smith and Ramsdell, novelty acrobats; Jack Ray Dee, slack wire, traps and juggling; Edgar E?gers, singing and talking clown; Mrs. Elzor, contortionist; Howard Ramsdell, rolling glove and clown; John Schremmer, hand balancing and clown, and Lee Smith, mule rider and clown. Billboard, December 14, 1912, p. 72.
1916: The Elzor Show is now in the 17th week of its summer tour. The first six weeks was a struggle through muddy roads, and much rain, but the season has been profitable. Two teams of mules and three teams of horses has been added to the show, in addition to several ponies and two donkeys. With the show are Howard Ramsdell, traps and rolling globe; Percy Rhoades, hand balancing and slide for life; Miss June, contortionist; Lavern and Roberts, acrobats; Al Mondsello, wire and juggling; Marie Lotta, rings and perch; Capt. Snider's dogs; Bogart's ponies. Walter Miller has charge of the stock and Herman Eagler the canvas. Billboard, August 26, 1916, p. 22.
1916: . . . Fred Elzor, our showman, just in from a successful season with his circus, opened yesterday morning the first mule and jackass auction ever held in Garland. . . . Warren Evening Times (Warren, PA), September 20, 1916, 4.
Fred Carter Bogart, 76, resident of Warren-Jamestown Road, who gained fame in the amusement world as a vaudeville performer and owner of "The Fred Elzor Circus," died Tuesday after a long illness. Billed under the name of Fred Elzor, Mr. Bogart launched his career in the amusement world as a contortionist and balancer. At one time he played 31 straight weeks in a New York theater. Over forty years ago when the present Columbia theater was erected by the late J. D. Woodard, and featured vaudeville acts along with silent movies and illustrated songs, Mr. Bogart was one of the early managers of what was then called The Woodard theater. Later he embarked into the amusement business as owner of The Fred Elzor Shows which became known as the leading wagon circus on the road, playing from one end of the country to the other. For 25 years, until his retirement, he had been a valued employe of Warren State Hospital as an attendant. Mr. Bogart was born in Wilkes-Barre, October 24, 1875, but had resided in Warren county for the past 47 years. He is survived by his wife, Winifred R.; a son Robert L., and daughter Mrs. June Wedlock, all residents of Warren-Jamestown road; three grandchildren and a sister, Mrs. Lettle McCann, Breingsville. Interment in Pine Grove cemetery. Warren Times-Mirror (Warren, PA), April 23, 1952, p. 1.
See Bannerline, February 15, 1961, pp. 2-7.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Engford Family Show Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1921-1935
The Engford Family Show, out of Plover, Wisconsin, was a motorized circus, owned by Robert Engford. The show toured from 1920-26. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 20.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Engle Bros.
There will be no Engle Bros.' Overland Circus on the road this year; in fact, not until the war has ended. L. W. Smith, one of the owners of the show, enlisted in the army last July. Manager R. R. Engle finished the season at Terre Haute, Ind., and as soon as the show was in winter quarters at Bridgeton, Ind., all the stock was sold. Last January Mr. Engle enlisted in the Coast Artillery. Al told, eight troupers from this little show are now in the service and everyone enlisted. C. W. Wortsbaugh, band leader, who has been with the Engle outfit since 1907, is spending the summer in Indianapolis. The Cole Sisters, one of the acts carried, will not go out until fall. Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Engles & Eldridge Circus - 1921
1921: see Billboard, Marcy 14, 1921, p. 65; June 11, 1921, p. 128; June 25, 1921, p. 66.
1925: Al Porter and Lew Engles, late of this show, plan a ten car carnival. New York Clipper, January 21, 1925, p. 89.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Enos & Parker - 1918
The Enos & Parker Show is the title of a new troupe recently organized by Rue Enos and Mr. Parker, both of whom were with the Cole Bros.' Circus last season. The show inaugurated its tour at Mansfield, La., January 10, and has lost only two days since. It is transported by an automobile truck, and is headed for California, where another truck will be added. The show plays anything from town halls up. On account of bad roads, Leesville, La., was cancelled. The troupe eats and sleeps in hotels, but as soon as the weather moderates, will carry a cookhouse. The show left Louisiana January 23 and entered Texas. Billboard, February 2, 1918, p. 30.
Enos & Parker Show played a two days' engagement at Goose Creek, Tex., and the oil town proved the best stand the show has made thus far. Rue Enos and his partner, Parker, were in Houston, Tex., and bought a motorcycle for the advance. The show continues on its tour thru Texas, playing town halls and school houses and is managing to get a little jack here and there. The show played day and date with Miller Bros.' Wild West Amusement Company at Orange, Tex., and did very good. At Sourlake it played day and date with John G. Miller's Show. The show travels on an auto truck. In the Spring the show will be placed under canvas. Billboard, February 23, 1918, p. 29.
The Enos & Parker Show continues on its tour in Texas. The show laid off in San Antonio, Tex., March 2 and 3, during which a trailer was built for the truck for sleeping quarters. Route: Enos & Parker Shows: Eden, Tex. 13; Vigo 14; Eola 15; San Angelo 16; Water Valley 17; Broome 18; Sterling 19; Iolanthe 20; Big Springs 21. Billboard, March 16, 1918, pp. 28, 50.
Rue Enos and his partner, Mr. Parker, organizers of the Enos & Parker Show, have canceled all of their dates until is is found out if Mr. Parker, who is in Class A1, is drafted. They have been in San Antonio, Tex., since March 2, playing their show the week of March 4 in conjunction with Don Carlos' Dog and Monkey Show at Camp Kelly Aviation Field, and the week of March 11 at the Happy Hour Theater at Camp Travis. Last week they were booked at the Travis Theater at Camp Travis in conjuction with Mr. Lewis' tab show. In case Mr. Parker is drafted Enos says he doesn't know what his plans will be, but more than likely he will be back with some white top in clown alley. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 28.
Rue Enos, performer, and Laura Schaak, performer, both late of the Frisco Exposition Shows, were married recently at Weatherford, Tex. The show which Rue and his partner, Parker, had been operating is now a thing of the past. Rue failed to pass the draft examination on account of a broken foot, but Parker went thru all right. Billboard, April 20, 1918, pp. 26, 29.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Erb's - 1892
1891: Wanted, for Erb's New Sensation Wagon Show, circus people of all kinds, except riders. Sideshow and other privileges for sale. Show opens May 1, 1892. Would like to hear from a reliable advance agent. Address R.(?) T.(?) Gilham(?), assistant manager, Philipsburg(?), Centre County, Pa. New York Clipper, December 12, 1891, p. 674.
1892: Notes from Erb's New Sensation. The show will open at Phillipsburg, Pa., April 2?, and will go on the road with an entire new outfit - new wagons, tents and all other paraphernalia. A number of people who have signed have already reported, and preparations are going on all the time. Everything will be in readiness for rehearsal in short time. The following people signed: Prof. Wm. Andre, aeronaut . . . Charles Richter, balancing trapeze . . . Erghardt Bros., slack wire and perch pole; and Prof. Gilham's Juvenile brass band, ten in number. T. W. Vinson and W. S. Erb will have charge of the side show. John Erb is sole proprietor and manager. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.
1892: Call. People engaged for Erb's New Sensation Shows report at Philipsburg, Centre County, Pa., April ??. Would like to hear from people who can double in concert, male and female; also a Punch man who does magic. Address John Erb, Philipsburg, Centre County, Pa. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 95.
1892: Wanted, for Erb's New Sensation Show, circus people in all branches, except riding. Would like to hear from a lady that does turn in big show and doubles in concert show. Travel by wagon, stop in hotel, Address John Erb, Madora(?), Pa., May 4 . . . Ansonville 6 . . . New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 143.
1892: Erbs' New Sensation Shows has been on the road since April ??, and, despite lots of rain, business has been good. The roster: John Erbs, sole proprietor and manager; Frank Leopold, director of amusements; J. F. Showers, announcer; Zoliers, Litz and Ceno, Grant Williams, Charley Hunter, Fred Slaughter, Vini(?) Komiskey and Prof. Dick Gilham's Juvenile Band. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.
1892: Scribner & Smith's report. The Erb Show stranded within six miles of us June 4(?). Our superintendent, Jack Kent, went on to see them, and came back with ten horses, four wagons, several sets of harness, etc. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Eroni Bros. Circus and Menagerie (Australia) - 1900
Eroni Bros. Circus and Menagerie in Australia has 180 head of horses and twelve cages of animals. J. O. Donnell, manager of the Chicago Jewelry Company, has acquired a half interest in the organization, and intends to use American printing, agents and bill posters if he can get them. His address is 50 Queen Victoria Martkets, Sydney, N. S. W., Australia. Billboard, Aaugust 11, 1900, p. 5. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Erwood's - 1892-93
1892: Erwood's New Consolidated Shows report good business. The ring is under the direction of Walter Romalo(?), and everything runs smoothly. Five musicians have been added to the band. Following is a list of the company: R. J. Erwood, sole proprietor and manager; Geo. L. Bowers in advance, with four assistants; Walter Romalo(?), ringmaster; the Galena Family, the Romalo Bros., William La Crawford . . . Mons. Gorman . . . and a band of ten pieces. The show will travel entirely by wagons for the remainder of the season. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 438.
1893: From R. J. Erwood's United Shows. Our season opened at New Philadelphia, O., May 30. The roster: R. J. Erwood, proprietor and manager; G. L. Bowers, treasurer; Sig. Cannon and Mme. Maude, Chris. Meyer, Chas. A. Blanchell(?) . . . Mons. Geller . . . Mattie King, W. Crawford . . . Warde and Erwood, Little Baby Erwood . . . Red Martin, Prof. Martin and wife's troupe of trained ponies and dogs, Prof. Kellman's band of twelve pieces, Dr. McKinzie, candy privilege, and Albert Kirkam(?), boss canvas man. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.
1893: Wanted, quick, 1 band leader, 1 orchestra leader. Must both have music. 1 boss canvas man and men to work on canvas and seats and properties. Write or wire, Ulrichsville, Ohio, July 4, New Cumberland, Ohio July ?, Del Roy, Ohio, July 6. Address R. J. Erwood, Erwood's Circus. Can use alto player and other musicians. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 260.
1893: C. S. Carleton has resigned as general agent of Erwood's Circus to take charge of the tour of Prof. Martin's troupe of educated dogs and ponies. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 280.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Escalante Bros. - 1918, 1919, 1920-21 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1903-1938, 1943-45
1918:
Winter quarters, Escalante Bros. Show, Marino Escalante, manager; Santa Ana, Cal. Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 45.
Escalante Bros.' one-ring circus closed the season at Santa Anna, Cal., October 25. The show will winter in that city. Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 32.
1919:
The Escalante Bros. Show (Mexican circus). In Brawley, Cal., the show turned people away two days. In Calexico, Cal., packed houses for three days. The show is now in Mexicali, Mexico, having passports for two weeks. The roster: Mariano, Pedro and Marcus Escalante, owners and directors; Senor Oliva, horizontal bars, tumbling, jumping and pantomimes; Pedro Escalante, rings, bars, trained horses, bears, etc.; Senorita Aurora Escalante, trapeze, tumbling, juggling, singing, dancing; Marcus Escalante, producing clown and dancer; Senor and Senora Lorenzo Azcone, singers, dancers,sketches, delineators; the Escalante Juveniles (Filomeno, Eduardo, Angelita, Ampaio, Manual, Charlotta, Francisco), trapeze, bars, rings, hand balancing, tumblers, contorionists, singers and dancers, casting acts, double traps, etc.; Senor Alezandro Acevedo, tight and slack wire, trapeze balancing, etc; Senor and Senora Marcias, wire artists, jumpers, tumblers, jugglers, etc.; Senor Andres ___, heavyweight balancing, strong act and fire king; Senorita Charlotta Garcia, contortionist, tumbler, singking, balancing trapeze; Senora Rita Oliva, trapeze balancing, singing and dancing; Senor ___, band leader with band and orchestra of twenty pieces; Senora Luce Escalante, tickets; Alezandro Acevedo, lunitor; Jose Garcia, blues; Mrs. May Escalante, concessions; Senora Catalina Escalante, ticket taker; Lee Teller (magic, escapes, hypnotism), doing advance. The show travels in four cars and carries forty-eight people. Billboard, April 19, 1919, p. 34.
The Escalante Bros. Mexican Circus is playing Los Angeles lots for three weeks. They have just installed a new 100 foot round top with a forty foot middle piece. The show is framed with one ring and an elevated stage in one end. Two rows of reserved chairs surround the ring, while one side of the top is occupied by star back reserves and the other with "blues" for general admission. There are about seventy people carried by the show. Billboard, May 24, 1919, p. 84.
Business with the Escalante Bros. Shows in California has been good. We are glad to have return to the fold Charles Cordena, our chef. July 26 we celebrated Mr. Mariana Escalante's birthday, who will be thirty-nine on his next birthday. He is the senior member of the firm. - Lee Teller. Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 46.
More on the 1919 Escalante show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
Show was in California in 1919. Spent Fall of 1920 in Mexico.
1921:
Lee Teller, of Escalante Bros.' Show, writes from Colton, Cal., that he has returned from Mexico and Arizona, and that business across the line as far as Mazattan was just fair. Conditions are none too good for shows, he says. Money is scarce and the national currency only one-half value of this country. In Nogales the advance men of the Howe show were welcome visitors. The Escalante troupers visited the Howe show at Yuma. In Coachella, the Escalante show ran into a wind storm, with a ninety-mile gale and the sun invisible for three days on account of the sand. Teller says that he met "Doc" Cole, better known to oldtimers as King Cole, minstrel man, banjoist, lecturer, etc., and the show played in his theaters at Coachella and Indio, Cal. Doc also has interests in other theaters and books all good acts, companies, etc. that may pass that way. Mesa, Ariz., according to Teller, has put a ban on all kinds of tented shows. The authorities tell one frankly that the town is on a hard times basis and that no licenses are issued. Billboard, April 30, 1921, p. 51.
1919-1921: See Billboard, October 25, 1919, p. 48; February 7, 1920, p. 60; October 23, 1920, pp. 60, 61; January 1, 1921, p. 56; January 8, 1921, p. 56.
Article on the history of the Escalante circus is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1961 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Escalante Son's One Ring Mexican Circus - 1926
In the Los Angeles area in 1936. White Tops, Jan-Feb, 1972, p. 17. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
J. H. Eschman's - 1911, 1917 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910-17
1911: The J. H. Eschman European Circus opened its second season near its present winterquarters at Minneapolis, Minn., May 12, and after a season of twenty-three weeks is again tucked away in its permanent home for the winter. John Kelley, veteran showman, will again be in charge of the winterquarters. The following officers, performers and acts that opened with the show were with it when the band played Home, Sweet Home: J. H. Eschman, owner and manager; Bert E. Hale, assistant manager; Colonel W. B. York, general superintendent; Saul Brody, supt. of privileges; Harry White, advertising banner man; Jerome Brooks, steward; John Kelley, chef; J. W. Andrews, legal adjuster; George M. Smith, director of band. In the big show were J. W. Driscoll, equestrian director; Hite Bros., Clarence and George, gymnasts and clowns; Skerbeck Sisters, Pearl and Amanda, contortionists; the Hatsus, Japanese jugglers and equilibrists; the Aerial Widts, double trapeze and Roman ring; Matt R. Schreiner, singing and knock about clown; the J. H. Eschman troupe of twelve high-school Arabian ponies, and a second troupe of eight jet black performing Shetlands; a troupe of performing dogs and monks, troupe of goats and Little Nemo, one of the smallest and smartest performing elephants. In the annex were John Groat, manager and lecturer; Orke & Elisco(?), troupe of talking dogs, performing birds and monks, black art and illusions; Miss Vivian Groat, vocalist and mental telepathist; Emery Smith, the original Foxy Grandpa, musical act; Madame Hale, sword swallower and impalement act; Miss Josie Fisher, snake enchantress and Oriental dancer; Miss Alvina Fisher, Oriental dancer. Many of the above performers, as well as Little Nemo, elephant act, have secured engagements in vaudeville for the winter.
At Owens, Wis., the first week out, the show encountered a terrific storm, which tore the big show top in two while the afternoon show was in progress. No one was hurt. At Prentice, Wis., the next day, only the stake and chain wagon was loaded and did not proceed half a length away from the cars when it sank to the hubs in the mud. The Governor ordered the paraphernalia loaded back on to the cars and blew that stand. In Northern Minnesota storms were of almost daily occurrence. At Quill Lake, Saskatchewan, J. W. Driscoll, equestrian director, and Miss Mandy Skerbeck were married. At the evening performance numerous presents that had been purchased by the attches of the show were brought into the ring and presented to the newly-married couple. At Lloyd Minister, Saskatchewan, Mr. Eschman spent the day with the Howe's Great London Circus. At Yorkton he autoed thirty miles across the prairies and spent the day with the Al G. Barnes Shows.
On July 29 the show was at Fort Saskatchewan, the most northern point ever reached by a circus on the Western hemisphere, and, in spite of the cold weather there, business was fairly satisfactory. During the latter part of the summer, and before the crops were harvested, in Central Alberta and Saskatchewan, Canada, many mornings the ground would be covered with a white, killing frost, which did untold damage and will doubtless make sledding rougher than ever for the tent shows in that section next season. At Portland, Ore., an entire new spread of canvas, flags and pennants, for both the big show and annex was received. The show traveled 7,321 miles and visited the following states and provinces: Minnesota, Wisconsin, Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, British Columbia, Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Utah, Wyoming, Nebraska and Iowa. This show did not "make a million" this season, neither has it missed a single payday for the past two seasons. Next spring will find it out again before the public and it will undoubtedly remain in the United States altogether. Billboard, November 25, 1911, p. 27.
1918:
The J. H. Eschman 10-Car Circus will be sold under the hammer, in parcels, about January 30 at the winter quarters in Kansas City, Mo., provided it isn't sold intact before that date. Billboard, January 5, 1918, p. 62.
Circus for sale at public auction, January 30, at winter quarters, 1600 Guinotte Ave., Kansas City, Mo. Owing to the great demands on my time by other business interests, I have reluctantly decided to dispose of to the highest bidders the J. H. Eschman Circus in its entirety, in parcels to suit purchasers. 10 circus length cars, 20 gray baggage horses and harness, 3 ring horses, 4 saddle horses, 2 eight pony drills, 2 January ponies, 12 other Shetlands, January donkey, 2 spotted trick mules, 2 zebras, trained llamas, troupe of performing goats, educated elephants, cage animals, baggage wagons, 2 band tableaus, 1 ticket and band wagon, eight cages, 5 new tents, complete annex equipment, lights, seats, tools. Address J. H. Eschman Circus, Kansas City, Missouri. [Advertisement] Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 31.
Kansas City, Mo., Jan. 5. Governor J. H. Eschman, who recently returned from Minneapolis, was met here by Frank A. Robbins, and they went to Paola, Kan., on business. The Eschman Circus furnished the animal acts for the municipal show at Convention Hall on Christmas Day. This was the third time the show has furnished the acts at this annual event. The elephants, dogs, ponies, goats and trained llamas were worked by Colonel W. B. York, Frank Leonard, Charlie Williams and V. A. Watkins. The big gray teams of the show are all at work in the city as usual. Eight former employees of this show are putting in the winter holding down positions in the Beggs Wagon Works near the winter quarters. Ray Dick and wife, managers of the side show, motored to Kokomo, Ind., following the close of the show. Mr. and Mrs. Lee Hall, Cliner Rose, the Three Flying Fowlers, Mike Rosey, Earl Rosberg, Frank Wannetta and Fred Coleman are wintering in Kansas City. Colonel York and wife have been filling vaudeville engagement here with the performing dogs. A complete catalog of the show property is being compiled for the big sale, January 30. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 62.
Kansas City, Mo., Feb. 2. The sale of the J. H. Eschman Railway Circus, Wednesday . . . The sale was in charge of Frank A. Robbins. Mr. and Mrs. Robbins are connected with the Parker Shows. The feature of the day was the sale of Little Nemo, Indian elephant, which was sold to Charles LaMont, of the LaMont Bros.' Show, for $2,750. Mr. LaMont also bought the trained lions for $175. There were twenty baggage horses, four ring horses, groups of eight and six trained Shetland ponies with trappings, two dwarf sacred zebus, goats, lions, leopards, etc., all sold at low prices. . . . Billboard, February 9, 1918, pp. 30, 63.
J. H. Eschman, who recently disposed of his Eschman World Toured Shows in Kansas City, writes that his future plans have not fully matured. "In the spring of 1919 I landed on the Pacific Coast after a tour around the world. I purchased a small circus, and for five yers thereafter ran continuously (never closing). During the eight years of my career as manager we crossed the continent in Canada three times, visited Prince Edward Island on the East and Vancouver's Island on the West. Twice we were in the West Indies, once in Old Mexico, and we have pitched our tents in every State in the Union." Billboard, March 2, 1918, p. 28.
This was a seven car show in 1915, and a ten car show by 1916-17. Bandwagon, May-June, 1973, Vol. 17, No. 3, p. 13.
John Harry Eschman operated his J. H. Eschman circus from 1910 through 1917. In 1909 he toured with Cole & Cooper circus. In took out the J. H. Eschman's European Shows from 1912 to 1914. In 1915-1917 he had the J. H. Eschman's World's United Railway Shows. Bandwagon, May-June, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 12-14.
Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out Billboard, Clipper, and/or do a Search
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Jim Eskew's Wild West - 1919
Jim Eskew's Wild West opened the season at Glendale Park, Nashville, Tenn., with the following people: Jim Eskew, owner and manager; Clyde Widener, chief cowboy; Bob Hawkins, Dixie Montoro(?), "Shorty" Suttle and Mexican Joe, cowboys; Dolly Eskew, Francis Widener and May Suttle, cowgirls. Ten head of stock is used, including two buckers and one menage horse. Billboard, June 14, 1919, p. 46.
Jim Eskew's Wild West played to packed houses for the last seven weeks through Kentucky, the fair season opening the current week at Ewing, Ky. People with the show include Clyde Widener, Dixie Montoro, Rube Gilbert, Dolly Eskew, Jimmie Edkew, Jr., Francis Widener and Jim Eskew. Seven head of horses are also carried. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 46.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Esqueda Brothers' Show - 1920-21 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1920-24
See Billboard, May 8, 1920, p. 58; September 10, 1921, p. 65; October 15, 1921, p. 66. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Essig & Synder - 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909
Roster of Essig and Synder Shows: Geo. Essig, general manager; W. H. Snyder, treasurer; C. G. Johnson, advertising agent; G. P. Sutton, press agent; Jeff Long and Bert Hill, billpostesr. Performers: Avitt Trio, horizontal bars Harry Martin, contortion and flying trapeze; the Renzos, slack wire and Roman rings; Joe Franklin, comedy juggler; Martin and ___, double traps; the Three Stewarts, acrobats. Geo. W. Harper and Val Hewitt are the clowns. The musicians include Don Essig, E. Stewart, J. Ryan, W. H. Snyder, Wm. Flake, Geo. W. Harper, W. Todd, Chas. Edwards, R. Raymond, Roy Essig and L. Friebe. The trained stock comprises Beauty, the pony that does everything but talk; Bluch and Jim, educated baboons; Dynamite and Dimps, kicking mules; W. H. Snyder's trained dogs, featuring Earl, the dog that does back and forward somersaults. Lewis Watkins is chandelier man; Bud Jenkins and Will Hercules, properties; Jake Harris, canvas with seven assistants; Joe Wells, chef, and Will Harwood, boss hostler. In the concert are the Harpes, George, Minnie and Lefa. Billboard, August 7, 1909, p. 20.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
European Circus - 1849 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1849
William Hubbell managed the European Circus in 1849. the show opened in Cincinnati in April, 1849 and spent most of the year in Indiana. The Antonio Family (Antonio, Lorezo, Augustus and Alphonso) was featured. The show presented equestrian feats, slack rope, slack wire, tumbling, a grand entree and comic afterpiece. The circus only lasted one year. Kotal, S. L., Gessler, J. E., The Rise of the American Circus, 1716-1899, North Carolina: McFarland & Co., 2011, p. 157.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
European Circus - 1882
Carroll & Rose were managers when it stranded at Lexington, Missouri in September 1882. Retlaw & Alton have recently recovered their salary from it. New York Clipper, November 6, 1886, p. 539. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Evans' Big Ten Cent Show - 1889
Advertised for personnel - Mons. LaDelle, Cairo, Illinois until November 9. New York Clipper, November 2, 1889, p. 578. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Evans' One-Ring Circus - 1918-19 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914-1935
Wanted for Evans' One-Ring Circus. Young girl to ride high school horse and work in the ring. Prefer experience, but if you have none I can teach you the act. J. J. Evans, Massillon, O. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 159.
Information on the 1919 Evans Bros. show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Everest's Indoor Circus - 1915, 1917
1915: Edward F. Everest's Indoor Society Circus opened at Tiffin, O., September 10. This was Mr. Everest's first appearance with a show in Tiffin, which is his home town, in six years. The Cowboy Band, undr the direction of Dow Roberts, is a feature of the show (six men and three girls). Marguerite and her lions make up the star act. She has five lions and handles them well. The program for the show: Mlle. Irene, Serpentine Wonder; Col. J. M. Straub, troupe of performing dogs; Walter Harter, aerial gymnast, assisted by his dog, Queenie; Dawson and Booth, novelty talking, roller skating and singing act; Jake Rice, troupe of comedy pigs; Wiley, the menage pony; clowns; McElroy and Lanardo, comedy acrobats. The Kobers, aerialists, two women and a man. The show went to Sandusky, O., from Tiffin. Billboard, September 25, 1915, p. 22.
1915: Marguerite and her four trained and performing lions. Engaged as an extra added attraction for the Everest's All Feature Indoor Circus, now playing for and under the auspices of lodges, bands, etc. Address Everest's All Feature Indoor Circus, care Billboard, Cincinnati, Ohio. [Advertisement] Billboard, December 18, 1915, p. 115.
1917: Wanted for the Everest's All Feature Shows. Circus acts, animal acts, elephant, seals, monkey circus, circus band leader. Opens Nov. 28. Lady musicians for musical tab. Opens Nov. 8. Address H. Winters, Canton, Ohio. [Advertisement] Billboard, October 27, 1917, p. 2.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Excel Animal Circus - 1926-27 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923-26
1927: William Schultz, owner and proprietor of the Excel Animal Circus the show which played here Old Home Week, has sold his interests in the circus to Jacob (Jake) Jackle, of Olean, the latter realizing a lifelong ambition of owning his own circus. The Excel Circus is now in winter quarters on the farm of Dr. Cortwright in Randolph. Mr. Schultz, the former owner, has signed to take complete charge of the affairs of the show when the start is made on the road in the Spring. The Excel Circus consists of a herd of 22 ponies, trained horses, mules, bears, trained dogs, monkeys, pigeons, sheep, goat, bear, lions etc. The Post (Ellicottville, NY), October 19, 1927, p. 1.
1932: A breach of contract action, brought by the United States Circus corporation of which Major Robert Kent, Jr., proprietor of the Bedford Inn, in Olenham, is the chief representative, against Willaim Schultz and the Excel Circus exposition, inc., is slated to go to trial in the United States district court at New York. The complaint charges that Schultz entered in agreement with Major Kent on April 3, 1930, to furnish animals for Kent's circus and to train them. The circus subsequently went on the rocks and Major Kent brought the action, alleging that Schultz failed to live up to his end of the contract. Poughkeepsie Eagle-News (Poughkeepsie,NY), April 30, 1932, p. 2.
1926: Excel Circus at Lorain County Fair, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday. Wm. Schulz presents wild and domestic animal acts. 1 ring, 1 steel arena, 1 stage. Three bears, 1 lion, one dog, three horses. Educated horses, ponies, mules, monkeys and dogs. Funny clowns. Schultz Family of athletes in feats of strength. Watch for the parade, band, calliope. [Advertisement] Chronicle-Telegram (Elyria, OH), September 3, 1926, p. 12.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Excello Circus - 1932 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1921-28
The Excello Circus, which recently completed an engagement at a Bronx armory for the benefit of Catholic charity, has moved into winter quarters at Roosevelt Field. It will occupy two hangers. One occupant of a hanger in which the north pole plane of Commander Richard E. Byrd was once kept, and which also has been used by Clarence Chamberlin and Rene Fonck, is a large elephant named Llndy. New York Sun (New York, NY), January 4, 1932, p. 24.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Copyright © 2010
Circus Historical Society, Inc.
About CHS
CHS webmaster J. Griffin, last modified November 2012.